Sunteți pe pagina 1din 404

XDM-900

Version 8.3

Installation and Maintenance Manual


417006-2318-0H3-A02

XDM-900 (ETSI) Installation and Maintenance Manual


V8.3
Catalog No: X39178
December 2011
2nd Edition

Copyright by ECI Telecom, 2010-2011. All rights reserved worldwide.


This is a legal agreement between you, the end user, and ECI Telecom Ltd. (ECI Telecom). BY OPENING THE
DOCUMENTATION AND/OR DISK PACKAGE, YOU ARE AGREEING TO BE BOUND BY THE TERMS OF THIS
AGREEMENT. IF YOU DO NOT AGREE TO THE TERMS OF THIS AGREEMENT, PROMPTLY RETURN THE
UNOPENED DOCUMENTATION AND/OR DISK PACKAGE AND THE ACCOMPANYING ITEMS (INCLUDING
WRITTEN MATERIALS AND BINDERS OR OTHER CONTAINERS), TO THE PLACE FROM WHICH YOU
OBTAINED THEM.
The information contained in the documentation and/or disk is proprietary and is subject to all relevant copyright,
patent, and other laws protecting intellectual property, as well as any specific agreement protecting ECI Telecom's
rights in the aforesaid information. Neither this document nor the information contained in the documentation and/or
disk may be published, reproduced, or disclosed to third parties, in whole or in part, without the express prior
written permission of ECI Telecom. In addition, any use of this document, the documentation and/or the disk, or the
information contained therein for any purposes other than those for which it was disclosed, is strictly forbidden.
ECI Telecom reserves the right, without prior notice or liability, to make changes in equipment design or
specifications. Information supplied by ECI Telecom is believed to be accurate and reliable. However, no
responsibility whatsoever is assumed by ECI Telecom for the use thereof, nor for the rights of third parties, which
may be affected in any way by the use and/or dissemination thereof.
Any representation(s) in the documentation and/or disk concerning performance of ECI Telecom product(s) are for
informational purposes only and are not warranties of product performance or otherwise, either express or implied.
ECI Telecom's standard limited warranty, stated in its sales contract or order confirmation form, is the only warranty
offered by ECI Telecom.
The documentation and/or disk is provided AS IS and may contain flaws, omissions, or typesetting errors. No
warranty is granted nor liability assumed in relation thereto, unless specifically undertaken in ECI Telecom's sales
contract or order confirmation. Information contained in the documentation and in the disk is periodically updated,
and changes will be incorporated in subsequent editions. If you have encountered an error, please notify ECI
Telecom. All specifications are subject to change without prior notice.
The documentation and/or disk and all information contained therein is owned by ECI Telecom and is protected by
all relevant copyright, patent, and other applicable laws and international treaty provisions. Therefore, you must
treat the information contained in the documentation and disk as any other copyrighted material (for example, a
book or musical recording).
Other Restrictions. You may not rent, lease, sell, or otherwise dispose of the documentation and disk, as
applicable. YOU MAY NOT USE, COPY, MODIFY, OR TRANSFER THE DOCUMENTATION AND/OR DISK OR
ANY COPY IN WHOLE OR PART, EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY PROVIDED IN THIS LICENSE. ALL RIGHTS NOT
EXPRESSLY GRANTED ARE RESERVED BY ECI Telecom.
All trademarks mentioned herein are the property of their respective holders.
ECI Telecom shall not be liable to you or to any other party for any loss or damage whatsoever or howsoever
caused, arising directly or indirectly in connection with this documentation and/or disk, the information contained
therein, its use, or otherwise. Notwithstanding the generality of the aforementioned, you expressly waive any claim
and/or demand regarding liability for indirect, special, incidental, or consequential loss or damage which may arise
in respect of the documentation and/or disk and/or the information contained therein, howsoever caused, even if
advised of the possibility of such damages.
The end user hereby undertakes and acknowledges that they read the "Before You Start/Safety Guidelines"
instructions and that such instructions were understood by them.
It is hereby clarified that ECI Telecom shall not be liable to you or to any other party for any loss or damage
whatsoever or howsoever caused, arising directly or indirectly in connection with you fulfilling and/or failed to fulfill
in whole or in part the "Before You Start/Safety Guidelines" instructions.

Contents
About This Manual ................................................................... xv
Overview ............................................................................................................ xv
Intended Audience ............................................................................................. xv
Document Organization ..................................................................................... xvi
Document Conventions ..................................................................................... xvi
Related Documentation .................................................................................... xvii
Obtaining Technical Documentation ................................................................xviii
Technical Assistance........................................................................................xviii

Installing XDM-900: Before You Start Safety Guidelines ..... 1-1


Overview .......................................................................................................... 1-1
Warning Definition ............................................................................................ 1-3
Qualified Personnel Warning ............................................................................ 1-4
Installation Warning .......................................................................................... 1-5
General Safety Requirements .......................................................................... 1-6
Jewelry Removal Warning ................................................................................ 1-7
Grounding Requirements ................................................................................. 1-8
Power Supply Requirements .......................................................................... 1-11
TUV Statutory Warnings and Requirements .................................................. 1-17
ITU-T/Telcordia Statutory Warnings and Requirements ................................ 1-19
Laser Safety Requirements ............................................................................ 1-21
Protection Against Electrostatic Discharge .................................................... 1-24
Environmental and Health Concerns .............................................................. 1-29

Introduction.............................................................................. 2-1
XDM-900 Platform Overview ............................................................................ 2-1
XDM-900 I/O Protection Options ...................................................................... 2-3
XDM-900 Shelf with CWDM Networking Capabilities ...................................... 2-7

Site Preparation and Rack Installation .................................. 3-1


Overview .......................................................................................................... 3-1
Tools and Test Equipment ............................................................................... 3-4
Unpacking and Performing Visual Inspection ................................................... 3-5
XDM Rack Installation Options ......................................................................... 3-6
Preparing Cables and Fibers ............................................................................ 3-7
XDM-900 Accessories .................................................................................... 3-18
Equipment Installation .................................................................................... 3-32
Rack Installation ............................................................................................. 3-42
Installing Ancillary Units in Racks ................................................................... 3-48

417006-2318-0H3-A02

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

Contents

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Platform Installation ................................................................ 4-1


Installation Options ........................................................................................... 4-1
Installing the XDM-900 Shelf in Racks ............................................................. 4-7
Grounding the XDM-900 Shelf ....................................................................... 4-26

Card and Module Installation ................................................. 5-1


Installing XDM-900 Cards ................................................................................ 5-1
Installing XDM-900 Modules .......................................................................... 5-15
Installing TPU Modules .................................................................................. 5-24

Optical Fiber and Cable Installation and Routing................. 6-1


Connecting Fibers and Cables in ETSI A Racks .............................................. 6-1
Connecting Power Cables ................................................................................ 6-3
Connecting Alarm Cables ................................................................................. 6-4
Connecting Optical Fibers to Optical Modules and Cards ................................ 6-5
Routing and Connecting Electrical Interface Cables to Electrical Modules ...... 6-6

Commissioning Tests ............................................................. 7-1


Overview .......................................................................................................... 7-1
Test Equipment ................................................................................................ 7-2
Site Commissioning Tests ................................................................................ 7-3
Network Commissioning Tests ......................................................................... 7-7

Maintenance ............................................................................. 8-1


Overview .......................................................................................................... 8-1
Required Test Equipment, Tools, and Materials .............................................. 8-1
Preventive Maintenance ................................................................................... 8-2
Traffic Monitoring System ................................................................................. 8-7
Onsite Troubleshooting .................................................................................. 8-12
Replacing Cards and Modules ....................................................................... 8-20
Replacing RAP Components .......................................................................... 8-28

Connector Pin Assignments ................................................. A-1


Overview .......................................................................................................... A-1
ECU900 Card Connectors ................................................................................ A-2
F-CHANNEL Connector ................................................................................... A-5
T3_1/T4_1 and T3_2/T4_2 Connectors ........................................................... A-6
ETHERNET Connectors ................................................................................... A-7
MXC900 DC Input Power Connectors .............................................................. A-8
PIM2_21 Connection Data ............................................................................... A-8
PIM2_42 Connection Data ............................................................................. A-12
PIM2_63/B Connection Data .......................................................................... A-18
PIM2_63S Connection Data ........................................................................... A-22

ii

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

417006-2318-0H3-A02

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Contents

TPM2_63_3 Connection Data ........................................................................ A-30


EISMB/DIOM/MCSM Connectors .................................................................. A-38
ACP900 Connectors....................................................................................... A-39
xRAP-100 Connectors.................................................................................... A-40
RAP-4B Connectors ....................................................................................... A-45
xRAP-D Connectors ....................................................................................... A-50

Standards and References .................................................... B-1


Overview .......................................................................................................... B-1
Broadband Forum ............................................................................................ B-2
Environmental Standards ................................................................................. B-2
ETSI: European Telecommunications Standards Institute ............................... B-2
IEC: International Electrotechnical Commission .............................................. B-4
IEEE: Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers ...................................... B-5
IETF: Internet Engineering Task Force ............................................................ B-5
ISO: International Organization for Standardization ......................................... B-8
ITU-T: International Telecommunication Union ................................................ B-8
MEF: Metro Ethernet Forum ........................................................................... B-13
NIST: National Institute of Standards and Technology .................................. B-13
North American Standards ............................................................................. B-13
OMG: Object Management Group ................................................................. B-14
TMF: TeleManagement Forum ....................................................................... B-15
Web Protocol Standards ................................................................................ B-15

Index .......................................................................................... I-1

417006-2318-0H3-A02

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

iii

Contents

iv

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

417006-2318-0H3-A02

List of Figures
Figure 1-1: Optical rack grounding bar and rack frame grounding post ........................ 1-9
Figure 1-2: Grounding the optical rack to the site grounding bar................................. 1-10
Figure 1-3: Power input warning label ......................................................................... 1-17
Figure 1-4: Basic ESD warning symbol ....................................................................... 1-24
Figure 1-5: XDM900 shelf EPA arrangement .............................................................. 1-27
Figure 1-6: Pollution control logos ............................................................................... 1-30
Figure 1-7: WEEE recycling symbol ............................................................................ 1-31
Figure 2-1: XDM-900 shelf ............................................................................................. 2-2
Figure 2-2: Basic XDM-900 shelf, horizontal installation ............................................... 2-4
Figure 2-3: Basic XDM-900 shelf, vertical Installation ................................................... 2-4
Figure 2-4: XDM-900 with one TPU on top of the shelf ................................................. 2-5
Figure 2-5: XDM-900 with two TPUs ............................................................................. 2-6
Figure 2-6: XDM-900 with an OCU and two TPUs ........................................................ 2-7
Figure 3-1: xRAP-D power supply flow ........................................................................ 3-19
Figure 3-2: xRAP-D front panel .................................................................................... 3-21
Figure 3-3: xRAP-D connectors ................................................................................... 3-23
Figure 3-4: Y-cable connection .................................................................................... 3-24
Figure 3-5: Double-Y cable connection........................................................................ 3-24
Figure 3-6: xRAP-100 front panel ................................................................................ 3-26
Figure 3-7: xRAP-100 connectors ................................................................................ 3-27
Figure 3-8: RAP-BG front panel ................................................................................... 3-28
Figure 3-9: RAP-4B front panel .................................................................................... 3-30
Figure 3-10: RAP-4B alarm connectors ....................................................................... 3-31
Figure 3-11: Components of XDM-900 horizontal installation ..................................... 3-34
Figure 3-12: Components of XDM-900 vertical installation ......................................... 3-37
Figure 3-13: Mounting diagrams for ETSI racks .......................................................... 3-44
Figure 3-14: Mounting diagrams for 19" and 23" racks................................................ 3-45
Figure 3-15: Rack mounting diagram for attachment to suspended
overhead tray (2200 mm rack) ..................................................................................... 3-46
Figure 3-16: Example of an approved European 19" rack ........................................... 3-47
Figure 3-17: xRAP-D power supply flow ...................................................................... 3-50
Figure 3-18: xRAP-D power supply with bridge, two variations ................................... 3-51
Figure 3-19: Location of xRAP-D grounding stud ........................................................ 3-52
Figure 3-20: xRAP-D power supply flow ...................................................................... 3-53
Figure 3-21: Identification of xRAP-D cable routes ...................................................... 3-54
Figure 3-22: Connecting DC power cables .................................................................. 3-55
417006-2318-0H3-A02

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

List of Figures

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Figure 3-23: Side screws highlighted on left side of xRAP-D unit ............................... 3-57
Figure 3-24: Replacement spacer screw ..................................................................... 3-57
Figure 3-25: Replacement spacer screws in place in xRAP-D unit ............................. 3-58
Figure 3-26: Protection cover for xRAP-D ................................................................... 3-58
Figure 3-27: xRAP-D protective covers in place .......................................................... 3-59
Figure 3-28: Bottom panel for xRAP-D ........................................................................ 3-59
Figure 3-29: xRAP-D connectors ................................................................................. 3-60
Figure 3-30: Installation of xRAP-D circuit breakers .................................................... 3-61
Figure 3-31: Location of xRAP-100 grounding stud ..................................................... 3-64
Figure 3-32: Identification of xRAP-100 cable routes .................................................. 3-65
Figure 3-33: Connecting DC power cables to the xRAP-100 ...................................... 3-66
Figure 3-34: Identification of xRAP-100 connectors .................................................... 3-67
Figure 3-35: Installation of xRAP-100 circuit breakers ................................................ 3-68
Figure 3-36: Location of RAP-BG grounding stud ....................................................... 3-71
Figure 3-37: Identification of RAP-BG cable routes ..................................................... 3-72
Figure 3-38: Connecting DC power cables to the RAP-BG ......................................... 3-72
Figure 3-39: RAP-BG platform power cable grounding screws ................................... 3-74
Figure 3-40: RAP-BG front cover removal ................................................................... 3-75
Figure 3-41: RAP-BG circuit breaker installation ......................................................... 3-75
Figure 3-42: Platform DC input power connector pin functions ................................... 3-76
Figure 3-43: Locating RAP-4B grounding stud ............................................................ 3-78
Figure 3-44: RAP-4B with grounding cable.................................................................. 3-79
Figure 3-45: Identifying RAP-4B cable routes.............................................................. 3-79
Figure 3-46: Connecting DC power cables to the RAP-4B .......................................... 3-80
Figure 3-47: RAP-4B platform power cable grounding screws .................................... 3-81
Figure 3-48: RAP-4B front cover removal .................................................................... 3-82
Figure 3-49: RAP-4B circuit breaker installation .......................................................... 3-82
Figure 3-50: Platform DC input power connector pin functions ................................... 3-83
Figure 3-51: Cable guide.............................................................................................. 3-84
Figure 3-52: Fiber guide ............................................................................................... 3-85
Figure 3-53: Cable slack tray ....................................................................................... 3-85
Figure 3-54: PIM2_63S traffic cable box tray for above shelf installations .................. 3-86
Figure 3-55: PIM2_63S traffic cable box tray for under shelf installations .................. 3-86
Figure 3-56: Threading optical fibers in the FST.......................................................... 3-88
Figure 3-57: Attaching rack mount brackets to the ODF ............................................. 3-89
Figure 3-58: ODF front panel ....................................................................................... 3-90
Figure 3-59: ODF open view ........................................................................................ 3-90
Figure 3-60: ODF fiber routes ...................................................................................... 3-91
Figure 3-61: Threading and connecting optical fibers in the OPP ............................... 3-93
vi

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

417006-2318-0H3-A02

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

List of Figures

Figure 4-1: Typical XDM-900 horizontal installation in an ETSI A ................................. 4-2


Figure 4-2: Typical horizontal installation of two XDM-900 shelves in
an ETSI A rack ............................................................................................................... 4-3
Figure 4-3: Typical horizontal installation of three basic XDM-900 shelves
in 2200 mm ETSI A rack ................................................................................................ 4-4
Figure 4-4: Typical horizontal installation of three XDM-900 shelves with
TPUs in 2600 mm ETSI A rack ...................................................................................... 4-5
Figure 4-5: Typical XDM-900 vertical installation in an ETSI A rack ............................. 4-6
Figure 4-6: ETSI A rack closed view .............................................................................. 4-9
Figure 4-7: Typical XDM-900 horizontal installation in an ETSI A ............................... 4-11
Figure 4-8: Typical installation of XDM-900 and XDM-100 shelves
in an ETSI A rack ......................................................................................................... 4-12
Figure 4-9: Typical installation of XDM-900 and XDM-1000 shelves
in an ETSI A rack ......................................................................................................... 4-13
Figure 4-10: Installing the vertical lower bracket.......................................................... 4-16
Figure 4-11: Preparing the filter frame assembly ......................................................... 4-17
Figure 4-12: Installing the filter frame assembly .......................................................... 4-18
Figure 4-13: Installing the vertical upper bracket ......................................................... 4-19
Figure 4-14: Installing the thumbnuts ........................................................................... 4-20
Figure 4-15: Releasing the thumbnuts ......................................................................... 4-22
Figure 4-16: Lowering the filter frame .......................................................................... 4-23
Figure 4-17: Filter frame in lower position.................................................................... 4-24
Figure 4-18: Inserting the air filter ................................................................................ 4-25
Figure 4-19: XDM-900 shelf and rack grounding ......................................................... 4-27
Figure 5-1: Installing the FCU900 .................................................................................. 5-2
Figure 5-2: Installing the ECU900/ ECU900-F ............................................................... 5-3
Figure 5-3: Installing the MXC900 ................................................................................. 5-4
Figure 5-4: Installing the NVM in the MXC900............................................................... 5-5
Figure 5-5: Installing the ACP900 or a blank panel ....................................................... 5-8
Figure 5-6: Installing a quad I/O card ........................................................................... 5-10
Figure 5-7: Removing a module guide ......................................................................... 5-12
Figure 5-8: Installing the quad I/O card right adapter .................................................. 5-13
Figure 5-9: Installing the SIM64_XFP left adapter ....................................................... 5-13
Figure 5-10: Installing a quad I/O card in quad I/O slots ............................................. 5-14
Figure 5-11: Inserting an I/O module in the I/O slots ................................................... 5-16
Figure 5-12: Installing the SIM16_1 mechanical adapter ............................................ 5-18
Figure 5-13: Inserting an SFP/XFP transceiver into an I/O module............................. 5-20
Figure 5-14: Installation of typical double-slot modules in the XDM-900 ..................... 5-22
Figure 5-15: Removing the module guide .................................................................... 5-23
Figure 5-16: Inserting the TC module (XDM-900)........................................................ 5-25

417006-2318-0H3-A02

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

vii

List of Figures

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Figure 5-17: Inserting a single-slot TPM in the TPU (XDM-900) ................................. 5-26
Figure 5-18: Inserting a double-slot TPM in the TPU (XDM-900) ................................ 5-27
Figure 5-19: Removing a TPM guide ........................................................................... 5-28
Figure 5-20: Inserting a triple-slot TPM in the TPU (XDM-900) ................................... 5-29
Figure 5-21: Removing the TPU connector from the XDM-900 ................................... 5-31
Figure 5-22: Inserting the TPU connector onto the XDM-900 ..................................... 5-32
Figure 5-23: Installing the pin guides in the TPU ......................................................... 5-32
Figure 5-24: Lowering the TPU onto the XDM-900 ..................................................... 5-33
Figure 5-25: Securing the TPU onto the XDM-900 ...................................................... 5-33
Figure 5-26: Installing the XDM-900 pin guides and removing the lower
connector cover ............................................................................................................ 5-35
Figure 5-27: Assembling the TPU bracket and jumper connector ............................... 5-36
Figure 5-28: Lowering the XDM-900 onto the TPU ..................................................... 5-37
Figure 5-29: Securing the lower TPU to the shelf ........................................................ 5-37
Figure 5-30: Removing the connector cover and fastening bracket from the
first TPU/OCU .............................................................................................................. 5-39
Figure 5-31: Installing the pin guides in the TPU ......................................................... 5-39
Figure 5-32: Inserting the TPU/OCU connector onto the first TPU/OCU
in the XDM-900 ............................................................................................................ 5-40
Figure 5-33: Lowering the second TPU/OCU onto the expanded XDM-900 ............... 5-41
Figure 5-34: Securing the second TPU/OCU onto the expanded XDM-900 ............... 5-41
Figure 6-1: Routing cables and fibers in an ETSI A rack ............................................... 6-2
Figure 6-2: PIM2_63S traffic cable ................................................................................ 6-8
Figure 6-3: PIM2_63S traffic cable installation ............................................................ 6-10
Figure 6-4: XDM-900 1:1 protection scheme example ................................................ 6-15
Figure 6-5: XDM-900 1:2 protection scheme example ................................................ 6-16
Figure 6-6: XDM-300 1_2 protection scheme example (PIM2_63S) ........................... 6-17
Figure 6-7: XDM-900 1:3 protection scheme example ................................................ 6-18
Figure 6-8: TPM2_63_3 protection connections in XDM-300/XDM-900 ..................... 6-19
Figure 6-9: TPM2_42_2 protection slot allocation in XDM-900 ................................... 6-20
Figure 6-10: XDM-900 1:3 protection scheme example .............................................. 6-21
Figure 6-11: Connecting to a TPMH_1 protection with an XDM-900 .......................... 6-22
Figure 6-12: XDM-900 with 252 E1s in 1:2 protection connections ............................. 6-23
Figure 6-13: RJ-45 extractor ........................................................................................ 6-28
Figure 6-14: Inserting the cables (upper row) .............................................................. 6-28
Figure 6-15: Attaching the extractor to the handle (upper row) ................................... 6-29
Figure 6-16: Extracting the connector (upper row) ...................................................... 6-29
Figure 6-17: Inserting the cables (lower row)............................................................... 6-30
Figure 6-18: Attaching the extractor to the handle (lower row) .................................... 6-30
Figure 6-19: Extracting the connector (lower row) ....................................................... 6-31
viii

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

417006-2318-0H3-A02

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

List of Figures

Figure 6-20: LC/SFP extractor ..................................................................................... 6-31


Figure 6-21: Inserting the fiber into the extractor ......................................................... 6-32
Figure 6-22: Pressing extractor's release tab onto SFP's clip ..................................... 6-32
Figure 6-23: Extracting the LC connector .................................................................... 6-33
Figure 6-24: Moving the connector beyond the tab ..................................................... 6-33
Figure 6-25: Removing the fiber .................................................................................. 6-33
Figure 6-26: Inserting the fiber into extractor's narrow end ......................................... 6-34
Figure 6-27: Moving extractor's end to the connector.................................................. 6-34
Figure 6-28: Inserting the connector into the SFP ....................................................... 6-34
Figure 6-29: Moving the extractor backward................................................................ 6-34
Figure 6-30: Removing the extractor from the fiber ..................................................... 6-35
Figure 6-31: Orienting the extractor in front of the SFP ............................................... 6-35
Figure 6-32: Moving the extractor forward ................................................................... 6-35
Figure 6-33: Fitting SFP's partition into extractor's slot ............................................... 6-36
Figure 6-34: Moving extractor toward SFP clip ............................................................ 6-36
Figure 6-35: Pulling the extractor backward with grasped clip .................................... 6-36
Figure 6-36: Locking the clip between lever and extractor's teeth ............................... 6-37
Figure 6-37: Releasing the SFP from housing ............................................................. 6-37
Figure 6-38: Extracting the SFP ................................................................................... 6-37
Figure 6-39: DIN 1.0/2.3 extractor ............................................................................... 6-38
Figure 6-40: Placing the extractor in front of the connector ......................................... 6-39
Figure 6-41: Attaching the extractor to the connector's step ....................................... 6-39
Figure 6-42: Extracting the connector .......................................................................... 6-40
Figure 6-43: Inserting the coaxial cable into the extractor ........................................... 6-40
Figure 6-44: Positioning the connector in the extractor ............................................... 6-41
Figure 6-45: Inserting the connector ............................................................................ 6-41
Figure 6-46: Removing the extractor ........................................................................... 6-42
Figure 7-1: Optical commissioning tests setup ............................................................ 7-22
Figure 8-1: Inserting the air filter .................................................................................... 8-5
Figure 8-2: ECU900-F monitoring system interface....................................................... 8-7
Figure 8-3: Monitoring system interface of a typical module ......................................... 8-8
Figure 8-4: Inserting an SFP/XFP transceiver into an I/O module............................... 8-26
Figure 8-5: Replacing the xRAP-100 circuit breakers .................................................. 8-29
Figure 8-6: Installation of xRAP-D circuit breakers ...................................................... 8-30
Figure A-1: F-CHANNEL connector pin identification .................................................... A-5
Figure A-2: T3_1/T4_1 and T3_2/T4_2 connectors pin identification ............................ A-6
Figure A-3: ETHERNET connectors pin identification ................................................... A-7
Figure A-4: POWER input power connector pin functions ............................................. A-8
Figure A-5: PIM2_21 E1 connectors pin identification ................................................... A-8
417006-2318-0H3-A02

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

ix

List of Figures

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Figure A-6: PIM2_42 E1 connectors pin identification ................................................. A-12


Figure A-7: PIM2_63/B typical pair connectors pin identification................................. A-18
Figure A-8: PIM2_63S connector pin identification ...................................................... A-22
Figure A-9: TPM_2_63_3 jumper cable structure ........................................................ A-30
Figure A-10: TPM2_63_3, typical double 136-pin VHDCI connector,
pin assignment ............................................................................................................. A-30
Figure A-11: 10/100BaseT connectors pin identification ............................................. A-38
Figure A-12: ACP900 connector pin identification ....................................................... A-39
Figure A-13: DC input power connectors pin functions ............................................... A-40
Figure A-14: xRAP-100 SHELF ALARM connector pin identification .......................... A-40
Figure A-15: xRAP-100 ALARM IN/OUT connector pin identification ......................... A-42
Figure A-16: RAP-4B SHELF ALARM connector, pin identification ............................ A-45
Figure A-17: RAP-4B ALARM IN/OUT connector, pin identification ............................ A-47
Figure A-18: xRAP-D and xRAP-B shelf DC input power connector pin functions...... A-50
Figure A-19: SHELF alarm connector pin identification ............................................... A-50
Figure A-20: ALARMS connector pin identification ...................................................... A-52

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

417006-2318-0H3-A02

List of Tables
Table 3-1:

Equipment dimensions .......................................................................... 3-2

Table 3-2:

Recommended coaxial cable assembly tools ....................................... 3-4

Table 3-3:

Equipment rack data.............................................................................. 3-6

Table 3-4:

Optical fibers and mating connector data ............................................ 3-15

Table 3-5:

EISM optical fibers and mating connector data ................................... 3-16

Table 3-6:

EISMB Ethernet electrical cables and mating connector data ............ 3-16

Table 3-7:

DIOM optical fibers and mating connector data .................................. 3-17

Table 3-8:

DIOM Ethernet electrical cables and mating connector data .............. 3-17

Table 3-9:

MCSM optical fibers and mating connector data ................................ 3-17

Table 3-10:

MCSM Ethernet electrical cables and mating connector data ............ 3-18

Table 3-11:

xRAP-D front panel component functions ........................................... 3-22

Table 3-12:

xRAP-D connector functions ............................................................... 3-23

Table 3-13:

xRAP-100 front panel component functions ........................................ 3-26

Table 3-14:

xRAP-100 connectors.......................................................................... 3-27

Table 3-15:

RAP-BG front panel component functions .......................................... 3-29

Table 3-16:

RAP-4B front panel component functions ........................................... 3-30

Table 3-17:

RAP-4B connector functions ............................................................... 3-31

Table 3-18:

Outline of XDM-900 horizontal installation sequence ......................... 3-35

Table 3-19:

Outline of XDM-900 vertical installation sequence .............................. 3-38

Table 6-1:

XDM-900 protection schemes ............................................................. 6-14

Table 6-2:

XDM-900 slots allocation for protection schemes ............................... 6-15

Table 6-3:

XDM-900 1:2 I/O protection (PIM2_63) ............................................... 6-16

Table 6-4:

XDM-900 1:2 I/O protection (PIM2_63S) ............................................ 6-17

Table 6-5:

XDM-900 1:3 I/O protection ................................................................. 6-18

Table 6-6:

XDM-900 1:3 I/O protection ................................................................. 6-19

Table 6-7:

TPM2_42_2 and PIM2_42 slot assignment in the XDM-900 .............. 6-20

Table 7-1:

Card and module inventory ................................................................... 7-3

Table 7-2:

Visual inspection and mechanical checks ............................................. 7-4

Table 7-3:

Measured optical levels ......................................................................... 7-5

Table 7-4:

Traffic stability test time intervals ........................................................ 7-11

Table 7-5:

Throughput and latency test results .................................................... 7-18

Table 7-6:

Frame loss rate test procedure ........................................................... 7-19

Table 7-7:

Frame loss rate test results ................................................................. 7-20

Table 7-8:

BER and Stability Test time intervals .................................................. 7-27

417006-2318-0H3-A02

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

xi

List of Tables

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Table 8-1:

Preventive maintenance inspection and checks ................................... 8-2

Table 8-2:

I/O modules monitoring data ............................................................... 8-10

Table 8-3:

Troubleshooting power problems ........................................................ 8-13

Table 8-4:

General troubleshooting procedures for cards/modules ..................... 8-14

Table 8-5:
General troubleshooting procedures for optical
transceiver plug-ins ...................................................................................................... 8-15
Table 8-6:

Troubleshooting procedures for electrical interface modules.............. 8-15

Table 8-7:

Troubleshooting procedures for optical OADM and Mux/DeMux ........ 8-16

Table 8-8:

Troubleshooting procedures for EISMs ............................................... 8-16

Table 8-9:

Troubleshooting procedures for timing subsystem ............................. 8-17

Table 8-10:

Troubleshooting transmission and traffic alarms ................................. 8-18

Table 8-11:

Troubleshooting management communication ................................... 8-19

Table A-1:

ALARMS client cable wiring .................................................................. A-2

Table A-2:

xRAP-100 alarms cable wiring .............................................................. A-3

Table A-3:

F-CHANNEL connector pin assignment ................................................ A-5

Table A-4:

T3_1/T4_1 and T3_2/T4_2 connectors pin assignment........................ A-6

Table A-5:

ETHERNET connectors pin assignment ............................................... A-7

Table A-6:

PIM2_21 receive lines (upper) connector pin assignment .................... A-9

Table A-7:

PIM2_21 transmit lines (lower) connector pin assignment.................. A-10

Table A-8:
PIM2_42 receive/transmit lines upper connector (1-21)
pin assignment ............................................................................................................. A-12
Table A-9:
PIM2_42 receive/transmit lines lower connector (22-42)
pin assignment ............................................................................................................. A-15
Table A-10:
PIM2_63/B typical receive lines (upper) connector
pin assignment ............................................................................................................. A-18
Table A-11:
PIM2_63 typical transmit lines (lower) connector
pin assignment ............................................................................................................. A-20

xii

Table A-12:

Connector P1, E1 #1 to E1 #21 Tx lines ............................................. A-22

Table A-13:

Connector P3, E1 #1 to E1 #21 Rx lines ............................................. A-24

Table A-14:

Connector P1, E1 #22 to E1 #42 Tx lines ........................................... A-25

Table A-15:

Connector P3, E1 #22 to E1 #42 Rx lines ........................................... A-26

Table A-16:

Connector P1, E1 #43 to E1 #63 Tx lines ........................................... A-27

Table A-17:

Connector P3, E1 #43 to E1 #63 Rx lines ........................................... A-28

Table A-18:

Connectors P1 and P2, E1 #1 to E1 #21 Tx lines ............................... A-31

Table A-19:

Connectors P3 and P4, E1 #1 to E1 #21 Rx lines .............................. A-32

Table A-20:

Connector P1 and P2, E1 #22 to E1 #42 Tx lines ............................... A-33

Table A-21:

Connectors P3 and P4, E1 #22 to E1 #42 Rx lines ............................ A-34

Table A-22:

Connectors P1 and P2, E1 #43 to E1 #63 Tx lines ............................. A-35

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

417006-2318-0H3-A02

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

List of Tables

Table A-23:

Connectors P3 and P4, E1 #43 to E1 #63 Rx lines ............................ A-36

Table A-24:

10/100BaseT connectors pin assignment ........................................... A-38

Table A-25:

1000BaseT connector pin assignment ................................................ A-39

Table A-26:

ACP900 Ethernet connector pin assignments .................................... A-39

Table A-27:

xRAP-100 SHELF ALARM connector pin assignment ........................ A-40

Table A-28:

xRAP-100 ALARM IN/OUT connector pin assignment ....................... A-42

Table A-29:

RAP-4B PLATFORM ALARM connector, pin assignment .................. A-45

Table A-30:

RAP-4B ALARM IN/OUT connector, pin assignment.......................... A-47

Table A-31:

SHELF alarm connector pin assignment ............................................. A-50

Table A-32:

ALARMS connector pin assignment.................................................... A-53

417006-2318-0H3-A02

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

xiii

List of Tables

xiv

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

417006-2318-0H3-A02

About This Manual


In this chapter:
Overview .......................................................................................................... xv
Intended Audience ............................................................................................ xv
Document Organization ................................................................................... xvi
Document Conventions ................................................................................... xvi
Related Documentation .................................................................................. xvii
Obtaining Technical Documentation ............................................................. xviii
Technical Assistance ..................................................................................... xviii

Overview
The XDM-900 Installation and Maintenance Manual (IMM) describes how to
set up, configure, and install XDM-900 shelves and their components and
accessories.
The manual also provides task-oriented instructions for LED indications,
troubleshooting hardware-related problems, and replacing hardware
components (cards, modules, accessories).

Intended Audience
This manual is intended for installation and other qualified service personnel
responsible for installing the system and its accessories.
The instructions require you to understand and follow the safety practices
included here, as well as any applicable national regulations and those enforced
at your site. They also require that you understand the physical, optical, and
electrical requirements of the installation site.

417006-2318-0H3-A02

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

xv

About This Manual

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Document Organization
This manual contains the following information:

Installation

Maintenance

Additional functionality

Document Conventions
When applicable, this manual uses the following conventions.
Convention

Indicates

Example

Bold

Names of windows, dialog On the Alarms menu...


boxes, menus, buttons, and
most other GUI elements

Menu > Option

Selection from a menu, or


leading to another
command

Italics

New terms, emphasized


Examples in text
text, and names of manuals
and documents

Borders around text

Notes, cautions, and


warnings

Select Update > View


Objects

See examples below

NOTE: Text set off in this manner presents clarifying


information, specific instructions, commentary, sidelights, or
interesting points of information.

CAUTION: Text set off in this manner indicates that failure


to follow directions could result in damage to equipment or
loss of information.

WARNING: Text set off in this manner indicates that failure


to follow directions could result in bodily harm or loss of life.

xvi

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

417006-2318-0H3-A02

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

About This Manual

LASER WARNING: Text set off in this manner indicates


how to avoid personal injury. All personnel involved in
equipment installation, operation, and maintenance must be
aware that laser radiation is invisible. Therefore, although
protective devices generally prevent direct exposure to the
beam, personnel must strictly observe the applicable safety
precautions and, in particular, must avoid staring into optical
connectors, either directly or using optical instruments.

ESD: Text set off in this manner indicates information on


how to avoid discharge of static electricity and subsequent
damage to the unit.

TIP: Text set off in this manner includes helpful information


and handy hints that can make your task easier.

IMPORTANT: Text set off in this manner presents essential


information to which you must pay attention.

Related Documentation
The following publications may be of assistance to you in the installation and
commissioning processes. Some of these documents present information
supplied in this installation manual in greater or lesser detail.

XDM Converged MSPP and All-Range ROADM General Description

XDM Small Shelves Reference Manual

XDM System Specifications

EMS-XDM (Element Management System) User Manual

LightSoft (Network Management System) User Manual

IEC Publication 825 Laser Safety Requirements

417006-2318-0H3-A02

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

xvii

About This Manual

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Obtaining Technical
Documentation
To obtain technical documentation related to ECI Telecom products, contact:
ECI Telecom Ltd.
Documentation Department
30 Hasivim St.
Petach Tikva 49130
Israel
Fax: +972-3-9268060
Email: techdoc.feedback@ecitele.com

Technical Assistance
The configuration, installation, and operation of the XDM-900 and its
operation in a network are highly specialized processes. Due to the different
nature of each installation, some planning aspects may not be covered in this
manual.
If you have questions or concerns about your network design or if you require
installation personnel to perform the actual installation process, ECI Telecom
maintains a staff of design engineers and highly trained field service personnel.
The services of this group are available to customers at any time.
If you are interested in obtaining design assistance or a network installation
plan from ECI Telecom's Customer Support team, contact your ECI Telecom
sales representative. With any support related issues, technical or logistic,
contact the ECI Telecom Customer Support center at your location or our
central customer support center action line at:
Telephone

+972-3-9266000

Telefax

+972-3-9266370

Email

on.support@ecitele.com

ECI Telecom's XDM and BroadGate product lines are


certified to comply with MEF9 and MEF14 standards.

ECI Telecom's qualification lab is accredited by A2LA for


competence in electrical testing according to the International
Standard ISO IEC 17025-2005 General Requirements for the
Competence of Testing and Calibration Laboratories.

xviii

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

417006-2318-0H3-A02

1
Installing XDM-900: Before
You Start Safety Guidelines
In this chapter:
Overview ......................................................................................................... 1-1
Warning Definition .......................................................................................... 1-3
Qualified Personnel Warning .......................................................................... 1-4
Installation Warning ........................................................................................ 1-5
General Safety Requirements .......................................................................... 1-6
Jewelry Removal Warning .............................................................................. 1-7
Grounding Requirements ................................................................................. 1-8
Power Supply Requirements ......................................................................... 1-11
TUV Statutory Warnings and Requirements ................................................. 1-17
ITU-T/Telcordia Statutory Warnings and Requirements .............................. 1-19
Laser Safety Requirements ............................................................................ 1-21
Protection Against Electrostatic Discharge ................................................... 1-24
Environmental and Health Concerns ............................................................. 1-29

Overview
This chapter describes the XDM safety guidelines. The safety rules and
warnings in this chapter must be read before beginning any platform
installation or maintenance work. These safety guidelines must be adhered to
carefully.
WARNING: XDM equipment (the "XDM equipment" or the
"Equipment") is intended for installation in restricted access areas only.

417006-2318-0H3-A02

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

1-1

Installing XDM-900: Before You Start


Safety Guidelines

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

WARNING: XDM equipment has two power sources.


Disconnect both before servicing.
Before starting installation, make sure that the DC power is
not connected to the rack, and that the circuit breakers in the
xRAP or in the user-provided power distribution panel are set
to OFF.

NOTE: This chapter includes translations of some of the


warnings that appear in this guide. The translated warnings
are presented with the English text first, followed by these
languages:

1-2

Danish
Dutch
Finnish
French
German
Italian
Portuguese
Spanish
Swedish

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

417006-2318-0H3-A02

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Installing XDM-900: Before You Start


Safety Guidelines

Warning Definition
WARNING: This symbol means danger. You are in a situation that
could result in severe bodily injury. Before you work on any
equipment, be aware of the potential electrical hazards and become
familiar with accident prevention measures.

ADVARSEL: Dette symbol betyder fare. Der er risiko for alvorlig


legemsbeskadigelse. Vr opmrksom p potentielle elektriske risici,
og st dig ind i forholdsreglerne til uheldsforebyggelse, fr du arbejder
p nogen form for udstyr.
WAARSCHUWING: Dit symbool betekent gevaar. U verkeert in een
situatie die ernstig lichamelijk letsel kan veroorzaken. Voordat u met de
apparatuur gaat werken dient u zich bewust te zijn van mogelijke
elektriciteitsrisicos en zich op de hoogte te stellen van maatregelen ter
voorkoming van ongelukken.

VAROITUS: Tm merkki tarkoittaa vaaraa. Olet tilanteessa, joka voi


johtaa vakavaan loukkaantumiseen. Ennen kuin kytt mitn laitetta,
ota huomioon mahdolliset shkiset vaaratekijt ja tutustu ennalta
onnettomuuden ehkisemisohjeisiin.

ATTENTION: Ce symbole est signe de danger. Vous risquez de


graves blessures corporelles. Avant de travailler sur un appareil, vous
devez avoir conscience des risques lectriques encourus et vous
familiariser avec les mesures de prvention des accidents.

WARNUNG: Dieses Symbol bedeutet Gefahr. Sie befinden sich in


einer Situation, die zu schwerwiegenden Verletzungen fhren kann.
Bedenken Sie vor dem Gebrauch der Gerte mgliche Gefahren durch
elektrischen Strom und machen Sie sich mit den Manahmen zur
Unfallverhtung vertraut.

AVVERTENZA: Questo simbolo indica una situazione di pericolo.


Tale situazione potrebbe provocare gravi danni fisici. Prima di
utilizzare qualsiasi dispositivo, fare attenzione ai potenziali rischi
elettrici e acquisire familiarit con le eventuali misure di prevenzione.

AVISO: Este smbolo significa perigo. Encontra-se numa situao em


que a sua sade corre srios riscos. Antes de comear a trabalhar com o
equipamento, verifique o risco potencial de choque elctrico e
familiarize-se com as medidas de preveno de acidente.

ADVERTENCIA: Este smbolo significa peligro. Est expuesto a sufrir


daos corporales serios. Antes de utilizar el equipo, tenga en cuenta la
posibilidad de riesgo elctrico potencial y lea atentamente las medidas
de prevencin de accidentes.

VARNING: Denna symbol betyder livsfara. Du befinner dig i en


situation som kan leda till allvarliga kroppsskador. Innan du arbetar
med utrustningen mste du vara medveten om potentiella faror och
knna till olycksfrebyggande tgrder.

417006-2318-0H3-A02

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

1-3

Installing XDM-900: Before You Start


Safety Guidelines

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Qualified Personnel Warning


WARNING: Only trained qualified personnel must install, maintain, or
replace the equipment.

ADVARSEL: Kun uddannet, kvalificeret personale m installere,


vedligeholde eller udskifte udstyr.
WAARSCHUWING: Installatie, onderhoud of vervanging van de
apparatuur mag uitsluitend worden uitgevoerd door opgeleid en
bevoegd personeel.

VAROITUS: Vain koulutettu, ptev henkilkunta saa asentaa,


yllpit tai vaihtaa laitteella.
ATTENTION: Seules des personnes formes et qualifies sont
habilites installer, entretenir ou changer l'quipements.

WARNUNG: Nur geschultes, qualifiziertes Personal sollte den


Ausrstung installieren, warten oder ersetzen.

AVVERTENZA: Il apparecchiature pu essere installato, controllato o


sostituito solo da personale qualificato.

AVISO: S pessoal especializado e qualificado deve instalar, fazer a


manuteno ou substituir o equipamento.

ADVERTENCIA: La instalacin, el mantenimiento y la sustitucin de


este equipo slo deber realizarlo personal cualificado.

VARNING: Endast utbildad, kvalificerad personal fr installera,


underhlla eller erstta utrustning.

1-4

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

417006-2318-0H3-A02

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Installing XDM-900: Before You Start


Safety Guidelines

Installation Warning
WARNING: Before you connect the equipment to a power source, read
the installation information in this guide.

ADVARSEL: Gennemls installationsoplysningerne i denne


vejledning, fr udstyr sluttes til en strmkilde.
WAARSCHUWING: Lees de aanwijzingen voor de installatie in deze
handleiding voordat u de apparatuur aansluit op een voedingsbron.

VAROITUS: Ennen kuin liitt laitteella virtalhteeseen, lue


asennusohjeet tst oppaasta.

ATTENTION: Avant de brancher l'quipements une source


d'alimentation, lisez les instructions d'installation de ce manuel.

WARNUNG: Lesen Sie die Hinweise zur Installation in diesem


Handbuch, bevor Sie den Ausrstung an eine Stromquelle anschlieen.

AVVERTENZA: Prima di collegare il apparecchiature alla presa di


alimentazione, leggere le informazioni relative all'installazione
riportate in questa guida.

AVISO: Antes de ligar o equipamento a uma fonte de energia, leia as


instrues para instalao neste guia.

ADVERTENCIA: Antes de conectar el equipo a la fuente de


alimentacin, lea la informacin sobre instalacin en esta gua.

VARNING: Innan du ansluter utrustning till en strmklla ska du lsa


installationsinformationen i denna handbok.

417006-2318-0H3-A02

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

1-5

Installing XDM-900: Before You Start


Safety Guidelines

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

General Safety Requirements


XDM platforms contain power sources of varying voltages. Make sure to
install the platforms in compliance with the following guidelines:

1-6

Use the equipment in restricted access locations only.

Note that the equipment racks and XDM platforms are suitable for
mounting on concrete or other noncombustible surfaces only.

Ensure the integrity of the grounding connections.

XDM platforms must be installed in accordance with the National


Electrical Code.

Sufficient lighting is available while working on the equipment.

Do not work on any equipment connected to a voltage source (DC or AC),


except for inserting/removing cards or modules (these activities can be
performed on operating equipment).

Ensure that the maximum working temperature does not exceed 50C.

Use only insulated tools during installation.

Wear protective clothing as required by the requisite safety regulations.

Do not install or maintain equipment connected to external lines (for


example, electrical tributaries) during thunderstorms.

Avoid contact with high voltage sources when installing platforms, cards,
and modules.

Make sure you are familiar with the warning signals and labels affixed to
the equipment, and strictly observe the procedures to avoid the indicated
hazards.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

417006-2318-0H3-A02

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Installing XDM-900: Before You Start


Safety Guidelines

Jewelry Removal Warning


WARNING: Before you work on equipment that is connected to power
lines, remove all jewelry (including rings, necklaces, and watches).
When connected to power and ground, metal objects may heat up and
cause serious burns, or weld the objects to the terminals.

ADVARSEL: Fr du arbejder p udstyr, der er sluttet til strmledninger,


skal du tage evt. smykker af (f.eks. ringe, halskder og ure). Ved
tilslutning til strm og jord kan metalobjekter blive varme og forrsage
alvorlige forbrndinger, eller objekterne kan blive svejset fast til
terminalerne.
WAARSCHUWING: Voordat u aan apparatuur gaat werken die met
elektrische leidingen is verbonden, dient u sieraden (zoals ringen,
kettingen en horloges) af te doen. Metalen voorwerpen worden warm
wanneer deze met stroom en aarde verbonden zijn en kunnen ernstige
brandwonden veroorzaken of het metalen voorwerp aan de
aansluitklemmen vastlassen.
VAROITUS: Ennen kuin tyskentelet laitteella, joka on kytketty
virtajohtoihin, riisu kaikki korut (mukaanlukien sormukset, kaulanauhat
ja rannekellot). Ollessaan kosketuksissa sek shkvirtaan ett maahan,
metalliesineet saattavat kuumentua ja aiheuttaa vakavia palovammoja tai
hitsautua kiinni napoihin.

ATTENTION: Avant de travailler sur un quipement connect au


secteur, enlevez tous vos bijoux (y compris les bagues, les colliers et les
montres). Lorsque vous tes connect au secteur et la masse, les objets
mtalliques peuvent chauffer et causer de srieuses brlures ou se souder
l'appareil.
WARNUNG: Legen Sie jeglichen Schmuck (wie Ringe, Ketten und
Uhren) ab, bevor Sie bei bestehender Stromzufuhr an dem Gert arbeiten.
Wenn eine Verbindung zur Stromversorgung und zur Masse besteht,
knnen sich Gegenstnde aus Metall erhitzen und Verbrennungen
verursachen oder an die Anschlsse angeschweit werden.

AVVERTENZA: Prima di utilizzare apparecchiature collegate


all'alimentazione, togliersi anelli, collane e orologi e altri oggetti. Dopo
aver eseguito il collegamento all'alimentazione e la messa a terra, tali
oggetti metallici possono riscaldarsi e provocare la fusione di oggetti sui
terminali.
AVISO: Antes de iniciar o trabalho com o equipamento que estiver
ligado corrente elctrica, retire qualquer tipo de artigos de joalharia
(tais como anis, colares e relgios). Quando esto ligados corrente e
terra, os objectos em metal podem aquecer e provocar graves
queimaduras ou at mesmo ficar soldados aos terminais de corrente.

ADVERTENCIA: Antes de trabajar con un equipo que est conectado a


la alimentacin, deber uitarse todas las joyas que lleve (incluidos
anillos, collares y relojes). Los objetos metlicos que estn conectados a
la alimentacin y a una toma de tierra, se podran calentar y causar
quemaduras graves o soldar objetos a los terminales.

417006-2318-0H3-A02

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

1-7

Installing XDM-900: Before You Start


Safety Guidelines

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

VARNING: Innan du utfr arbete p utrustning som r ansluten till


ntsladdar ska du ta av smycken (inkl. ringar, halsband och klockor). Nr
apparaten r ansluten till strm och jord kan metallfreml bli heta och
orsaka allvarliga brnnskador eller svetsa fast fremlen till terminalerna.

Grounding Requirements
All equipment, including XDM platforms, ancillary units, and equipment from
other vendors, must be properly grounded at all times. Good grounding is
necessary to protect personnel and equipment, minimize noise, and allow the
discharge of accumulated static charges to earth.
Proper operation of the XDM equipment requires that the positive supply line
be connected to the common ground (CGND) of the site at the power source, in
accordance with ETS300132-2.
WARNING: When installing the equipment, the ground connection
must always be made first and disconnected last.

ADVARSEL: Nr udstyr installeres, skal jordledningen altid monteres


frst og afmonteres sidst.
WAARSCHUWING: Bij het installeren van de apparatuur moet de
aarde als eerste worden aangesloten en als laatste worden afgekoppeld.

VAROITUS: Kun reititint asennetaan, maaliitnt pit aina tehd


ensin ja laitteella viimeisen.

ATTENTION: Lors de l'installation du quipements, la mise la terre


doit toujours tre effectue en premier et dconnecte en dernier.

WARNUNG: Bei der Installation des Ausrstung muss der Masseleiter


stets zuerst angeschlossen und zuletzt entfernt werden.

AVVERTENZA: Durante l'installazione del apparecchiature, la


connessione a terra deve essere eseguita per prima e disconnessa per
ultima.

AVISO: Ao instalar o equipamento, a ligao terra deve ser sempre a


primeira a ser ligada e a ltima a ser desligada.

ADVERTENCIA: Al instalar el equipo, la conexin de tierra se deber


hacer en primer lugar y se deber desconectar en ltimo lugar.

VARNING: Nr du installerar utrustning mste jordsladden kopplas in


frst och kopplas ur sist.

1-8

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

417006-2318-0H3-A02

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Installing XDM-900: Before You Start


Safety Guidelines

Rack Grounding Requirements


The rack is supplied with a main copper or brass grounding bolt ('grounding
stud') welded to the rack frame. The grounding stud is identified on the rack by
the ground symbol label. The stud must be free of paint. The rack also has a
rack grounding bar, which includes a set of connection points for grounding all
the equipment used in the rack. The following figure highlights the rack
grounding stud and rack grounding bar on an optical rack used in a typical
XDM-3000 installation.

Figure 1-1: Optical rack grounding bar and rack frame grounding post

417006-2318-0H3-A02

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

1-9

Installing XDM-900: Before You Start


Safety Guidelines

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

A connection must be made between the rack grounding bar and the site
grounding bar in compliance with TUV/ETSI recommendations. For example,
grounding may be completed by means of a copper cable with green/yellow
insulation of the same diameter as the power feeding cables (or thicker), and as
short as possible. A length of appropriate 50 mm2 grounding cable is included
with the platform accessories. As long as the grounding connection is in
compliance with TUV/ETSI recommendations, a different connection bar may
also be used. The rack grounding stud is connected to the rack grounding bar
by means of a metal panel. These rack grounding connections are highlighted
in the following figure.

Figure 1-2: Grounding the optical rack to the site grounding bar

1-10

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

417006-2318-0H3-A02

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Installing XDM-900: Before You Start


Safety Guidelines

Equipment Grounding Requirements


Each equipment unit mounted on the rack is grounded to the rack frame by the
retaining bolts and nuts attaching the unit to the rack frame.
Equipment grounding is performed via the mounting brackets to the rack rails.
The mounting bracket's internal surface facing the rails and the equipment must
be free of paint and provide electrical continuity to the equipment frame. Check
that the resistance between any mounting bracket and the equipment frame
(chassis) is lower than 0.1 .
WARNING: To prevent possible damage to XDM
equipment, all racks and equipment must be completely
grounded before connecting any external devices powered
from an AC source (110/220 V) to the platform. All
grounding procedures described in Grounding the XDM-900
Platform must be completed before, for example, connecting
an external PC to configure and initialize the network element
(NE) management system.

Power Supply Requirements


Connection via RAP
XDM platforms require two power sources with voltage of -40.5 VDC ranging
to -72 VDC, with the positive line connected to the site ground. The nominal
feeding voltage is -48 VDC.
NOTE: The working voltage range for the USA market is
-40.5 VDC to -60 VDC.
Each power source must be protected by a TUV-listed circuit breaker installed
in the RAP. These circuit breakers are included in the installation kit supplied
with the equipment, and their current ratings are therefore in accordance with
the order.
In addition, the site operator must provide a readily accessible TUV-listed
disconnect device incorporated in the fixed power wiring of the site. The
device limits the maximum delivered current to a safe value.

417006-2318-0H3-A02

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

1-11

Installing XDM-900: Before You Start


Safety Guidelines

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

DC Power Warnings
WARNING: Follow this wiring sequence when connecting power:
ground to ground, positive lead to +RTN terminal, and negative lead to
-48 V terminal. To disconnect power, perform the sequence in reverse
order. Always connect the ground wire first and disconnect it last.

ADVARSEL: Ledningsfring ved strmtilslutning: Jord til jord, positiv


ledning til +RTN-terminalen og negativ ledning til -48V-terminalen.
Foretag dette i omvendt rkkeflge ved frakobling af strmmen.
Jordledningen skal altid monteres frst og afmonteres sidst.
WAARSCHUWING: Houd u bij het aansluiten van de stroom aan de
volgende bedradingsvolgorde: aarde naar aarde, de positieve draad naar
de klem +RTN en de negatieve draad naar de klem -48 V. Voor het
afkoppelen past u de omgekeerde volgorde toe. De aarddraad moet
altijd het eerst worden aangesloten en het laatst worden afgekoppeld.

VAROITUS: Noudata seuraavaa johdotusjrjestyst kytkiesssi virtaa:


maasta maahan, positiivinen johdin +RTN-napaan ja negatiivinen
johdin -48 V -napaan. Tee edellinen knteisess jrjestyksess, kun
olet katkaisemassa virtaa. Maajohto tulisi aina kytke ensimmisen
kiinni ja viimeisen pois.
ATTENTION: Lorsque vous vous connectez au secteur, suivez les
instructions suivantes : terre la terre, cble positif vers connexion
+RTN et cble ngatif vers connexion 48V. Suivez ces instructions
dans l'ordre inverse pour vous dconnecter du secteur. Le cble la
terre doit toujours tre connect en premier et dconnect en dernier.

WARNUNG: Beachten Sie beim Anschluss an das Stromnetz folgende


Reihenfolge der Verkabelung: Masseleiter an Masseanschluss, positiver
Pol an +RTN-Anschluss und negativer Pol an -48 V-Anschluss.
Verwenden Sie bei der Unterbrechung der Stromversorgung die
umgekehrte Reihenfolge. Der Masseleiter sollte immer zuerst
angeschlossen und zuletzt entfernt werden.

AVVERTENZA: Quando si collega il router alla presa di


alimentazione, seguire la sequenza di fili elettrici indicata di seguito:
terra a terra, polo positivo sul terminale +RTN e polo negativo sul
terminale -48 V. Per scollegare il router dalla presa di alimentazione,
seguire la sequenza nell'ordine inverso. Il filo della terra deve essere
sempre collegato per primo e scollegato per ultimo.

AVISO: Ao ligar a corrente elctrica, observar a seguinte sequncia de


cablagem: fio de terra a fio de terra, plo positivo com terminal +RTN,
e plo negativo com terminal -48 V. Para desligar a corrente, executar a
sequncia em ordem inversa. O fio de terra deve ser sempre ligado em
primeiro lugar e desligado em ltimo lugar.
ADVERTENCIA: Cuando conecte la alimentacin, siga la secuencia de
cableado que se indica a continuacin: tierra a tierra, toma positiva a
terminal +RTN, y toma negativa a terminal -48 V. Para desconectar la
alimentacin, realice la secuencia en orden inverso. La toma de tierra
siempre deber conectarse en primer lugar y desconectarse en ltimo.

1-12

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

417006-2318-0H3-A02

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Installing XDM-900: Before You Start


Safety Guidelines

VARNING: Nr du ansluter strmmen ska du flja denna sekvens: jord


till jord, positiv sladd till +RTN-terminalen och negativ sladd till -48
V-terminalen. Utfr dessa steg i motsatt ordning nr du kopplar frn
strmmen. Jordsladden br alltid kopplas in frst och kopplas ur sist.

WARNING: Ensure the DC input wiring is connected in the correct


polarity, as reversed polarity may trip the circuit breaker or damage the
equipment.

ADVARSEL: Kontrollr, at jvnstrmstilfrselsledningen er tilsluttet


med korrekt polaritet, da omvendt polaritet kan udlse brydekontakten
eller beskadige udstyr.
WAARSCHUWING: Controleer of de ingangsbedrading voor
gelijkstroom is aangesloten op de juiste polariteit, aangezien
omgekeerde polariteit de stroomonderbreker kan uitschakelen of de
apparatuur kan beschadigen.

VAROITUS: Varmista, ett tasavirran syttjohdotus on kytketty


oikeisiin napoihin, sill vastakkainen napaisuus saattaa suojalaukaista
katkaisijan (tripata) tai aiheuttaa vahinkoa laitteella.

ATTENTION: Assurez-vous que le cble de l'entre de courant continu


se trouve dans la bonne polarit, sinon vous risquez d'allumer le
disjoncteur ou d'endommager l'quipements.

WARNUNG: Vergewissern Sie sich, dass das Gleichstromkabel an die


richtige Polaritt angeschlossen ist. Andernfalls kann der Trennschalter
ausgeschaltet oder der Ausrstung beschdigt werden.

AVVERTENZA: Assicurarsi che i fili CC siano collegati alla polarit


corretta, in caso contrario pu scattare l'interruttore automatico o si pu
danneggiare il apparecchiature.

AVISO: Certifique-se de que a ligao de entrada de corrente feita


com a polaridade adequada, pois a polaridade invertida pode fazer com
que o circuito dispare ou danificar o equipamento.

ADVERTENCIA: Asegrese de que el cable de entrada de CC est


conectado con la polaridad adecuada ya que la polaridad contraria
podra provocar un cortacircuitos o daar el equipo.

VARNING: Kontrollera att ingngssladdarna fr likstrm r anslutna


till rtt pol. Fel pol kan leda till att strmbrytaren stngs av eller att
utrustning skadas.

417006-2318-0H3-A02

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

1-13

Installing XDM-900: Before You Start


Safety Guidelines

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

WARNING: When stranded wiring is used, make sure that no stray


strands protrude from the DC power entry terminals.

ADVARSEL: Nr der bruges flertrdede ledninger, skal det


kontrolleres, at der ikke stikker trde ud af stikkene.
WAARSCHUWING: Wanneer er geslagen bedrading wordt gebruikt,
moet u ervoor zorgen dat er geen lekdraden uit de
gelijkstroomingangsklemmen steken.
VAROITUS: Jos kytetn johdotusta, jossa on sikeit, varmista, ettei
yksikn sie harota tasavirran syttnavoista.

ATTENTION: Lorsque vous utilisez des cbles toronns, assurez-vous


qu'aucun brin ne dpasse des entres de courant continu.

WARNUNG: Achten Sie bei verseilten Kabeln darauf, dass keine


Litzen aus den Gleichstromanschlssen hervorstehen.

AVVERTENZA: Se si utilizzano cavi a connettori multipli, assicurarsi


che nessun cavo sporga dai terminali dell'alimentazione CC.

AVISO: Quando for utilizado fio entranado, certifique-se que no


ficam pontas soltas aparentes nos terminais de entrada de energia de
CC.
ADVERTENCIA: Si se utiliza cable trenzado, asegrese de que no se
ha salido ningn hilo de los terminales de entrada de CC.

VARNING: Om du anvnder tvinnade kablar ska du kontrollera att


inga lsa filament sticker ut frn ingngsterminalerna fr likstrm.

WARNING: Before working on the equipment or near the power


entries, ensure that the power cables have been disconnected from both
DC power entry terminals. Do not touch the DC power entries while
the power cables are connected. Voltages may be present within the
power entries when the power is switched off and the power cables are
connected.

ADVARSEL: Fr der arbejdes p udstyr eller nr strmindgangene,


skal det kontrolleres, at ledningerne er taget ud af begge strmtilfrsler.
Rr ikke ved strmtilfrslerne, mens ledningerne er tilsluttet. Der kan
vre spnding i strmtilfrslerne, nr der er slukket for strmmen, og
strmledningerne er tilsluttet.
WAARSCHUWING: Controleer of de stroomkabels zijn afgekoppeld
van beide gelijkstroomingangen, voordat u aan de apparatuur of in de
buurt van de stroomingangen gaat werken. Raak de
gelijkstroomingangen niet aan terwijl de stroomkabels worden
aangesloten. De stroomingangen kunnen onder spanning staan wanneer
de stroom wordt uitgeschakeld en de stroomkabels worden aangesloten.
VAROITUS: Ennen laitteella tai sen virtalhteiden lhell tyskentely
varmista, ett virtakaapelit on irrotettu molemmista tasavirran
syttnavoista. l koske tasavirran syttkohtiin kun virtakaapelit on
kytketty kiinni. Virransyttkohdissa saattaa olla viel jnnitett silloin,
kun virta on kytketty pois ja virtakaapelit ovat kiinni.

1-14

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

417006-2318-0H3-A02

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Installing XDM-900: Before You Start


Safety Guidelines

ATTENTION: Avant de travailler sur l'quipements ou prs de ses


entres lectriques, assurez-vous que les cbles d'alimentation sont
dconnects des deux entres de courant continu. Ne touchez pas les
entres de courant continu lorsque les cbles d'alimentation sont
connects. Il risque d'y avoir encore du courant dans les entres
d'alimentation lorsque l'interrupteur est teint et que les cbles sont
connects.

WARNUNG: Entfernen Sie vor allen Arbeiten am Ausrstung oder


nahe der Stromanschlsse die Stromkabel aus beiden
Gleichstromanschlssen. Berhren Sie die Gleichstromeingnge nicht,
wenn die Stromkabel angeschlossen sind. An den Stromeingngen
knnen Spannungen anliegen, wenn die Stromzufuhr unterbrochen ist
und die Stromkabel angeschlossen sind.
AVVERTENZA: Prima di eseguire interventi sul apparecchiature o di
avvicinarsi agli ingressi della corrente, assicurarsi che i cavi
dell'alimentazione siano stati scollegati da entrambi i terminali
dell'alimentazione CC. Non avvicinarsi agli ingressi dell'alimentazione
CC mentre i cavi dell'alimentazione sono collegati. possibile che la
tensione sia presente negli ingressi quando l'alimentazione scollegata
ma i cavi sono collegati.

AVISO: Antes de iniciar o trabalho com o equipamento que estiver


ligado corrente elctrica, retire qualquer tipo de artigos de joalharia
(tais como anis, colares e relgios). Quando esto ligados corrente e
terra, os objectos em metal podem aquecer e provocar graves
queimaduras ou at mesmo ficar soldados aos terminais de corrente.
ADVERTENCIA: Antes de trabajar en el equipo o cerca de las entradas
de alimentacin, compruebe que los cables de alimentacin estn
desconectados de los dos terminales de entrada de CC. No toque las
entradas de CC mientras que los cables de alimentacin estn
conectados. Es posible que haya corriente en las entradas de
alimentacin cuando el equipo est apagado y los cables de
alimentacin estn conectados.

VARNING: Innan du arbetar med utrustning eller i nrheten av


strmingngarna ska du kontrollera att ntsladdarna har kopplats ur
frn bda ingngsterminalerna fr likstrm. Rr inte
ingngsterminalerna fr likstrm nr ntsladdarna r inkopplade. Det
kan finnas strm kvar i strmingngarna nr strmmen r av och
ntsladdarna r inkopplade.

417006-2318-0H3-A02

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

1-15

Installing XDM-900: Before You Start


Safety Guidelines

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Electricity Safety Warning


WARNING: Do not touch uninsulated wiring or ports when they have
not been disconnected from a power source; doing so may result in
electrical shock.

ADVARSEL: Rr ikke ved uisolerede ledninger eller porte, nr de ikke


er koblet fra strmkilden, da det kan medfre elektrisk std.
WAARSCHUWING: Raak geen ongesoleerde bedrading of poorten
aan wanneer deze niet zijn afgekoppeld van de voeding, aangezien dit
een elektrische schok kan veroorzaken.

VAROITUS: l koske eristmttmiin johtoihin tai napoihin, jos ne


ovat kytkksiss virtalhteeseen, sill tst voi seurata shkisku.
ATTENTION: Ne touchez pas les cbles ou ports non isols lorsqu'ils
ne sont pas dconnects du secteur, car vous risquez de vous
lectrocuter.

WARNUNG: Berhren Sie keine unisolierten Kabel oder Anschlsse,


wenn sie noch an eine Stromquelle angeschlossen sind, da dies zu
einem Stromschlag fhren knnte.

AVVERTENZA: Evitare di toccare i cavi o le porte non isolate quando


sono ancora collegati alla presa di alimentazione, poich si potrebbero
verificare scosse elettriche.

AVISO: No tocar na cablagem aparente ou nas portas de entrada de


corrente que no tiverem sido desligadas da fonte de energia, pois desse
facto podem resultar choques elctricos.

ADVERTENCIA: No toque los puertos ni los cables que no estn


aislados si no estn desconectados de la fuente de alimentacin ya que
podra provocar una descarga elctrica.

VARNING: Rr inte sladdar eller portar som inte r isolerade om de


inte har kopplats ur frn strmkllan. Det kan leda till elektriska sttar.

1-16

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

417006-2318-0H3-A02

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Installing XDM-900: Before You Start


Safety Guidelines

TUV Statutory Warnings and


Requirements
This section outlines the TUV statutory warnings and requirements
applicable to XDM platforms.

Warning Label
The following warning label is affixed alongside the XDM power input
connectors and the RAP circuit breakers.

Figure 1-3: Power input warning label

CAUTION: XDM equipment has two power sources.


Disconnect both before servicing.

Overcurrent Protection Requirements


NOTE: Rating and type of overcurrent protection are
according to Classification Level 5 (L5) for power supplies
having output circuits that meet the requirements for SELV
circuits.

WARNING: Observe the following precautions when


replacing circuit breakers:

Replace only with a circuit breaker of the same type and


rating.
Disconnect power before changing a circuit breaker.

ATTENTION: Pour ne pas compromettre la protection


contre les risques dincendie, remplacer par un fusible de
mme type et de mmes caractristiques nominales.

417006-2318-0H3-A02

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

1-17

Installing XDM-900: Before You Start


Safety Guidelines

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Equipment Grounding Requirements


CAUTION: The equipment must have a connection between
the grounded conductor of the DC power supply circuit and
the equipment grounding conductor.

Connect the equipment directly to the DC supply system grounding electrode


conductor or to a bonding jumper from a grounding terminal bar or bus to
which the DC supply system grounding electrode is connected.
Locate the equipment in the same immediate area (for example, in adjacent
racks) as any other equipment that has a connection between the grounding
conductor of the same DC supply circuit and the grounding conductor, and as
the grounding point of the DC system. The DC system must not be grounded
elsewhere.
Position the DC supply source in the same premises as this equipment.
There must be no switching or disconnecting devices in the grounded circuit
conductor between the DC source and the point of connection of the grounding
electrode conductor.

Grounded Conductors Requirements


Connect the equipment directly to the DC supply system grounding electrode
conductor or to a bonding jumper from a grounding terminal bar or bus to
which the DC supply system grounding electrode conductor is connected.
Locate the DC supply source within the same premises as the equipment. There
must be no switching or disconnecting devices in the grounded circuit
conductor between the DC source and the point of connection of the grounding
electrode conductor.

1-18

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

417006-2318-0H3-A02

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Installing XDM-900: Before You Start


Safety Guidelines

ITU-T/Telcordia Statutory
Warnings and Requirements
This section outlines the ITU-T and Telcordia statutory warnings and
requirements applicable to XDM platforms. The source for these requirements
can be found in IEC 60950-1/3.2.1.2.

DC Supply Circuit Connection to the


Grounding Conductor
WARNING: There must be a connection between the grounded
conductor of the DC power supply circuit and the equipment grounding
conductor. See installation instructions for more details.
When this connection is made, all the following conditions must be met:

417006-2318-0H3-A02

The equipment is connected directly to the DC supply system


grounding electrode conductor or to a bonding jumper from a
grounding terminal bar/bus to which the DC supply system grounding
electrode is connected.
The equipment is located in the same immediate area (such as
adjacent cabinets) as any other equipment that has a connection
between the grounded conductor of the same DC supply circuit and
the grounding conductor, as well as the point of grounding of the DC
system. The DC system must not be grounded elsewhere.
The DC supply source is located within the same premises as this
equipment.
There is no switching or disconnecting devices in the grounded
circuit conductor between the DC source and the point of connection
of the grounding electrode conductor.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

1-19

Installing XDM-900: Before You Start


Safety Guidelines

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

WARNING: Cet appareil est conu pour permettre le raccordement du


conducteur reli la terre du circuit dalimentation c.c. au conducteur de
terre de lappareil.
Pour ce raccordement, toutes les conditions suivantes doivent tre
respectes:

Ce matriel doit tre raccord directement au conducteur de la prise


de terre du circuit dalimentation c.c. ou une tresse de mise la
masse relie une barre omnibus de terre laquelle est raccorde
llectrode de terre du circuit dalimentation c.c.
Les appareils dont les conducteurs de terre respectifs sont raccords
au conducteur de terre du mme circuit dalimentation c.c. doivent
tre installs proximit les uns des autres (p.ex., dans des armoires
adjacentes) et proximit de la prise de terre du circuit dalimentation
c.c. Le circuit dalimentation c.c. ne doit comporter aucune autre
prise de terre.
La source dalimentation du circuit c.c. doit tre situe dans la mme
pice que le matriel.
Il ne doit y avoir aucun dispositif de commutation ou de
sectionnement entre le point de raccordement au conducteur de la
source dalimentation c.c. et le point de raccordement la prise de
terre.

Ethernet Port Precautions


WARNINGS:

1-20

Ethernet ports must be cabled with shielded cables and the shield
grounded at both ends.
Intra-building ports of the equipment or subassembly are suitable for
connection to intra-building or unexposed wiring or cabling only.
Intra-building ports of the equipment or subassembly MUST NOT be
connected metallically to interfaces that connect to the OSP or its
wiring. These interfaces are designed for use as intra-building
interfaces only (Type 2 or Type 4 ports as described in
GR-1089-CORE, Issue 4) and require isolation from the exposed OSP
cabling. The addition of Primary Protectors is not sufficient
protection in order to connect these interfaces metallically to OSP
wiring.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

417006-2318-0H3-A02

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Installing XDM-900: Before You Start


Safety Guidelines

Laser Safety Requirements


Laser Classification
ECI Telecom equipment and components equipped with laser devices
described in this manual comply with the International Electrotechnical
Commission (IEC) safety standards, including IEC 60825-1 and IEC 60825-2
(AS/NZS 2211.2) - Safety of Laser Products.
Except for certain high power EDFA and Raman optical amplifiers, XDM
equipment is classified as Class 1 laser products. The product and its
accessories do not emit hazardous light and the beam is totally enclosed during
normal operating modes of customer operation. As long as the equipment is
operated in accordance with the applicable safety instructions, the Hazard
Level in equipment access locations is inherently Class 1M or lower.
The high power EDFA and Raman optical amplifiers are also classified as
Class 1M (or lower) laser products. However, note that these units emit power
within Hazard Level 3B and Hazard Level 4. The hazard level might be higher
than the product class, depending on network implementation and fiber
accessibility.
ECI Telecom provides product and installation information so that the products
may be installed and serviced safely.

Laser Information
See the XDM System Specification for information regarding the laser
transmitters of the various optical cards.

Warning Labels for Laser Products


The following labels are affixed near the
optical connectors of optical cards and
modules to indicate that the product is
classified as a Class 1 laser product.

The following labels are affixed near the


optical connectors of optical cards and
modules with a laser to indicate that the
product is classified as a Class 1M laser
product.

417006-2318-0H3-A02

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

1-21

Installing XDM-900: Before You Start


Safety Guidelines

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Laser Safety Statutory Warning


All personnel involved in equipment installation, operation, and maintenance
must be aware that laser radiation is invisible. Therefore, although protective
devices generally prevent direct exposure to the beam, personnel must strictly
observe the applicable safety precautions and, in particular, must avoid staring
into optical connectors, either directly or using optical instruments.
Remember that observing safety precautions is not a matter of personal choice;
ignoring safety puts all the people within line of sight in danger!

Training for Laser Safety


Personnel must be trained for safety before being authorized to operate, install,
and/or maintain laser products. The IEC 60825 (AS/NZS 2211.2) standards
require organizations to appoint a laser safety officer who is responsible for
training personnel, establishing safe operational procedures, and supervising
the implementation of these procedures during routine work.
Untrained personnel must not be allowed to operate, install, and/or maintain
laser products.

Laser Device Operating Precautions


In addition to the general precautions described in this section, be sure to
observe the following warnings when operating a product equipped with a laser
device. Failure to observe these warnings could result in bodily injury and
damage to equipment.
WARNING: To reduce the risk of exposure to hazardous radiation:
Protection goggles with nominal OD2 for the wavelength range of
1300 nm to 1600 nm are recommended. Protection goggles are
mandatory for tasks performed on equipment with up to 30 dBm
optical power lasers.
Hot insertion or swapping of a DWDM module or optical interface
module must be carried out only by authorized personnel.
During hot removal and insertion of a fiber termination, avoid looking
into the fiber to prevent irremediable damage to your eyes.
Place plastic covers on module fiber ports and fiber terminations not
currently in use.
Do not operate controls, make adjustments, or perform procedures
associated with the laser device other than those specified herein.
Only ECI Telecom authorized service technicians must repair the unit.
To avoid potential fiber fusing, burnt connectors, or loss of laser
power, ensure all high power connections are clean before you power
on the optical amplifier.
It is strictly forbidden to override any protective devices and interlocks
used to prevent direct exposure to the laser beam.

1-22

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

417006-2318-0H3-A02

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Installing XDM-900: Before You Start


Safety Guidelines

WARNING: Invisible laser radiation may be emitted from the aperture


of optical ports when no fiber cable is connected. Avoid exposure and
do not stare into open apertures.

ADVARSEL: Der kan forekomme usynlige laserstrler fra de optiske


portes bninger, nr der ikke er tilsluttet et lyslederkabel. Undg at
blive udsat for disse strler, og kig ikke ind i bninger.
WAARSCHUWING: Er kan onzichtbare laserstraling uit de opening
van de optische poorten komen wanneer er geen fiberkabel is
aangesloten. Vermijd blootstelling aan straling en kijk niet in de
openingen.
VAROITUS: Optisten porttien aukoista saattaa steill nkymtnt
lasersteily silloin, kun niiss ei ole kuitukaapeleita kiinni. Vlt
altistumista ja l tuijota nihin avoimiin aukkoihin.
ATTENTION: Un rayonnement laser invisible peut tre mis partir
de l'ouverture des ports optiques lorsque aucun cble fibres optiques
n'est connect. vitez de vous y exposer et ne fixez pas les ouvertures.
WARNUNG: Wenn kein Faserkabel angeschlossen ist, knnen aus der
ffnung der optischen Anschlsse Laserstrahlen austreten. Vermeiden
Sie Bestrahlungen und schauen Sie nicht in diese ffnungen.
AVVERTENZA: Le aperture delle porte ottiche possono emettere
radiazioni laser invisibili quando i cavi in fibra non sono collegati.
Evitare lunghe esposizioni davanti alle aperture.
AVISO: Podem ser emitidas radiaes invisveis de laser a partir das
aberturas das portas pticas se no estiver ligado qualquer cabo de fibra
ptica. Evitar a exposio e no olhar directamente pelas aberturas
aparentes.

ADVERTENCIA: Es posible que la radiacin lser invisible se emita


desde la apertura de puertos pticos cuando no haya ningn cable de
fibra conectado. Evite la exposicin y no mire fijamente a las aberturas.

VARNING: Osynlig laserstrlning kan spridas frn ppningen p


optiska portar om ingen fiberoptikkabel r ansluten. Undvik exponering
och stirra inte in i ppningarna.

417006-2318-0H3-A02

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

1-23

Installing XDM-900: Before You Start


Safety Guidelines

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Protection Against Electrostatic


Discharge
This section provides guidelines for protecting XDM equipment and its
components against damage from electrostatic discharge (ESD) during
handling, packaging/unpackaging, transportation, installation, commissioning,
inspection, servicing, and maintenance activities.
Items sensitive to ESD are identified by the basic ESD warning symbol shown
in the following figure.

Figure 1-4: Basic ESD warning symbol

The information in this section presents generally accepted workmanship


practices and procedures that, when properly applied, minimize the probability
of electrostatic damage to XDM equipment and its components.
The information is also in line with CENELEC Electronic Components
Committee (CECC) specification CECC 00 015 that deals with protection of
devices sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESDS devices).

General
Most types of electronic equipment, assemblies, and components can be
damaged by ESDs. An ESD between two objects occurs when an object
carrying static electrical charges touches, or is brought near the other object.
Static electrical charges appear as a result of friction between surfaces of
insulating materials or separation of two such surfaces, and may also be
induced by electrical fields. Routine activities, such as walking across an
insulating floor, friction between garment parts, friction between objects, and
so on, can easily build up charges to levels that may cause damage, especially
when humidity is low.
In many cases, the buildup of charges can be avoided by using special
materials, for example, garments and packaging made of antistatic materials or
materials that have high resistivity but are not insulators.

1-24

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

417006-2318-0H3-A02

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Installing XDM-900: Before You Start


Safety Guidelines

The best approach to avoiding damage by ESD includes a combination of


means and procedures that:

Avoids build-up of electrostatic charges

Creates a protected work environment preventing ESD

Provides means for controlled discharge of any accumulated electrostatic


charges when entering the protected work environment
NOTE: An area in which ESDS devices can be handled with
minimum risk of damage and in which the operator is not
exposed to additional risks, is called an ESD Protected Area
(EPA).

Personnel Training
During production and assembly, equipment is handled in work spaces
especially prepared and certified to serve as a permanent EPA. However, in
many cases, the environment in which the same equipment is installed or
maintained cannot be assumed to form an EPA with a permanently controlled
boundary.
Therefore, all the work requiring the handling of unprotected ESDS devices
must be considered as field work.
Field work in this context includes activities such as service and maintenance,
installation, site inspection, and commissioning of components and assemblies
classified as ESDS, together with the packing and unpacking activities
associated with such activities.
All the staff involved in field work must be trained to perform field work in the
same way as work performed in permanent EPAs with respect to the material
quality and personal responsibilities, training, labeling, and packaging.

417006-2318-0H3-A02

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

1-25

Installing XDM-900: Before You Start


Safety Guidelines

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Use of Temporary EPA


Where necessary, a temporary EPA must be used. A typical temporary EPA
arrangement suitable for field work on XDM-900 equipment is shown in the
following figure. The EPA tool kit includes:

Wrist strap with 1 M series resistor

Bonding strap with 1 M series resistor

ESD carpet (work surface), 0.25 m2 minimum

The temporary EPA must include temporary controlled work surfaces and/or
flooring capable of providing protection against ESD.
CAUTION: The temporary EPA must be constructed in a
way that ensures electrical bonding of all the materials used,
and prevents the occurrence of any sudden changes in
potential within the EPA that could cause unacceptable
voltages or discharges to be applied to ESDs.

1-26

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

417006-2318-0H3-A02

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Installing XDM-900: Before You Start


Safety Guidelines

Figure 1-5: XDM900 shelf EPA arrangement

417006-2318-0H3-A02

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

1-27

Installing XDM-900: Before You Start


Safety Guidelines

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Work Arrangements within a Temporary


EPA
To ensure that effective ESD protection is indeed achieved, the following
arrangements must be observed by persons entering and/or performing field
work within a temporary EPA:

1-28

All operators working within a temporary EPA must wear, as a minimum,


an antistatic protecting garment made of cotton.

If the extent of the temporary work area is such that the operator needs to
walk and move within that area, the floor must be capable of providing
protection against ESD.

The operator must be bonded to ground at all times when handling an


ESDS device.

If it becomes necessary to remove an ESDS device from equipment and


transfer it to a temporary work surface away from the equipment, the ESDS
device must be given protective packaging unless equipotential bonding of
the operator to ground is maintained.

An ESDS device must be placed directly into protective packaging upon


removal from equipment. A replacement ESDS device must be kept in its
protective packaging until required for immediate installation in the
equipment.

The field service operator must ensure that the materials and tools
necessary to maintain and control the temporary EPA are available at the
place of the field work at service time.

All tools intended for use within the EPA must, as far as is practical, be so
constructed that they do not generate or hold an induced electrostatic
charge.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

417006-2318-0H3-A02

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Installing XDM-900: Before You Start


Safety Guidelines

Environmental and Health


Concerns
ECI Telecom is committed to achieving high standards of environmental
quality and product safety.
The International Standardization Organization (ISO) has developed the
internationally recognized standards ISO 9001 and ISO 14001. These are
quality management standards that are administered by independent
accreditation and certification bodies.
ISO 9000 is a family of standards for quality management systems that has
been accepted as a model when assessing the adequacy of quality management
systems. Some of the requirements in ISO 9001 (one of the standards in the
ISO 9000 family) include:

Procedures that cover all key business processes

Process monitoring to ensure effectiveness

Adequate record-keeping

Monitoring output for defects, with appropriate and corrective action where
necessary

Regular review of individual processes and the complete quality system as


a whole

Facilitating continual improvement

ISO 14000 is the international specification for an Environmental Management


System (EMS). It specifies requirements for establishing an environmental
policy, determining environmental aspects and impacts of products, activities,
and services, planning environmental objectives and measurable targets,
implementation and operation of programs to meet objectives and targets,
checking and corrective action, and management review. ECI Telecom Quality
and Environmental Management Systems were certified to these ISO standards
and are periodically audited by third-party organizations.
ECI Telecom policies and products meet the spirit of the U.S. Environmental
Protection Agency's Design for the Environment (DfE) Program to reduce risk
to people and the environment by preventing pollution and improving energy
efficiency. ECI Telecom is certified to OHSAS 18000, which was developed as
a standard against which occupational safety management systems can
objectively be assessed. OHSAS 18000 (compatible with ISO 9001 and ISO
14001) is being developed through a concerted effort from a number of the
world's leading national standards bodies, certification bodies, and specialist
consultancies.

417006-2318-0H3-A02

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

1-29

Installing XDM-900: Before You Start


Safety Guidelines

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

As a part of ECI Telecoms environmental commitment and in pursuit of


compliance with applicable environmental legislation, ECI Telecom makes
every effort to ensure that its products supplied to the EU market are compliant
with the RoHS Europe directive restricting use of certain hazardous substances
in electrical and electronic equipment. ECI Telecom also requires RoHS
compliance from all its suppliers. All new electrical and electronic equipment
delivered to locations within the EU do not contain any cadmium (Cd), lead
(Pb), hexavalent chromium compounds (Cr6+), mercury (Hg), polybrominated
biphenyls (PBB), or polybrominated diphenyl ethers (PBDE), subject to certain
exemptions and limitations as outlined in the RoHS directive.
Without limiting the generality of the preceding statement, we wish to stress
that use of lead in solders in network infrastructure equipment has been
exempted by the RoHS directive and may be found in certain ECI Telecom
products.
All equipment delivered to locations within the EU complies with the
requirements of the RoHS Europe directive. Similarly, ECI Telecom equipment
is compliant with the RoHS California directive and RoHS Chinese directive
where relevant. All ECI Telecom equipment included in the Electronic
Information Products (EIP) category includes a table of Toxic and Hazardous
Substances and Elements, verifying hazardous substance levels in accordance
with the RoHS China directive. Equipment documentation includes the
appropriate Environmental Protection Use Period (EPUP) lifespan symbol
indicating the point in time when the equipment may be expected to enter the
recycling system. The following are examples of these pollution control
symbols.

Figure 1-6: Pollution control logos

NOTE: The number in Logo 2 is for illustrative purposes


only. When in actual use, the number indicates the
corresponding environmental protection use period of the
product.

1-30

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

417006-2318-0H3-A02

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Installing XDM-900: Before You Start


Safety Guidelines

ECI Telecom adheres to the Waste Electrical and Electronic equipment


(WEEE) directive requiring that all new products introduced into the EU
market be labeled with the crossed-out wheeled bin recycling symbol defined
by CENELEC standard EN 50419 and accepted by the member states. Note
that specific WEEE procedures may differ from state to state, depending on the
local implementation of the WEEE requirements.

Figure 1-7: WEEE recycling symbol

Do not dispose of ECI Telecom equipment and accessories together with


standard household waste. Check with ECI Telecom technical support for
information about product disposal, including recycling and reuse. For more
information about ECI Telecom's environmental, healths, and safety policy, see
the quality policy pages on the ECI Telecom website. (Environmental, Health,
and Safety Policy
http://www.ecitele.com/AboutECI/Quality/Pages/EnvironmentalHealthSafetyP
olicy.aspx)
For any further information regarding ECI Telecom's environmental and safety
policies, please contact technical support.
WARNING: The ultimate disposal of this product should be handled
according to national laws and regulations.

ADVARSEL: Endelig bortskaffelse af dette produkt skal ske i


overensstemmelse med nationale love og regler.
WAARSCHUWING: Dit product dient overeenkomstig de nationale
wetgeving en voorschriften te worden weggegooid.
VAROITUS: Tmn tuotteen lopullinen hvittminen tulee tehd
kansallisten lakien ja asetusten mukaisesti.

ATTENTION: La mise au rebut de ce produit devrait se faire


conformment aux lois et rglementations de chaque pays.

WARNUNG: Entsorgen Sie dieses Produkt entsprechend den geltenden


Gesetzen und Vorschriften.

AVVERTENZA: L'utilizzo di questo prodotto deve essere conforme alle


leggi e alle normative nazionali.
AVISO: A destruio final deste produto deve ser feita de acordo com as
leis e regulamentos nacionais.
ADVERTENCIA: Este producto debe utilizarse de acuerdo a las normas
y leyes nacionales.

VARNING: Slutlig kassering av denna produkt br hanteras enligt


nationella lagar och riktlinjer.

417006-2318-0H3-A02

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

1-31

Installing XDM-900: Before You Start


Safety Guidelines

1-32

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

417006-2318-0H3-A02

2
Introduction
In this chapter:
XDM-900 Platform Overview ......................................................................... 2-1
XDM-900 I/O Protection Options ................................................................... 2-3
XDM-900 Shelf with CWDM Networking Capabilities ................................. 2-7

XDM-900 Platform Overview


The XDM-900 is a high density (120 Gbps TDM and 240 Gbps switching)
hybrid Ethernet/TDM multiservice platform optimized for high-capacity nodes
in metro and metro-core networks. The XDM-900 provides cost-optimized
native Ethernet and TDM handling, from MADM-16/64 to full blown 10 GbE
Layer 2 Ethernet and MPLS-TP switching, all in a single chassis, enabling
cost-effective network expansion and smooth migration to NG packet-based
transport networks. This future-proof platform offers best-of-breed capabilities
and optional ASON control support for enhanced protection and restoration
with minimal power consumption and footprint.

417006-2318-0H3-A02

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

2-1

Introduction

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

By supporting the most advanced carrier class Ethernet-based services (Layer


1, Layer 2, EoS, MPLS-TP over transport as well as native
Ethernet/MPLS-TP), the XDM-900 is well positioned to implement cellular
backhaul transition/migration plans while supporting full triple play services
for residential NGN applications. This platform lets you preserve your existing
network structure and working procedures as you shift seamlessly towards
packet-based services.

Figure 2-1: XDM-900 shelf

The XDM-900 is a small footprint subrack that fits into ETSI, 19, and 21
racks. Its dimensions are 325 mm high, 443 mm wide, and 300 mm deep. Up to
three XDM-900 platforms can be installed per rack, providing up to 360 Gbps
capacity per rack with low power consumption. The XDM-900 standard shelf
is arranged as follows:

2-2

Eighteen slots (I1 to I18) flexibly allocated to up to eighteen I/O interface


modules, including 2 SDH quad I/O modules (wide slots) and 16 tributary
interface modules (PIM, SIM, and Ethernet cards DIOM, EISMB, and
MCSM). These modules enable a combination of PDH, SDH, and Ethernet
services, supporting up to 12 STM-64 or up to 48 STM-16 interfaces.

Two slots (MXC-A and MXC-B) allocated to the MXC900 cards, for 120G
cross connect control. Integrated ASON control capabilities are available
using an optional ASON module in the MXC-900.

One slot allocated to the ECU900/ECU900F module.

One FCU900 that consists of eight separate fans to support cooling system
redundancy, activated by redundant controllers located on the MXC cards.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

417006-2318-0H3-A02

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Introduction

XDM-900 I/O Protection Options


The XDM-900 shelf boasts an extremely high modular design with two module
cages, one in the upper part, one in the lower part, and a card cage in the
middle. An expansion TPU shelf that adds protection capabilities to the I/O
modules can be mounted on top and under the shelf. An expansion OCU shelf
that adds CWDM networking capabilities to the XDM-900 can be mounted on
top of the upper TPU or directly on top of the XDM-900 shelf.
Protection of I/O modules in the upper and lower module cages is supported.
CAUTION: When the XDM-900 shelf is to be installed
vertically, pay attention to position the shelf with the FCU900
facing downwards, to ensure proper air flow to the XDM-900.

Basic XDM-900 Shelf


The basic XDM-900 shelf is housed in a 246 mm (9.68 in.) deep, 443 mm
(17.44 in.) wide, and 350 mm (13.78 in.) high equipment cage. The shelf
consists of two module cages, one in the upper part, the second in the lower
part, and a card cage in the middle. Each module cage can house up to 8 I/O
modules, totaling 16 modules in the entire shelf. The card cage accommodates
two MXC900 cards (main and protection), an External Connection Unit
(ECU900 or ECU900-F), and two wide I/O cards. When I/O cards are not used
in the wide slots, they can be adapted to accommodate one SIM16_1 module
each, using a mechanical adapter.
I/O protection is not supported in this option.

417006-2318-0H3-A02

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

2-3

Introduction

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

The XDM-900 shelf can be installed in a horizontal or vertical position.

Figure 2-2: Basic XDM-900 shelf, horizontal installation

Figure 2-3: Basic XDM-900 shelf, vertical Installation

2-4

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

417006-2318-0H3-A02

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Introduction

Expanded XDM-900 with I/O Protection


The following I/O protection options are supported for XDM-900 shelves
installed in a horizontal position:

A TPU mounted on top of the basic shelf protecting the I/O modules in the
upper module cage.

A TPU attached under the basic shelf protecting the I/O modules in the
lower module cage.

Two TPUs, one mounted on top of the basic shelf protecting the I/O
modules in the upper cage, and one attached under the shelf protecting the
I/O modules in the lower cage.

Each TPU adds only 75 mm (3 in.) to the height of the XDM-900 shelf.
Each TPM is connected to both operating and protection I/O modules in the
shelf in a 1:1, 1:2, or 1:3 configuration. If a failure is detected in one of the
operating I/O modules, the active MXC via the TC module in the TPU switches
the traffic from the active I/O module to the protection module.
The following figures show several options for installing TPUs with the
XDM-900 shelf.

Figure 2-4: XDM-900 with one TPU on top of the shelf

417006-2318-0H3-A02

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

2-5

Introduction

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Figure 2-5: XDM-900 with two TPUs

Similar I/O protection options are supported for XDM-900 shelves installed in
a vertical position.

2-6

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

417006-2318-0H3-A02

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Introduction

XDM-900 Shelf with CWDM


Networking Capabilities
An OCU can be mounted on top of the basic shelf or on top of a TPU installed
on the basic shelf to add CWDM networking capabilities to the platform. The
OCU can accept various CWDM modules like Mux/DeMux, splitters/couplers,
OADMs, and power amplifiers. Each expansion shelf (TPU or OCU) adds 75
mm (3 in.) to the height of the XDM-900.
NOTE: The OCU is not supported for installation under the
XDM-900 shelf.

A typical XDM-900 shelf with an OCU (and two TPUs) is shown in the
following figure.

Figure 2-6: XDM-900 with an OCU and two TPUs

417006-2318-0H3-A02

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

2-7

Introduction

2-8

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

417006-2318-0H3-A02

3
Site Preparation and Rack
Installation
In this chapter:
Overview ......................................................................................................... 3-1
Tools and Test Equipment ............................................................................... 3-4
Unpacking and Performing Visual Inspection ................................................. 3-5
XDM Rack Installation Options ...................................................................... 3-6
Preparing Cables and Fibers ............................................................................ 3-7
XDM-900 Accessories .................................................................................. 3-18
Equipment Installation ................................................................................... 3-32
Rack Installation ............................................................................................ 3-42
Installing Ancillary Units in Racks ............................................................... 3-48

Overview
The following sections describe the conditions required for installing the
equipment at the site, including site preparation, power sources, rack
installation, preparing cables and fibers, installing ancillary units and more.

Site Preparation
Perform a preliminary survey of the installation site, taking the following issues
into consideration:
System environmental requirements
Physical location of the XDM-900 platforms
Location of power sources
Types of interfaces used at the site (optical, electrical, management, alarm
monitoring, etc.)
Work and equipment safety requirements
417006-2318-0H3-A02

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

3-1

Site Preparation and Rack


Installation

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Site Environmental Requirements


The following environmental conditions must be provided at the installation
site.
Parameter

Compliance requirements

Electromagnetic interference

FTZ 1TR9, EN 55022-2/2003, EN 50082-1/97

Temperature

ETSI ETS 300-19-2-3 Test Spec. T3.1

Main Equipment Dimensions


Table 3-1:

3-2

Equipment dimensions

Equipment type

Height
(mm)

Width
(mm)

Depth
(mm)

Max. weight (kg)

XDM-900

350

443

246

8.2 (shelf only)


30 (fully populated)

TPU

75

443

246

5.5 (shelf only)


10 (fully populated)

XDM-900 + TPU

425

443

246

13.7 (shelves only)


40 (fully populated)

XDM-900 + two
TPUs

500

443

246

21.9 (shelves only)


50 (fully populated)

XDM-900 + two
TPUs + OCU

575

443

246

30.1 (shelves only)


60 (fully populated)

xRAP-100

133

445

185

10

RAP-BG

88

440

150

RAP-4B

88

447

155

2.4

xRAP-D

133

445

185

9.5

xDDF-21

44.5

440

150

FST

44.5

440

240

ODF

44.5

440

240

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

417006-2318-0H3-A02

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Site Preparation and Rack


Installation

Physical Location
WARNING: XDM-900 shelves are intended for installation
in restricted access areas only.
Choose the physical location of the XDM-900 shelves, taking the following
aspects into consideration:
1. Equipment dimensions, as specified in the following table.
2. Required floor loading capability: 150 kg per rack for a typical 4-shelf
installation.
3. Routing requirements for grounding, power, alarm monitoring, and
management cables, and optical fibers. To ensure convenient access to
cables and fibers, it is recommended to use overhead cable ladders
whenever possible, to bring the cables/fibers to the top of each rack.
When a network management station, for example EMS-XDM, is installed on
the site, consider the method of connection to the local network management
station and the maximum allowed distance.

Power Sources
XDM equipment must be powered only by DC sources in compliance with the
applicable sections of ETSI 300 132-2 and FTZ 19PFL1, and the SELV of EN
60950-1 requirements. The nominal supply voltage is -48 VDC (positive lead
grounded); the allowed supply voltage range is -40 VDC to -57.6 VDC. For
redundancy, two separate DC power sources should be available.
The power consumption of the XDM-900 is:

Typical: 1000 W

Maximum: 1400 W
NOTE: If the input power connected to one of the xINFs
exceeds -57.6 VDC, both xINFs are shut down and the shelf
is switched off.

417006-2318-0H3-A02

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

3-3

Site Preparation and Rack


Installation

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Tools and Test Equipment


No special-purpose tools beyond a standard technician toolbox are required for
the installation of XDM-900 shelves.
Since traffic cables can be prepared on site, suitable tool kits should also be
available. This includes tools for the assembly of coaxial cables (see the
following table) and tools for the preparation of optical patch cords.
Table 3-2:

Recommended coaxial cable assembly tools

No.

Name

Description

Stripper

DIN 1.0/2.3

Center contact crimp tool (blue)

DIN 1.0/2.3

Crimp tool, outer

DIN 1.0/2.3

Cable stripper

NCX1

Nipper (cutter for center contact)

NCX1

Die for NCX1

NCX1

Cleaning Optical Connectors


When handling optical fibers, clean the optical connectors using the standard
cleaning kits recommended by the optical connector manufacturers.

3-4

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

417006-2318-0H3-A02

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Site Preparation and Rack


Installation

Unpacking and Performing


Visual Inspection
Before you start:
Before unpacking, make a preliminary inspection of the shipping boxes.
Immediately report evidence of damage to the carrier, the project manager, and
your local ECI Telecom representative.
CAUTION: Static Sensitive Devices
Proper handling and grounding precautions required
XDM-900 equipment contains components sensitive to ESD.
To prevent ESD damage, strictly observe all the precautions
listed in Protection against Electrostatic Discharge (page 124). Keep parts and cards in their antistatic packaging
material until you are ready to install them.
The use of an antistatic wrist strap connected to a grounded
equipment frame or rack is recommended when handling
cards and modules during installation, removal, or connection
to internal connectors.

You must unpack the equipment on a clean flat surface.


To unpack the equipment:
1. Place the shipping boxes with the top upwards, cut the sealing tape using a
short knife so as not to damage the internal items, and open the top flaps.
2. Remove the items contained in the box and inspect each item for damage.
Check for loose parts or any visual damage to the rack, platform, and
auxiliary equipment. Also check the integrity of all the connectors, leads,
and cables.
NOTE: Do not remove plastic covers from optical connectors
until optical cables are connected to them.

3. Search the shipping boxes for any additional small items that may be
present.
4. Open each of the module and card packages for inspection, but do not
remove the modules/cards from their individual protective packages until
they can be inserted in the platform.
5. Check the contents of the shipping boxes against the packing list attached
to each box. If damaged parts are detected or if any parts are missing,
notify the project manager and your local ECI Telecom representative.

417006-2318-0H3-A02

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

3-5

Site Preparation and Rack


Installation

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

XDM Rack Installation Options


XDM platforms can be installed in the following rack types:

ECI Telecom's recommended enhanced ETSI optical racks (hereafter


referred to as the optical rack), or the improved ETSI racks (hereafter
referred to as ETSI A). These racks have been specially adapted by ECI
Telecom and are tailored to meet platform requirements and simplify
platform installation and maintenance, including the following benefits:

Removable rear and side panels for tidy routing and efficient
maintenance of all rack cables, including:

Control cables

Power cables

Data cables (where relevant)

Two channels on the racks front rails for routing up to 400 (ETSI A) or
800 (optical rack) optical fibers.

Open frame top and bottom for easy routing of cables from suspension
floors and/or ceiling ladders.

Perforated door for free air flow to the installed equipment (see
Environmental Requirements).

Front door for left or right opening mounting.

Standard ETSI racks (hereafter referred to as ETSI B).

ISO 19 racks and standard US racks. These racks should be used only in
consultation with and when approved by ECI Telecom's Mechanical
Department.

XDM racks options are summarized in the following table.


Table 3-3:

Equipment rack data

Type

Height

Width

Depth

Available space

Optical
Rack

2200 mm

600 mm

300 mm

47U (2100 mm)

ETSI A

2200 mm

600 mm

300 mm

46U (2050 mm)

ETSI A

2600 mm

600 mm

300 mm

55U (2450 mm)

ETSI B

2200 mm

600 mm

300 mm

46U (2050 mm)

ETSI B

2600 mm

600 mm

300 mm

55U (2450 mm)

US

7 ft.
(2134 mm)

23 in.
(585 mm)

12 in.
(305 mm)

44U
(6.5 ft./1960 mm)

US

7 ft.
(2134 mm)

19 in.
(483 mm)

12 in.
(305 mm)

44U
(6.5 ft./1960 mm)

ISO 19

7.25 ft.
(2200 mm)

24 in.
(600 mm)

24 in.
(600 mm)

47U
(6.85 ft./2089 mm)

The loading of a fully equipped rack is 7.35 kn/m2, or 55.35 kn/ft.2.


3-6

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

417006-2318-0H3-A02

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Site Preparation and Rack


Installation

NOTES:

Not all XDM platforms can be installed in all types of


racks. This section includes a general list of the rack
options available. The installation instructions for each
platform include a list of the racks appropriate for that
platform.
The installation instructions in this manual are written on
the basis of an installation using an ECI Telecom enhanced
rack. Some of these instructions may not be relevant if you
are using a standard rack supplied by other vendors.
Before any installation plan can be completed, a site
survey by ECI Telecom technical support team is
required, to verify rack accessibility and accessory
compatibility at that site. If you are working with standard
racks from other vendors, the site survey is also essential to
determine what changes are required to adapt the rack to
XDM platform installation requirements.

All ECI Telecom XDM equipment racks may be installed on wooden, concrete,
or suspended floors, or suspended from overhead mountings. Some of these
installation options are described in Installing Equipment Racks. If your facility
uses a different installation paradigm, contact the ECI Telecom Technical
Support team for additional information.

Preparing Cables and Fibers


NOTE: This section provides information for preparing
cables and optical fibers. The necessary cables can also be
ordered from ECI Telecom. For details, contact ECI
Telecoms Customer Support team or your ECI Telecom sales
representative.

The main cables required for installing the XDM-900 include:

Grounding cables, described in Grounding Cables (page 3-8)

DC power cables, described in DC Power Cables (page 3-10)

Alarm cables, described in Alarm Cables (page 3-11)

Management cables, described in Management Cables (page 3-12)

Timing (clock) cables, described in Timing (Clock) Cables (page 3-12)

Electric traffic cables, described in Electric Traffic Cables (page 3-13)

Optical fibers, described in Optical Fibers

Data cables for data modules, described in Data Cables for EISMBs,
DIOMs, and MCSMs (page 3-16) as applicable

417006-2318-0H3-A02

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

3-7

Site Preparation and Rack


Installation

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

DC power and traffic cables should be prepared on site. AC power cables


suitable for connection to the power outlet types specified when placing the
order (according to the site specifications) and the control and alarm cables
used within XDM equipment racks, are included in the shipment with power
outlets provided according to the site specifications.
The following sections provide information to enable you to prepare cables on
site. Refer to Connector Pin Assignments (page A-1) for a description of the
equipment connector types and cable wiring.
WARNING: When preparing cables, in particular power and grounding
cables, use only UL-listed components of the specified types.
Components must also comply with any applicable national and local
safety codes and regulations.
Only qualified trained personnel may be involved in the preparation of
the various cable types. Personnel must use only approved procedures, in
accordance with the applicable workmanship practice.

Grounding Cables
Rack equipment is bonded through the screws that fasten the equipment chassis
to the frame of the rack. It is therefore necessary to provide a reliable
low-impedance connection between the rack frame and the site grounding bus
using copper conductors.
Make the connection between the rack grounding screw and the site grounding
bar by means of a copper lead with green/yellow insulation having the same
diameter as the RAP input power cable or thicker, in compliance with UL/ETSI
recommendations.
The end of the lead connected to a RAP, as used in the rack, must be
terminated in an M8 lug.
Route grounding conductors along the shortest possible route. Treat the bare
portion of the conductor with antioxidant and connect a listed two-hole
compression lug. If the lug is not plated, bring it to a bright finish and coat it
with antioxidant before connecting it to the frame of the rack.
WARNING:

3-8

The ground cable must be at least the same thickness as the RAP
power cable.
To prevent possible damage to XDM equipment, all racks and
equipment must be completely grounded before connecting any
external devices powered from an AC source (110/220 V) to the
platform. All grounding procedures described in Grounding the
XDM-900 Platform must be completed before, for example,
connecting an external PC to configure and initialize the NE
management system.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

417006-2318-0H3-A02

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Site Preparation and Rack


Installation

WARNING: This equipment is designed to permit the connection of


the grounded conductor of the DC supply circuit to the grounding
conductor at the equipment. See installation instructions for more
details.
When this connection is made, all of the following conditions must be
met:

The equipment is connected directly to the DC supply system


grounding electrode conductor or to a bonding jumper from the
grounding terminal bar or bus to which the DC supply system
earthing electrode is connected.
The equipment is located in the same immediate area (such as
adjacent cabinets) as any other equipment with a connection
between the grounded conductor of the same DC supply circuit and
the grounding conductor, as well as the point of grounding of the
DC system. The DC system must not be grounded elsewhere.
The DC supply source is located within the same premises as this
equipment.
Devices in the grounded circuit conductor are not switched or
disconnected between the DC source and the point of connection of
the grounding electrode conductor.

WARNING: Cet appareil est conu pour permettre le raccordement du


conducteur reli la terre du circuit dalimentation c.c. au conducteur
de terre de lappareil.
Pour ce raccordement, toutes les conditions suivantes doivent tre
respectes:

417006-2318-0H3-A02

Ce matriel doit tre raccord directement au conducteur de la prise


de terre du circuit dalimentation c.c. ou une tresse de mise la
masse relie une barre omnibus de terre laquelle est raccorde
llectrode de terre du circuit dalimentation c.c.
Les appareils dont les conducteurs de terre respectifs sont raccords
au conducteur de terre du mme circuit dalimentation c.c. doivent
tre installs proximit les uns des autres (p.ex., dans des armoires
adjacentes) et proximit de la prise de terre du circuit
dalimentation c.c. Le circuit dalimentation c.c. ne doit comporter
aucune autre prise de terre.
La source dalimentation du circuit c.c. doit tre situe dans la
mme pice que le matriel.
Il ne doit y avoir aucun dispositif de commutation ou de
sectionnement entre le point de raccordement au conducteur de la
source dalimentation c.c. et le point de raccordement la prise de
terre.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

3-9

Site Preparation and Rack


Installation

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

DC Power Cables
NOTE: According to accepted industry standards for connecting DC
power, the positive lead (+48 V) should be connected with a red cable,
and the negative lead (-48 V) with a black cable. However, according
to the BS7671 (GB) and HD 308 S2:2001 (EU) standards, the positive
lead (+48 V) should be connected with a blue cable and the negative
lead (-48 V) with a gray cable. In the following sections that describe
DC power cable connections, use cables with appropriate colors to
comply with the standards in your area of residence.

DC power cables should be prepared on site. Two types of DC power cables


are needed:

RAP input power cables

Shelf power cables

RAP input power cables


The RAP input power cables are prepared on site. They connect input power
from the site power distribution subsystem to the DC input terminals of the
rack's RAP panel.
Two input power cables are required for each rack, one for each source. The
cables must use copper leads complying with UL/ETSI recommendations. Use
a red lead for the positive conductor and a black lead for the negative
conductor, or as required in your area of residence.
The RAP cable ends must be terminated in cable lugs matching the conductor
gauge with M8 lugs for all RAP types (xRAP-D, RAP-BG, xRAP-100, or
RAP-4B).
The recommended cable gauge is 0 AWG (50 mm2/.078 inch2) or thicker for the
xRAP-D, and 2 AWG (35 mm2/.054 in.2) or thicker for the xRAP-100,
RAP-BG, or RAP-4B. This gauge ensures that the voltage drop across the rack
power cable at full power consumption does not exceed 2 V, even for cable
runs up to 30 meters (99 feet) connected to a RAP providing power to two
XDM shelves.
When an xRAP is used to provide power to a single XDM shelf, lower lead
gauges may be used:

3-10

For cable runs not exceeding 20 meters (66 feet), it is sufficient to use 16
mm2 (.025 inch2) copper leads.

For cable runs not exceeding 30 meters (99 feet), it is sufficient to use 25
mm2 (.039 inch2) copper leads.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

417006-2318-0H3-A02

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Site Preparation and Rack


Installation

NOTE:

If necessary, the gauge of the grounding lead can also be reduced to


the gauge of the power leads, that is, 16 mm2 (.025 in.2) for lengths
up to 20 meters (66 feet), and 25 mm2 (.039 in.2) for lengths up to
30 meters (99 feet).
The ground cable must be of at least the same thickness as the xRAP
power cable. Therefore, if the xRAP power cable is thick, the
grounding cable must match that thickness.
The thickness of the shelf grounding cable must match the thickness
of the power cable from the xRAP to the shelf.

Shelf power cables


Two 12 AWG (25 mm) cables supplied by ECI Telecom are used to connect
the two redundant input power sources from the RAP panel to the POWER
connectors on the MXC900-A and MXC900-B cards of each XDM-900 shelf
installed in the rack.

Alarm Cables
Alarm cables used are included in the shipment according to the site
specifications. Alarm indications are carried by the following cables:

Shelf alarm indication cable. One shelf alarm indication cable is required
for each XDM-900 shelf installed in the rack. One end of the cable is
always connected to the ALARMS connector on the ECU900/ ECU900-F
card. Connection of the other end depends on the cable type, as follows:

xRAP-100 alarm cable. Connects to one of the SHELF connectors on


the xRAP-100.

xRAP-B alarm cable. Connects to one of the SHELF connectors on the


xRAP-B.

xRAP-D alarm cable. Connects to one of the SHELF connectors on the


xRAP-D.

Client alarm cable. Connects to the client's alarm collecting facility.

Bay alarm cable. One bay alarm cable is required for each rack. This cable
carries the alarm indications and monitoring lines of the bay (rack). One
end of the cable is connected to the RAP, the other end is open and
connects to the client's alarm collecting facility. Two types of this cable are
available:

xRAP-100 bay alarm cable. Connects to the ALARM IN/OUT


connector on the xRAP-100.

xRAP-B bay alarm cable. Connects to the ALARMS connector on the


xRAP-B.

xRAP-D bay alarm cable. Connects to the ALARMS connector on the


xRAP-D.

417006-2318-0H3-A02

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

3-11

Site Preparation and Rack


Installation

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Management Cables
Out-of-band management communication is connected to an XDM-900 by
means of a minihub with a pair of the RJ-45 Ethernet connectors located on the
ECU900/ ECU900-F cards.
If one XDM-900 is installed, the connection is made to the management MAIN
RJ-45 connector. If more than one XDM-900 is installed in the same site, it is
possible to save the use of an external hub. In this case, the first system is
connected as explained above, and the other systems are connected in an
Ethernet daisy chain. The management MAIN connector of each system is
connected to the management PROT/LCT connector of the previous system.
Suitable standard Ethernet station cables are available from many sources.
Cables of Category 3 or better must be used. The length of the cables must not
exceed the maximum recommended for the cable type and hub port in use (up
to a few dozen meters).

Timing (Clock) Cables


The ECU900/ ECU900-F on the XDM-900 shelf has two timing reference
connectors, T3_1/T4_1 and T3_2/T4_2, which are used for 2.048 Mbps signals
and have balanced (120 ) G.703 interfaces.
The cables used to connect to these connectors are prepared on site, and they
comprise individually shielded twisted pairs (the same type of pairs needed for
connection to the balanced E1 tributary interfaces).
If the site timing reference distribution subsystem has unbalanced (75 ) G.703
interfaces, a 120 /75 adapter can be supplied for mounting on the
T3_1/T4_1 and T3_2/T4_2 connectors. This permits using coaxial cables
(BT3002 or equivalent) of the same type used for connecting to balanced E1
tributary interfaces.

3-12

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

417006-2318-0H3-A02

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Site Preparation and Rack


Installation

Electric Traffic Cables


Some electric traffic cables can be prepared on site. The following table lists
the type of cables and mating connectors needed for each XDM-900 traffic
interface type.
NOTE: The connectors are identical regardless of whether the traffic
cables are connected directly to the I/O modules or to TPMs on the
TPU.

Traffic cables mating connector data


I/O module

Interface type

Cable type

Mating
connector

Qty/
Module

PIM2_21

E1 balanced
(2.048 Mbps)

Twin multipair cable (2 x


25 shielded 120 twisted
pairs)

Twin 50-pin
SCSI male

PIM2_42

E1 balanced
(2.048 Mbps)

Twin multipair cable (2 x


25 shielded 120 twisted
pairs)

100-pin SCSI 2
male

PIM2_63/B
PIM2_63

E1 balanced
(2.048 Mbps)

Twin multipair cable (2 x


25 shielded 120 twisted
pairs)

Twin 50-pin
SCSI male

PIM2_63S

E1 balanced
(2.048 Mbps)

3 x twin multipair cable (2 2 x 136-pin


x 25 shielded 120 twisted VHDCI male
pairs)

PIM345_3

E3 and DS-3
(34/45 Mbps)

NCX coaxial cable

DIN1.0/2.3
male

SIM1_4/E

STM-1
electrical

NCX coaxial cable

DIN1.0/2.3
male

SIM1_8 1

STM-1
electrical

NCX coaxial cable

DIN1.0/2.3
low profile
male

16

When a TPU is used, additional patch traffic cables between PIMs and TPMs
are required, as described in the following table.

SIM1_8 configured as STM-1 electrical module with ETR-1 electrical SFP transceivers.

417006-2318-0H3-A02

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

3-13

Site Preparation and Rack


Installation

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Patch traffic cables connecting I/O modules to the TPU


TPM

Interface type

Cable type

Mating connector

Qty/
Module

TPM2_1

E1 balanced
(2.048 Mbps)

Twin multipair
cable (25 pairs
of shielded
120 twisted
pairs)

PIM: Twin 50-pin SCSI


female
TPM: 100-pin SCSI
female

TPM2_3

E1 balanced
(2.048 Mbps)

Twin multipair
cable (25 pairs
of shielded
120 twisted
pairs)

PIM: Twin 50-pin SCSI


female
TPM: 100-pin SCSI
female

TPM2_42_2 E1 balanced
(2.048 Mbps)

Twin multipair
cable (25 pairs
of shielded 120
twisted pairs)

PIM2_42: 100-pin SCSI


male
TPM: Twin 136-pin
VHDCI male

TPM2_63_2 E1 balanced
(2.048 Mbps)

Triple multipair
cable (25 pairs
of shielded
120 twisted
pairs)

PIM2_63: Triple twins of 1


50-pin SCSI male
TPM: Twin 136-pin
VHDCI male

E1 balanced
(2.048 Mbps)

Twin multipair
cable (25 pairs
of shielded 120
twisted pairs)

PIM2_42: 100-pin SCSI


male
TPM: Twin 136-pin
VHDCI male

E3 and DS-3
(34/45 Mbps)
STM-1
electrical

RG179x8
multicoaxial
cable

PIM: DIN1.0/2.3 male


TPM: 8W8 D-type

TPMH_1

Optical Fibers
Optical fibers can be prepared on site.
Use only 2 mm optical fibers to connect to optical interfaces. For each optical
interface, ECI Telecom supplies patch cords with mating optical connectors
already attached to the fiber. Therefore, only the optical termination on the
ODF side, which is installation-dependent, must be installed on site.
The optical fibers should enter the rack from the top, be threaded through cable
guides running along the rack side rails, and end at the FST. The tray must
contain enough fiber length for extracting modules from the XDM-900 and for
replacing fiber in case of damage (splicing repairs). When routing fibers, make
sure to observe the minimum bending radius (35 mm).
The following table lists the type of fibers and mating connectors needed to
prepare fibers for each XDM-900 module/card.

3-14

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

417006-2318-0H3-A02

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Table 3-4:

Site Preparation and Rack


Installation

Optical fibers and mating connector data

I/O
module/card

Interface type

Fiber type

Mating
connector

Qty/
Module/Card

SIM1_4/OB
SIM1_4/O

STM-1 optical

1 pair of fiber
patch cords per
interface

LC male

8 fibers

SIM1_8 2

STM-1 optical

1 pair of fiber
patch cords per
interface

LC male

16 fibers

SIM4_2

STM-4 optical

1 pair of fiber
patch cords per
interface

LC male

4 fibers

SIM4_4

STM-4 optical

1 pair of fiber
patch cords per
interface

LC male

8 fibers

SIM16_1

STM-16

1 pair of fiber
patch cords per
interface

LC male

2 fibers

SIM16_2

STM-16

1 pair of fiber
patch cords per
interface

LC male

4 fibers

SIM16_4

STM-16

1 pair of fiber
patch cords per
interface

LC male

8 fibers

SIM64_XFP

STM-64

1 pair of fiber
patch cords per
interface

LC male

2 fibers

SIM64_2

STM-64

1 pair of fiber
patch cords per
interface

LC male

4 fibers

SIM1_8 configured as STM-1 optical module with OTR-1 optical SFP transceivers.

417006-2318-0H3-A02

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

3-15

Site Preparation and Rack


Installation

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Data Cables for EISMBs, DIOMs, and MCSMs


Data modules like EISMBs, DIOMs, and MCSMs are connected by electrical
cables or optical fibers according to the interface type being connected.
Ethernet electrical interfaces are connected by CAT5E SFTP 4-pair cables
terminated with RJ-45 connectors.
Table 3-5:
EISMB
module

EISM optical fibers and mating connector data


Port no. Interface
type

EISMB_840 1-2

GbE/FE

Fiber type

Mating
connector

1 pair of 50/62.5 m LC male


MM fiber, or 1 pair
of 9 m SM fiber
patch cords per
interface for GbE

Qty/
module

8 fibers

1 pair of 50/62.5 m
MM fiber patch
cords per interface
for FE
3-4

FE

1 pair of 50/62.5 m LC male


MM fiber patch
cords per interface

EISMB_840 can also be equipped as a mixed module including optical and


electrical interfaces by inserting an electrical SFP in the port. The cabling to
such port is made as a connection to an electrical interface listed in the
following table.
The following table lists the type of Ethernet electrical traffic cables and the
mating connectors needed for the EISMB_804 module.
Table 3-6:
EISMB
module

EISMB Ethernet electrical cables and mating connector data


Port no. Interface type

EISMB_804 1-2
3-4

3-16

Cable type

Mating
connector

Qty/
module

10/100/1000BaseT

CAT5E SFTP RJ-45


4-pair

10/100BaseT

CAT5E SFTP RJ-45


4-pair

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

417006-2318-0H3-A02

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Table 3-7:

Site Preparation and Rack


Installation

DIOM optical fibers and mating connector data

DIOM
module

Port no. Interface type

Fiber type

DIOM_40

1-4

1 pair of 50/62.5 LC male


m MM fiber, or
1 pair of 9 m
SM fiber patch
cords per
interface for GbE

GbE/FE

Mating
connector

Qty/
module

8 fibers

1 pair of 50/62.5
m MM fiber
patch cords per
interface for FE

DIOM_40 can also be equipped as a mixed module including optical and


electrical interfaces by inserting an electrical SFP in the port. The cabling to
such port is made as a connection to an electrical interface listed in the
following table.
The following table lists the type of Ethernet electrical traffic cables and the
mating connectors needed for the DIOM electrical modules.
Table 3-8:

DIOM Ethernet electrical cables and mating connector data

DIOM
module

Port
no.

Interface type

Cable type

Mating
connector

Qty/
module

DIOM_08

1-8

10/100BaseT

CAT5E SFTP
4-pair

RJ-45

Table 3-9:

MCSM optical fibers and mating connector data


Mating
connector

MCSM
module

Port
no.

Interface type

Fiber type

MCSM

1-8

GbE/FE

1 pair of 50/62.5 LC male


m MM fiber, or
1 pair of 9 m
SM fiber patch
cords per
interface for GbE

Qty/
module

16 fibers

1 pair of 50/62.5
m MM fiber
patch cords per
interface for FE

417006-2318-0H3-A02

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

3-17

Site Preparation and Rack


Installation

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

The following table lists the type of Ethernet electrical traffic cables and the
mating connectors needed for the MCSM module.
Table 3-10: MCSM Ethernet electrical cables and mating connector data
MCSM
module

Port no. Interface type

Cable type

Mating
connector

Qty/
module

MCSM

9-16

CAT5E SFTP
4-pair

RJ-45

10/100BaseT

XDM-900 Accessories
ECI Telecom offers accessories for efficient and optimal installation of
equipment in racks. This section describes the main types of accessories. For
custom modifications to standard items, contact ECI Telecoms Network
Solutions Division support team or your ECI Telecom sales representative.

xRAP-D
The xRAP-D is a power distribution and alarm panel for XDM platforms
installed in racks. The xRAP-D performs the following main functions:

3-18

Redundant power distribution for one or two XDM platforms. The


xRAP-D can support either one or two XDM platforms. Each platform can
work with either one or two power inputs, where one is the main power
input (A) and the second is an optional protective backup power input (B).
The xRAP-D can work with up to two redundant input power sources,
depending on the user's electric infrastructure.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

417006-2318-0H3-A02

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Site Preparation and Rack


Installation

In the default configuration, the xRAP-D supplies independent streams of


power to two separate XDM platforms. Input power for one XDM platform
is kept completely separate from the input power for the second XDM
platform. Separate input power cables from the power sources feed into
independent circuit breakers on the xRAP-D unit. (There are a total of four
circuit breakers on the xRAP-D, supporting redundant power supplies for
up to two XDM platforms.) The power supply flow for two platforms is
illustrated in the following figure.

Figure 3-1: xRAP-D power supply flow

The xRAP-D has four 5-pin DC output connectors for supplying redundant
power to any platform in the XDM-1000 or XDM-100 family of products.
The maximum power supplied to each XDM platform is up to 2250 W, in
accordance with the platform type and version.
Note that with the default configuration, the power cables from the user's
power supply sources to the xRAP-D do not have to be more than 25 mm2
thick, and the circuit breakers do not have to be more than 55A, because the
maximum power consumption per cable is never more than 2250 W.
Previous xRAP units used a single heavy duty power cable to supply power
for up to two XDM platforms. The xRAP-D enables independent power
delivery to two shelves through separate cables, enabling use of thinner
cables and smaller circuit breakers. The xRAP-D was developed in
response to the needs of customers who are not able to support large
aggregate power feeding requirements when supporting two XDM
platforms.

417006-2318-0H3-A02

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

3-19

Site Preparation and Rack


Installation

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

NOTE: Users who prefer to work with a single power cable


from their main power supply (and optionally, a single power
cable from the protective power supply) can still work with a
single cable if they either:

Work with a single 25 mm2 power cable to support a single


XDM platform only, with a maximum of 2250 W for that
platform.
Work with a single 25 mm2 power cable to support two
XDM platforms, where each platform is limited to a
maximum of 1100 W for per platform. This configuration
option requires the use of an optional metal bridge
component designed by ECI Telecom for this purpose.
(Note that this configuration option is only available from
V7.2, when the management software enforces limitations
on maximum power consumption.)
Work with a single 50 mm2 power cable to support two
XDM platforms, with a maximum of 2250 W for each
platform. This configuration option requires the use of an
optional metal bridge component designed by ECI
Telecom for this purpose.

For more information about the bridge-component


configuration options, see Connecting DC Input Power Cable
to the xRAP-D with a Bridge Component.

The nominal DC power voltage is -48 VDC, ranging to -72 VDC. The
internal circuits of the xRAP-D are powered whenever at least one power
source is connected. The presence of DC power within the xRAP-D is
indicated by a POWER ON indicator.
Each DC power circuit of each platform is protected by a circuit breaker
that also serves as a power on/off switch for the corresponding circuit. The
required circuit breakers are included in the installation parts kit supplied
with the XDM-900 shelves, and therefore their current rating is in
accordance with the order requirements.
The circuit breakers are installed during the xRAP-D installation. To
prevent accidental changing of a circuit breakers state, the circuit breakers
can be reached easily after opening the front cover of the xRAP-D. The
circuit breaker state (ON or OFF) can be seen through translucent covers.

Bay alarm indications. The xRAP-D includes four alarm indicators, one
for each alarm severity. When alarms of different severities are received
simultaneously, the corresponding alarm indications light simultaneously.
A buzzer is activated whenever a Critical alarm is present in XDM
platforms connected to the xRAP-D.

3-20

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

417006-2318-0H3-A02

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Site Preparation and Rack


Installation

Connecting external alarms from two XDM platforms, each platform


supporting up to four alarm inputs and four alarm outputs (via dry contacts)
to the customer's central alarm monitoring system. Customers who wish to
define external alarms should refer to the explanation of electrical capacity
requirements for external alarms in the XDM System Specification.
Note that the xRAP-D supports up to eight external alarms. These alarms
are by default allocated four to each platform. ECI Telecom offers the
option, when working with a single XDM-1000 platform, to define up to
eight external alarms for that XDM-1000 platform. A second XDM
platform cannot be used with the xRAP-D when working with this
configuration, and a special alarm connection cable must be used. Contact
ECI Telecom technical support for more information.

Exporting severity alarms. Two separate groups of severity alarms (a


group of four for each XDM platform) are provided via dry contacts for the
customer's central alarm monitoring system.

Exporting Critical buzzer signals. The Critical alarm signal is provided


via dry contacts to the customer's central alarm monitoring system for
activation of a Critical buzzer. A separate line is provided as well for
muting this buzzer, by connecting the line to a ground with a momentary
switch.
NOTE: Note that the xRAP-D supports the same alarm and
power functions as the xRAP-B and xRAP-HP. When
replacing an existing xRAP-HP with an xRAP-D you must
also use the appropriate xRAP-D accessory kit, including
cables.

The following figure shows the front panel of the xRAP-D, and the table lists
the functions of the front panel components corresponding to the figure callout
numbers.

Figure 3-2: xRAP-D front panel

417006-2318-0H3-A02

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

3-21

Site Preparation and Rack


Installation

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Table 3-11: xRAP-D front panel component functions

3-22

No.

Designation

Function

SOURCE A

Translucent cover for the two circuit breakers (designated


Shelf 1 and Shelf 2 one per XDM platform installed in
the rack). These circuit breakers are used as ON/OFF
power switches and overcurrent protection for the DC
power source A.

TEST

Pushbutton, pressing it activates the buzzer and turns the


indicators on for test purposes.

POWER ON

Green indicator, lights whenever at least one DC power


source is connected to the xRAP-D.

CRITICAL

Red indicator, lights when the severity of an


unacknowledged alarm in the platforms connected to the
xRAP-D is Critical.

MAJOR

Orange indicator, lights when the severity of an


unacknowledged alarm in the platforms connected to the
xRAP-D is Major.

MINOR

Yellow indicator, lights when the severity of an


unacknowledged alarm in the platforms connected to the
xRAP-D is Minor.

WARNING

White indicator, lights when the severity of an


unacknowledged alarm in the platforms connected to the
xRAP-D is Warning.

Buzzer
(concealed under
cover)

Operates when at least one unacknowledged Major or


Critical alarm is present in the platforms connected to the
xRAP-D.

SOURCE B

Same as Item 1 for DC source B.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

417006-2318-0H3-A02

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Site Preparation and Rack


Installation

The xRAP-D connectors are located on the circuit board, as shown in the
following figure. The table lists the connector functions. The index numbers in
the table correspond to those in the figures.

Figure 3-3: xRAP-D connectors


Table 3-12: xRAP-D connector functions
No.

Designation

Function

1, 2

Shelf 1 and Shelf 2


DC input power

Two 5-pin D-type connectors, designated Shelf 1 and


Shelf 2, used to connect DC power to the XDM
platforms.

ALARMS

68-pin SCSI connector, used to connect an alarm


cable to the customer alarm monitoring system. This
alarm cable transmits the received from the XDM
platforms by the SHELF 1 and SHELF 2 connectors,
including external alarm inputs, external alarm
outputs, and XDM severity alarms.

4, 5

SHELF 1 and
SHELF 2

Two 36-pin SCSI connectors, designated SHELF 1


and SHELF 2, used to connect alarm cables to the
XDM platforms installed in the rack. These cables
transmit alarms from the XDM platform to the xRAP
unit.

Alarm signals arrive at a SHELF connector on the xRAP unit from two
different connector sources on the XDM platform using a Y-Cable.

A 9-pin connector on the XDM platform labeled xRAP is used for the four
XDM severity alarms. (CRITICAL, MAJOR, MINOR, and WARNING)

A 50-pin connector on the XDM platform labeled ALARMS is used for


any external alarms defined by client request.

417006-2318-0H3-A02

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

3-23

Site Preparation and Rack


Installation

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

A Y-Cable is used to link these two connector sources to the single SHELF
connection point on the xRAP, as illustrated in the following figure.

Figure 3-4: Y-cable connection

The xRAP-D supports up to eight input plus eight output external alarms.
These alarms are by default allocated four to each platform. ECI Telecom
offers the option, when working with a single XDM-1000 platform, to define
up to eight external input plus eight external output alarms for that XDM-1000
platform. When working with this configuration, a second XDM platform
cannot be connected to the xRAP-D and a special double-Y alarm
connection cable must be used, as illustrated in the following figure. Contact
ECI Telecom technical support for more information.

Figure 3-5: Double-Y cable connection

3-24

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

417006-2318-0H3-A02

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Site Preparation and Rack


Installation

xRAP-100
The xRAP-100 is a power distribution and alarm panel for XDM and BG
shelves installed in racks. The xRAP-100 performs the following main
functions:

Power distribution for up to four XDM or BG shelves: The nominal DC


power voltage is -48 VDC or -60 VDC. Since XDM and BG shelves can
use redundant power sources, the xRAP-100 supports connection to two
separate DC power circuits. The internal circuits of the xRAP-100 are
powered whenever at least one power source is connected. The presence of
DC power within the xRAP-100 is indicated by a POWER ON indicator.
Each DC power circuit of each shelf is protected by a circuit breaker, which
also serves as a power on/off switch for the corresponding circuit. The
required circuit breakers are included in the installation parts kit supplied
with the XDM or BG shelves, and therefore their current rating is in
accordance with the order requirements.
The xRAP-100 is designed to support three XDM or BG regular shelves
and one high-power XDM shelf, or four regular XDM or BG shelves. It has
three 3-pin D-type connectors and one 5-pin D-type high-power connector
for feeding the shelves. Each 3-pin connector can supply power to one of
the following regular shelves:

XDM-50

XDM-100

XDM-500

XDM-40

Any BG shelf

The 5-pin high-power connector can supply power to one of the above
regular shelves, or to one of the following high-power shelves:

XDM-300

XDM-900

XDM-1000

XDM-2000
NOTE: When a regular XDM or BG shelf has to be
connected to the 5-pin connector, use a 5-pin D-type male to
3-pin D-type female adapter cable.

The circuit breakers are installed during the xRAP-100 installation. To


prevent accidental changing of a circuit breakers state, the circuit breakers
can be reached only after opening the front cover of the xRAP-100. The
circuit breaker state (ON or OFF) can be seen through the cover.

417006-2318-0H3-A02

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

3-25

Site Preparation and Rack


Installation

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Bay alarm indications: The xRAP-100 includes four alarm indicators, one
for each alarm severity. When alarms of different severities are received
simultaneously, the different alarm indications light simultaneously.
NOTE: BG shelves support only two alarm indications:
Major and Minor.
A buzzer is activated whenever a Major or Critical alarm is present in
XDM shelves connected to the xRAP-100. In case of BG shelves connected
to the xRAP-100, the buzzer is activated whenever a Major alarm is present
in the BG shelves.

Connection of alarms from up to four XDM or BG shelves, each shelf


with maximum four alarm inputs and two alarm outputs.

The following figure shows the front panel of the xRAP-100, and the table lists
the functions of the front panel components corresponding to the figure callout
numbers.

Figure 3-6: xRAP-100 front panel


Table 3-13: xRAP-100 front panel component functions

3-26

No.

Designation

Function

SOURCE A

Four circuit breakers (designated SHELF 1, SHELF 2,


SHELF 3, and SHELF 4 one per XDM-900 shelf
installed in the rack). These circuit breakers are used as
ON/OFF power switches and overcurrent protection for
the DC power source A.

--

Buzzer
Operates when at least one unacknowledged Major or
(Concealed under Critical alarm is present in the shelves connected to the
cover)
xRAP-100.

TEST

Pushbutton, pressing it activates the buzzer and turns the


indicators on for test purposes.

POWER ON

Green indicator, lights whenever at least one DC power


source is connected to the xRAP-100.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

417006-2318-0H3-A02

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Site Preparation and Rack


Installation

No.

Designation

Function

CRITICAL

Red indicator, lights when the severity of an alarm in the


shelves connected to the xRAP-100 is Critical.

MAJOR

Orange indicator, lights when the severity of an alarm in


the shelves connected to the xRAP-100 is Major.

MINOR

Yellow indicator, lights when the severity of an alarm in


the shelves connected to the xRAP-100 is Minor.

WARNING

White indicator, lights when the severity of an alarm in


the shelves connected to the xRAP-100 is Warning.

SOURCE B

Same as Item 1 for DC source B.

The xRAP-100 connectors are located on its circuit board, as shown in the
following figure. The table lists the connector functions. The index numbers in
the table correspond to those in the figure.

Figure 3-7: xRAP-100 connectors


Table 3-14: xRAP-100 connectors
No.

Designation

Function

1, 2, 3, 4

Shelf alarms

Four 36-pin SCSI connectors designated SHELF 1,


SHELF 2, SHELF 3, and SHELF 4, for connecting
alarm input and output lines to XDM or BG
shelves and other equipment installed in the rack

ALARM IN/OUT

68-pin SCSI connector, for connecting alarm input


and output lines to the customer alarm monitoring
facility

417006-2318-0H3-A02

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

3-27

Site Preparation and Rack


Installation

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

No.

Designation

Function

6, 7, 8

Shelves DC input
power

Three 3-pin D-type connectors designated Shelf 1,


Shelf 2, and Shelf 3 for connecting DC power to
XDM or BG shelves

Shelf DC input,
high power

5-pin D-type connector designated Shelf 4 for


connecting a high-power XDM, or a regular XDM
or BG shelf

RAP-BG
The RAP-BG is a DC power distribution panel for BG platforms installed in
racks. It distributes power for up to four 9300 platforms installed on the same
rack. The nominal DC power voltage is -48 VDC, -60 VDC, or 24 VDC. Since
9200 series platforms can use redundant power sources, the RAP-BG supports
connection to two separate DC power circuits.
Each DC power circuit of each platform is protected by a circuit breaker, which
also serves as a power ON/OFF switch for the corresponding circuit. The
required circuit breakers are included in the installation parts kit supplied with
the 9300 platforms, and therefore their current rating is in accordance with the
order requirements. The maximum current that can be supplied to a platform
fed from the RAP-BG is 16A.
The circuit breakers are installed during the RAP-BG installation. To prevent
accidental changing of a circuit breaker state, the circuit breakers can be
reached only after opening the front cover of the RAP-BG. The circuit breaker
state (ON or OFF) can be seen through translucent covers.
The following figure shows the front panel of the RAP-BG, and the table lists
the functions of the front panel components as indicated by the figure callouts.

Figure 3-8: RAP-BG front panel

3-28

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

417006-2318-0H3-A02

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Site Preparation and Rack


Installation

Table 3-15: RAP-BG front panel component functions


No.

Designation

Function

SOURCE A

Translucent cover for the four circuit breakers (Shelf 1, Shelf


2, Shelf 3, Shelf 4 - one per BG/XDM platform installed in
the rack). These circuit breakers are used as ON/OFF power
switches and overcurrent protection for the DC power source
A.

SOURCE B

Same as Item 1 for DC source B.

RAP-4B
The RAP-4B is a power distribution and alarm panel for ECI Telecom
platforms installed in racks.
NOTE: The RAP-4B supports operation with BG, XDM
(100, 300, 900), and 9600 series platforms.
The RAP-4B performs the following main functions:

Power distribution for up to four protected platforms installed on the


same rack. The nominal DC power voltage is 48 VDC or 60 VDC. Since
the supported platforms can use redundant power sources, the RAP-4B
supports connection to two separate DC power circuits.
Each DC power circuit of each platform is protected by a circuit breaker,
which also serves as a power on/off switch for the corresponding circuit.
The required circuit breakers are included in the installation parts kit
supplied with the platforms, and therefore their current rating is in
accordance with the order requirements. The CB rating installed in the
RAP-4B for feeding a single platform is max. 35 A. The total power that
can be provided by the RAP-4B is max. 4 x 1.1 kW (4.4 kW).
NOTE: The maximum power that can be supplied by the
RAP-4B to a single platform is not more than 1.1 kW.
The circuit breakers are installed during the RAP-4B installation. To
prevent accidentally changing a circuit breaker state, the circuit breakers
can be reached only after removing the RAP-4B front cover. The circuit
breaker state (ON/OFF) can be seen through translucent covers.

417006-2318-0H3-A02

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

3-29

Site Preparation and Rack


Installation

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Bay alarm indications: The RAP-4B includes three alarm indicators, one
for each alarm severity. When alarms of different severities are received
simultaneously, the different alarm indications light simultaneously.
NOTE: BG platforms support only two alarm indications,
Major and Minor.
A buzzer is activated whenever a Major or Critical alarm is present in an
XDM platform or a Major alarm in a BG or 9600 series platform connected
to the RAP-4B.

Connection of alarms from up to four platforms, with max. four alarm


inputs and two alarm outputs.

The following figure shows the front panel of the RAP-4B, and the table lists
the functions of the front panel components corresponding to the figure callout
numbers.

Figure 3-9: RAP-4B front panel


Table 3-16: RAP-4B front panel component functions

3-30

No.

Designation

Function

SOURCE A

Four circuit breakers (designated PLATFORM 1,


PLATFORM 2, PLATFORM 3, and PLATFORM 4 one per
platform installed in the rack). These circuit breakers are used
as ON/OFF power switches and overcurrent protection for the
DC power source A.

---

Buzzer
(concealed
under cover)

Operates when at least one unacknowledged Major or Critical


alarm is present in the platform connected to the RAP-4B.

TEST

Pushbutton. Press to activate the buzzer and turn the


indicators on for test purposes.

POWER

Green indicator; lights when at least one DC power source is


connected to the RAP-4B.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

417006-2318-0H3-A02

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Site Preparation and Rack


Installation

No.

Designation

Function

CRITICAL

Red indicator; lights when the severity of at least one of the


alarms in the platform connected to the RAP-4B is Critical.

MAJOR

Orange indicator; lights when the severity of at least one of


the alarms in the platform connected to the RAP-4B is Major.

MINOR

Yellow indicator; lights when the severity of at least one of


the alarms in the platform connected to the RAP-4B is Minor.

SOURCE B

Same as Item 1 for DC source B.

The RAP-4B alarm connectors are located on its circuit board, as shown in the
following figure. The table lists the connector functions. The index numbers in
the table correspond to those in the figure.

Figure 3-10: RAP-4B alarm connectors

Table 3-17: RAP-4B connector functions


No.

Designation

Function

1, 2, 3, 4

Platform alarms

Four 36-pin SCSI connectors designated


PLATFORM 1, PLATFORM 2, PLATFORM 3,
and PLATFORM 4, for connecting alarm
input/output lines from the platforms to the
RAP-4B.

ALARM IN/OUT

68-pin SCSI connector, for connecting alarm


input lines from the customer's equipment to the
platforms, and alarm output lines from the
platforms to the customer alarm monitoring
facility.

417006-2318-0H3-A02

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

3-31

Site Preparation and Rack


Installation

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Rack Alarm Panel Power and Alarm


Connection Options
The xRAP product family supports power supply and alarms connection to the
various types of XDM platforms. A mixture of big and small XDM platforms is
possible in accordance with the platforms power consumption and the xRAP
total power. All xRAPs support redundancy through connections to two
separate power sources for each protected platform (i.e., two independent
circuit breakers are provided on the xRAP for each connected platform).
NOTE: The generic name xRAP is used when the text is
applicable for any one of the ECI Telecom xRAP units
(PRAP, xRAP-D, xRAP-B, xRAP-HP, xRAP-100, or
miniRAP).

NOTE: Beginning with V7.2, platform power supply


limitations are enforced by the management software. Upper
bound limits for total platform power usage are defined
through the management configuration variables. The upper
bound limits are enforced through software protection. For
more information, see the EMS-XDM User Manual.

Equipment Installation
The following sections provide general instructions for the installation of the
XDM-900 and auxiliary equipment.
The procedures for equipment replacement and upgrades are similar to those
described for installation of the equipment, and when relevant, notes regarding
live replacement or upgrade are inserted in these procedures.
The information appearing in these sections should be used in conjunction with
specific site installation plans in the particular customer network. If you are
interested in obtaining design or installation assistance from ECI Telecom
Networks Solutions Divisions Customer Support team, or wish to prepare a
network installation plan, contact your ECI Telecom sales representative.
The XDM-900 shelf, cards, modules, and ancillary equipment are described in
the XDM-100 Product Line Reference Manual.

3-32

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

417006-2318-0H3-A02

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Site Preparation and Rack


Installation

Preliminary Preparations
The installation procedures provided in this chapter assume that:

The sites at which the installation procedures are carried out comply with
the requirements listed in Site Preparation (page 3-1).

The preliminary preparations specified in Installing XDM-900: Before You


Start Safety Guidelines (page 1-1) have been completed.

Before you start, determine what equipment is to be installed in the rack by


referring to the site installation plan, and note the exact position of each unit (to
avoid errors, it is recommended to mark the prescribed positions on the rack
rails using a soft pencil).

Equipment Installation Sequence


Each component of the XDM-900 system is supplied separately and must be
installed in the correct sequence, according to the site plan.
The XDM-900 shelf can be mounted in the rack in an horizontal or vertical
position. The main equipment used for both installations is similar, and differs
in the number of accessories, type of brackets used in each position, and one
accessory, used only for horizontal mountings.
NOTE:

If you are not installing an FST for a particular XDM-900


shelf, it is recommended that you leave empty space in the
rack in case optical modules are added to the shelf in the
future.
If you are not installing a TPU for a particular XDM-900
shelf, it is recommended that you leave empty space in the
rack so that the protection unit can be added in the future,
if required, without interrupting operation.

CAUTION:

If additional equipment is used in the rack, a heat buffer or


a buffer plate must be installed between any such
additional equipment and the XDM-900 shelf to minimize
the transfer of heat from shelf to shelf. This heat buffer
must be purchased from ECI Telecom.
During the installation of equipment in the rack, make
sure all the optical connectors are closed by protective
caps. Do not remove the cap until an optical fiber is
connected to the corresponding connector.

Several installation options are illustrated in Installation Options (page 4-1).


417006-2318-0H3-A02

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

3-33

Site Preparation and Rack


Installation

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

XDM-900 Horizontal Shelf and Accessories


Installation Sequence
A high-density installation of a horizontal XDM-900 shelf and corresponding
accessories might include the equipment illustrated in the following figure. The
different components are described alongside a number indicating the step in
which the component is installed, and corresponding to the steps in the table
that follows.

Figure 3-11: Components of XDM-900 horizontal installation

3-34

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

417006-2318-0H3-A02

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Site Preparation and Rack


Installation

Depending on the specific equipment being installed according to the site


installation plan, the installation of an XDM-900 system comprises the general
stages in the order of execution set out in the following table.
Table 3-18: Outline of XDM-900 horizontal installation sequence
Step

Procedure

Section

1.

Install a rack (if required).

Rack Installation (page 3-42)

2.

Unpack and perform a visual inspection.

Unpacking and Performing


Visual Inspection (page 3-5)

3.

Install ancillary equipment in the rack,


including:
xRAP-D, xRAP-100, RAP-BG, or
RAP-4B
Cable guides (two)
Cable slack tray
Fiber guides for ETSI A racks (two)
FST (optional)
ODF units (optional)
Optical Patch Panel (OPP)
Note: Installation of the optional xDDF-21
channel patch panel is implemented as part
of the traffic cable routing process.

Installing Ancillary Units in


Racks (page 3-48)

4.

Install the XDM-900 shelf in the rack.


Note: If your site installation plan includes
TPU protection, the XDM-900 is supplied
with the TPU already installed. If you need
to connect a TPU unit to an existing
XDM-900 shelf, see Attaching TPUs/OCU
to the XDM-900 Shelf (page 5-30).

Installing the XDM-900 Shelf in


Racks (page 4-7)

5.

Install the air filter.

Installing the Air Filter

6.

Install the common cards in the XDM-900


shelf, including:
FCU900
ECU900/ ECU900-F
MXC900 with NVM flash card

Installing XDM-900 Cards (page


5-1)

7.

Install the modules in the XDM-900 shelf,


including:
Optical and electrical I/O modules
(SIM, PIM)
EISMB/MCSM/DIOM data modules
Optical I/O cards
ACP900 control modules
SFP transceivers in optical XDM-900
modules

Installing XDM-900 Modules

417006-2318-0H3-A02

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

3-35

Site Preparation and Rack


Installation

3-36

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Step

Procedure

Section

8.

Install cards and modules in the optional


TPU, including:
TC/TCF module
Single-slot TPMs
Double-slot TPMs
Triple-slot TPMs

Installing TPU Modules (page 524)

9.

Install blank covers where I/O modules,


cards, and TPMs are not used.

10.

Route and connect all cables and fibers for Connecting Fibers and Cables in
ETSI A Racks (page 6-1)
ETSI A racks, including:
Power and alarm cables
Optical fibers to optical modules
transceivers
Electrical interface cables to electrical
modules (includes installation of the
optional xDDF-21 channel patch panel)
Electrical traffic through the TPU
Data cables to EISMB/MCSM/DIOM
modules
Timing cables
Management cables

11.

In some cases, it may be necessary to


connect a TPU unit to an existing
XDM-900 shelf.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

Attaching TPUs/OCU to the


XDM-900 Shelf (page 5-30)

417006-2318-0H3-A02

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Site Preparation and Rack


Installation

XDM-900 Vertical Shelf and Accessories


Installation Sequence
A high-density installation of a vertical XDM-900 shelf and corresponding
accessories might include the equipment illustrated in the following figure. The
different components are described alongside a number indicating the step in
which the component is installed, and corresponding to the steps in the table
that follows.

Figure 3-12: Components of XDM-900 vertical installation

417006-2318-0H3-A02

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

3-37

Site Preparation and Rack


Installation

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Table 3-19: Outline of XDM-900 vertical installation sequence

3-38

Step

Procedure

Section

1.

Install a rack (if required).

Rack Installation (page 3-42)

2.

Unpack and perform a visual inspection.

Unpacking and Performing


Visual Inspection (page 3-5)

3.

Install ancillary equipment in the rack, including: Installing Ancillary Units in


Racks (page 3-48)
xRAP-D, xRAP-100, RAP-BG, or RAP-4B
Cable guide
Fiber guide for ETSI A racks
FST (optional)
ODF units (optional)
OPP (optional)
Note: Installation of the optional xDDF-21
channel patch panel is implemented as part of the
traffic cable routing process.

4.

Prepare the XDM-900 shelf for vertical


installation:
Remove the horizontal installation brackets.
Install vertical installation brackets.

5.

Install the XDM-900 shelf in the rack.


Note: If your site installation plan includes TPU
protection, the XDM-900 is supplied with the
TPU already installed. If you need to connect a
TPU unit to an existing XDM-900 shelf, see
Installing a TPU on the XDM-900 Shelf.

Installing the XDM-900 Shelf


in Racks (page 4-7)

6.

Install the air filter.

Installing the Air Filter

7.

Install the common cards in the XDM-900 shelf,


including:
FCU900
ECU900/ ECU900-F
MXC900 with NVM flash card

Installing XDM-900 Cards


(page 5-1)

8.

Installing XDM-900 Modules


Install the modules in the XDM-900 shelf,
(page 5-15)
including:
Optical and electrical I/O modules (SIM,
PIM)
EISMB/MCSM/DIOM data modules
Optical I/O cards (SIM16_4 or SIM64_XFP)
ACP900 control modules
SFP transceivers in optical XDM-900
modules

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

417006-2318-0H3-A02

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Site Preparation and Rack


Installation

Step

Procedure

Section

9.

Install cards and modules in the optional TPU,


including:
TC/TCF module
Single-slot TPMs
Double-slot TPMs
Triple-slot TPMs

Installing TPU Modules

10.

Install blank covers where I/O modules, cards,


and TPMs are not used.

11.

Route and connect all cables and fibers for ETSI Connecting Fibers and Cables
in ETSI A Racks (page 6-1)
A racks, including:
Power and alarm cables
Optical fibers to optical modules transceivers
Electrical interface cables to electrical modules
(includes installation of the optional xDDF-21
channel patch panel)
Electrical traffic through the TPU
Data cables to EISMB/MCSM/DIOM
modules
Timing cables
Management cables

12.

In some cases, it may be necessary to connect a


TPU unit to an existing XDM-900 shelf.

Installing a TPU on the


XDM-900 Shelf

Outline of Installation Procedure


The main steps involved in the installation of an XDM-900 shelf are listed
below. Consult your site installation plans for specific details.
1. Prepare the installation site (see "Site Preparation" page 3-1) and check
physical location, environmental compliance, and availability of power
sources.
2. Prepare power, alarm, and management cables at the installation site (see
"Platform Installation" page 4-1).
3. Prepare transmission cables at the installation site.
4. Route the required power, alarm, management, and transmission cables to
the intended XDM-900 equipment location (see "Platform Installation"
page 4-1).
5. If required, install the equipment racks (see "Rack Installation" page 3-42).

417006-2318-0H3-A02

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

3-39

Site Preparation and Rack


Installation

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

6. Mark the location of each XDM-900 shelf and relevant accessories Fiber
Storage Tray (FST), patch panels, and Optical Distribution Frame (ODF)
on each rack, in accordance with the site installation plan.
NOTE: If you are currently installing an XDM-900 shelf
without TPU protection, you may want to leave sufficient
space above/under the shelf to enable the addition of the
TPU/TPUs at a later stage.
7. When applicable, install the EMS-XDM management station (see the
EMS-XDM User Manual).
8. Install the power distribution and alarm panels xRAP-D (page 3-18), or
xRAP-100 (page 3-25), and other equipment needed in each rack.
9. Install the XDM-900 shelves in the appropriate rack.
10. For each XDM-900 shelf where optical modules are used, install an FST
above the XDM-900 shelf and route the optical fibers to the FST (see
"Installing the FST" page 3-87).
NOTE: Even if you are not currently installing an FST, it is
recommended that you leave enough space above the
XDM-900 shelf to enable future installation, in case optical
modules are added to the shelf at a later stage.

11. Install the ECU900/ ECU900-F, FCU900, MXC900, and I/O cards in the
shelf (see "Installing XDM-900 Cards" page 5-1).
12. Install the prescribed I/O modules in the shelf.
13. If applicable, install the TC card and the prescribed TPMs in the TPU.
14. Depending on the modules in your XDM-900 shelf:

Route the optical fibers from the FST to the relevant module
connectors.

Route the E1 electrical cables to the patch panel location.

Route the data cables to the data modules (EISMB/DIOM/MCSM).

Install a patch panel for each XDM-900 shelf where electrical E1


modules are used and 120 /75 conversion is required. You will
need a separate patch panel for each PIM2_21 module in the shelf.
NOTE: The patch panel can be installed on the same rack
above the XDM-900 shelf or on a different rack.

3-40

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

417006-2318-0H3-A02

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Site Preparation and Rack


Installation

Connect coaxial and multipair traffic cables to the electrical I/O


modules if you are not using a TPU, or for modules which are not
protected.

Connect both the electrical I/O modules and the coaxial and multipair
traffic cables to the TPU if you are using a TPU.

Refer to the relevant section for the rack type in use (ETSI A).
15. Connect control cables between ACP900 modules, ECU900, and
management station.
16. Connect management cables between the equipment installed in the rack
and the management station.
17. Connect power and alarm monitoring cables from the RAP panels to each
XDM-900 installed in the rack, as described in Connecting Power Cables
(page 6-3) and Connecting Alarm Cables (page 6-4).
NOTE: In some cases, you may need to add a TPU after the
XDM-900 has already been installed. Instructions for this
procedure are provided in Attaching TPUs/OCU to the
XDM-900 shelf (page 5-30).

417006-2318-0H3-A02

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

3-41

Site Preparation and Rack


Installation

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Rack Installation
Installing Equipment Racks
NOTE: The instructions in this section are relevant to the
installation of all rack types. However, it is recommended that
XDM-900 shelves be installed in ETSI A racks.

Rack Floor Marking


You need to mark out the rack floor plan before installing the rack.
Before you start:
Before starting, find the prescribed location of each equipment rack.
If you have not yet unpacked the rack and the associated mounting kits, do so
now (see Unpacking and Performing Visual Inspection (page 3-5)).
To mark out the rack floor plan:
1. For each rack, mark out the floor at the rack location(s) according to the
floor plan template corresponding to the type of rack being installed:

ETSI A racks: Use template of diagram a. of Mounting diagrams for


ETSI racks (page 3-44).

23 in. rack: Use template of diagram a. of Mounting diagrams for 19"


and 23" racks (page 3-45).

19 in. rack: Use template of diagram b. of Mounting diagrams for 19"


and 23" racks (page 3-45).

The marked locations are a helpful guide for positioning the racks.
2. If the installation is located at a site with a floating (suspended) floor, also
mark out all cable entry slots.
3. For concrete or wooden floors, mark out all the points designated for
equipment bolting.

3-42

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

417006-2318-0H3-A02

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Site Preparation and Rack


Installation

Rack Installation on Concrete Floors


This section describes how to install racks on concrete floors.
To mount the rack on a concrete floor:
1. Drill the required mounting holes in accordance with the appropriate
template (diagram a. of Mounting diagrams for ETSI racks (page 3-44)
diagram a. or b. of Mounting diagrams for 19" and 23" racks (page 3-45)).
2. Insert expansion shields into the holes.
3. Position the rack over the mounting holes.
4. Secure the rack to the floor with the bolts supplied in the mounting kit, in
accordance with diagram b. of Mounting diagrams for ETSI racks, or
diagram c. of Mounting diagrams for 19 in. and 23 in. racks.

Rack Installation on Wooden Floors


This section describes how to install racks on wooden floors.
To mount the rack on a wooden floor:
1. Drill the required mounting holes in accordance with the appropriate
template (see the following figures), using a 5-mm drill bit.
2. Position the rack over the mounting holes.
3. Secure the rack to the floor using the appropriate wood screws (see the
following figures).

417006-2318-0H3-A02

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

3-43

Site Preparation and Rack


Installation

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Figure 3-13: Mounting diagrams for ETSI racks

3-44

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

417006-2318-0H3-A02

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Site Preparation and Rack


Installation

Figure 3-14: Mounting diagrams for 19" and 23" racks

Rack Installation on Floating (Suspended)


Floors
This section describes how to install racks on floating (suspended) floors.
To mount the rack on a floating (suspended) floor:
1. Drill the required mounting holes in the suspended floor in accordance with
the appropriate template.
2. Position the rack over the mounting holes.
3. Secure the rack to the floor in accordance with diagram c. of Mounting
diagrams for ETSI racks (page 3-44).

417006-2318-0H3-A02

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

3-45

Site Preparation and Rack


Installation

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Suspended Overhead Tray Assembly


This section describes how to install racks on a suspended overhead tray.
To mount the rack on a suspended overhead tray:
1. Refer to the suspended overhead tray diagram (see the following figure)
and position the overhead rack securing brackets.
2. Secure the rack to the overhead cabling trays, using the adjustable brackets.
2200 mm high racks may also be attached to the ceiling; 2600 mm racks
are generally attached only to the ceiling.

Figure 3-15: Rack mounting diagram for attachment to suspended overhead


tray (2200 mm rack)

Installing Extendable Rails


In high-density installations, it may be necessary to install the xRAP above the
rack using the extendable installation rails available from ECI Telecom.
In this case, attach the extendable installation rails to the top of the rack before
installing the equipment.

Rack Grounding
Immediately after installing the rack, connect its grounding stud to the
prescribed grounding point on the site grounding bar. Use a grounding lead that
meets the Rack grounding requirements listed in section Before You Start.

3-46

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

417006-2318-0H3-A02

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Site Preparation and Rack


Installation

19 in. Rack Installation


The XDM-900 can also be installed in European 19 in. racks. This is accepted
under the limitations that the rack's general dimensions are according to the
following figure. Any other European 19 in. rack must first be examined and
approved by ECI Telecoms Network Solutions Division Mechanical
Department.

Figure 3-16: Example of an approved European 19" rack

417006-2318-0H3-A02

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

3-47

Site Preparation and Rack


Installation

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Installing Ancillary Units in


Racks
ECI Telecom offers various accessories for efficient installation of equipment
in racks. Contact ECI Telecoms Customer Support team or your ECI Telecom
sales representative if you need custom modifications to standard items or
additional items.
This section includes instructions for the installation of ancillary units. The
specific units you will need to install depend on your site installation plan, and
may include one or more of the following:

RAP power distribution frame, usually located at the top of the rack:

xRAP-D Installing the xRAP-D (page 3-49), for connection of up to


two XDM-900 shelves on the same rack

xRAP-100 Installing the xRAP-100 (page 3-63), for connection of up


to one XDM-900 shelf, and three XDM smaller shelves (like XDM-100
and XDM-50) on the same rack

RAP-BG Installing the RAP-BG (page 3-70), for connection of one


XDM-900 shelf on the same rack

RAP-4B Installing the RAP-4B (page 3-76), for connection of one


XDM-900 shelf on the same rack

Installing the Fiber Guide for ETSI A Racks (page 3-85)

FST located above the XDM-900 shelf accessories, recommended for


installations with a large number of optical modules Installing the FST
(page 3-87)

ODF units Installing the ODF (page 3-89)

OPP Installing the OPP (page 3-92)

In addition, you may need to install an xDDF-21 patch panel where PIM2_21,
PIM2_63/B or PIM2_63S are used, and where conversion between balanced
120 and unbalanced 75 interfaces is required. The xDDF-21 patch panel
can be installed in the same rack above the XDM-900 shelf, or in a different
rack with a longer SCSI cable running from the PIM2_21 or PIM2_63/B (or
VHDCI cable for a PIM2_63S) in the XDM-900 shelf to the patch panel.
Installation of the xDDF-21 patch panel is implemented as part of the traffic
cable connection procedure described in Routing and Connecting Electrical
Interface Cables to Electrical Modules (page 6-6).
In general, ancillary units are attached to the rack side rails by four M6 Philips
screws. No preparation is required before installation. The following sections
provide mechanical installation instructions for units that require additional
procedures. Skip sections that are not relevant to your particular application.

3-48

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

417006-2318-0H3-A02

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Site Preparation and Rack


Installation

CAUTION: If additional equipment other than XDM-900


shelves is used in the rack, a heat buffer must be installed
between any such additional equipment and the XDM-900
shelf to minimize the transfer of heat from shelf to shelf.
Consult your ECI Telecom representative regarding the exact
heat buffer required.

Installing the xRAP-D


NOTE: Skip this section if the xRAP-D is not used.

Before connecting DC power cables, refer to DC Power Cables (page 3-10).


The installation of an xRAP-D unit includes the following steps:
1. Prepare DC power cables.
2. Install the xRAP-D in the prescribed location, either at the top of the rack
or on the extendable installation rails.
3. Ground the xRAP-D to the rack grounding stud.
4. Connect DC input power cables to the xRAP-D. Depending on the site
power requirements, one of the following cable connections options should
be chosen:
a. In most configurations, either one or two standard (25mm2) input power
cables are connected to each side of the xRAP-D unit. This option is
described in Connecting DC Input Power Cables to the xRAP-D (page
3-53).
b. Alternatively, a single power input cable may be connected to the
xRAP-D using a bridge component. This option is described in
Connecting DC Input Power Cable to the xRAP-D with a Bridge
Component.
5. Attach protective covers to the sides and bottom of the xRAP-D unit.
(From V7.15 only, required for NEBS; optional for all others.)
6. Connect the DC power cables of the XDM-900 shelves to the xRAP-D.
7. Install circuit breakers.
8. Check DC voltage polarity.
9. Connect the alarm cables.
For a description of the xRAP-D, refer to the XDM-100 or XDM-1000 Product
Line Reference Manual.

417006-2318-0H3-A02

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

3-49

Site Preparation and Rack


Installation

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Preparing DC Input Power Cables


The DC input power cables connect between the two DC power sources and
the xRAP-D source A and source B inputs. When working with the xRAP-D,
four sets of cables are typically required, two for each source.
NOTE: According to accepted industry standards for
connecting DC power, the positive lead (+48 V) should be
connected with a red cable, and the negative lead (-48 V) with
a black cable. However, according to the BS7671 (GB) and
HD 308 S2:2001 (EU) standards, the positive lead (+48 V)
should be connected with a blue cable, and the negative lead
(-48 V) with a gray cable. In the following sections that
describe DC power cable connections, use cables with
appropriate colors to comply with the standards in your area
of residence.

Before you start:


In the xRAP-D, two 25 mm2 power cables are typically used for each power
source. When working in the recommended redundant mode with all power
cables connected, the xRAP-D works with a full set of input power cables and
backup power cables. This option, illustrated in the following figure, is
described in Connecting DC Input Power Cables to the xRAP-D (page 3-53).

Figure 3-17: xRAP-D power supply flow

3-50

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

417006-2318-0H3-A02

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Site Preparation and Rack


Installation

Another power configuration option supported by the xRAP-D enables use of a


single power input cable to support either one or two XDM platforms. The
single power cable is connected to the xRAP-D using a bridge component. Two
variations of this option are illustrated in the following figure. This option is
described in Connecting DC Input Power Cable to the xRAP-D with a Bridge
Component.

Figure 3-18: xRAP-D power supply with bridge, two variations

NOTE: When necessary, the xRAP-D is able to work with


only a single 25 mm2 power cable from each power source.
This supplies enough power to support a single XDM
platform with 2250 W, or two XDM platforms where each
platform is limited to a maximum of 1100 W for per platform.
In many cases, this configuration is sufficient.
However, it is recommended, if at all possible, to connect all
input power cables from all power sources to the xRAP-D
unit upon the initial system installation. Connecting all cables
from the beginning is an easy step that greatly simplifies any
later system upgrades, since the power cables are already in
place and ready to supply power to a second XDM platform,
if the network configuration is ever changed.

417006-2318-0H3-A02

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

3-51

Site Preparation and Rack


Installation

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Each input power cable consists of two stranded copper leads with a cross
section of 25 (or 50) mm2, one red and the other black. Each lead is terminated
with a two-hole compression lug from the installation parts kit supplied with
the equipment.
If appropriate leads have already been prepared at the prescribed rack location,
make sure that the leads are not connected to any live voltage source before
attaching the lugs.
To prepare a DC power cable:
1. Strip about 22 mm of the red lead jacket.
2. Insert all the lead strands into the lug sleeve.
3. Press at two or three different points on the lug sleeve using an appropriate
crimping tool and die. The recommended tools are Panduit CT-720
crimping tool with CD-720-2 die, Klauke K18 crimping tool with D50 die,
or equivalent.
4. Repeat Steps 1 to 3 for the black lead.
5. Repeat these steps for each DC power cable being used.
To install the xRAP-D:

Attach the xRAP-D to the rack side rails in the top position, and secure it
with the four screws, washers, and nuts supplied in the installation parts kit.

To ground the xRAP-D:


1. The xRAP-D grounding stud is located on its bottom cover. Use the
following figure of the xRAP-D to identify the grounding stud.
2. If necessary, prepare a grounding lead in accordance with the requirements
described in Grounding Requirements (page 1-8).
3. Connect the lug at one end of the grounding lead to the xRAP-D grounding
stud using a spring washer and nut.
4. Connect the lug at the other end of the grounding lead to the rack
grounding stud.

Figure 3-19: Location of xRAP-D grounding stud

3-52

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

417006-2318-0H3-A02

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Site Preparation and Rack


Installation

Connecting DC Input Power Cables to the


xRAP-D
In the xRAP-D, two 25 mm2 power cables are typically used for each power
source. When working in the recommended redundant mode with all power
cables connected, the xRAP-D works with four sets of input power cables. This
typical configuration option is described in this section.

Figure 3-20: xRAP-D power supply flow

417006-2318-0H3-A02

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

3-53

Site Preparation and Rack


Installation

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

NOTE: When necessary, the xRAP-D is able to work with


only a single 25 mm2 power cable from each power source.
This supplies enough power to support a single XDM
platform with 2250 W, or two XDM platforms where each
platform is limited to a maximum of 1100 W for per platform.
In many cases, this configuration is sufficient. The
instructions in this section apply to this configuration option
also. (This configuration option is only available from V7.2,
when the management software enforces limitations on
maximum power consumption.)
However, it is recommended, if at all possible, to connect all
input power cables from the power sources to the xRAP-D
unit upon the initial system installation. Connecting all cables
from the beginning is an easy step that greatly simplifies any
later system upgrades, since the power cables are already in
place and ready to supply power to a second XDM platform,
if the network configuration is ever changed.
Alternatively, a single power input cable supporting two
XDM platforms may be connected to the xRAP-D using a
bridge component. This option is described in Connecting DC
Input Power Cable to the xRAP-D with a Bridge Component.

To connect DC input power cables to the xRAP-D:


1. Before starting, identify the openings used to route power cables to the
xRAP-D by referring to the following figure.

Figure 3-21: Identification of xRAP-D cable routes

3-54

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

417006-2318-0H3-A02

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Site Preparation and Rack


Installation

2. Open the two captive screws fastening the xRAP-D front cover and remove
the cover.
Identify the various terminals located on the power source terminal board in
accordance with the following figure. This figure shows the terminals at the
source A side (main); the same board is used at the source B side
(protection).
Note that there are two complete sets of power terminals and circuit
breakers on each side. Separate input power cables from the user's input
power supply feed through the two sets of input power terminals into the
two circuit breakers on the source A side, supplying independent power
sources for up to two XDM shelves. Each circuit breaker feeds into a
separate power output connection for the power cable that connects to the
XDM platform.
Similarly, separate input power cables from the user's input power supply
feed through separate input terminals into the two circuit breakers on the
source B side, and from the circuit breakers feed into the additional power
output connections that provide an optional protective backup power
supply for up to two XDM shelves.

Figure 3-22: Connecting DC power cables

417006-2318-0H3-A02

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

3-55

Site Preparation and Rack


Installation

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

The preceding figure portrays the electrical connections on the left side of
the xRAP-D, the side that connects to the user's main power supply for the
XDM shelves being powered. The right side of the xRAP-D contains a
mirror image of the connections illustrated in the preceding figure. The
right side connects to the user's (optional) backup protective power supply
for the shelves.
CAUTION: Before connecting the power leads, make sure to
identify the terminal polarity on the xRAP-D power terminal
board.

3. Bring the two leads of one DC source input power cable to the appropriate
xRAP-D opening.
4. Attach the lug of the red lead to the positive stud terminals, marked (+) on
the power terminal board. Note that the xRAP-D works with two sets of
positive terminals, used with two 25 mm2 power cables.
5. Secure the lug using a flat washer, a spring washer, and a nut. Tighten the
nut with a torque of 450 N cm to 550 N cm.
6. Attach the lug of the black lead to the negative stud terminal marked (-) on
the power terminal board. Note that the xRAP-D works with two sets of
negative terminals, used with two 25 mm2 power cables.
7. Repeat Step 6 for the black lead lug.
8. If an additional power source (source B) is used, repeat Steps 3 to 8 for
source B.
9. Route the DC input power cables towards the cable retainers at the rear of
the xRAP-D (see To ground the xRAP-D (page 3-52)), and attach them to
the retainers with cable ties.

3-56

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

417006-2318-0H3-A02

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Site Preparation and Rack


Installation

Attaching Protective Covers


From V7.15 only, as required for NEBS. Optional for all others.
To attach protective covers on the xRAP-D:
1. From the open back end, look at the inside panel of the xRAP-D unit. Find
the four screws in the left and right sides of the power panel. The two
screws on the left side are highlighted in the following figure.

Figure 3-23: Side screws highlighted on left side of xRAP-D unit

2. Find the replacement spacer screws included in the protective cover kit.
Note that four replacement spacer screws are included with the xRAP-D. A
replacement spacer screw is illustrated in the following figure.

Figure 3-24: Replacement spacer screw

417006-2318-0H3-A02

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

3-57

Site Preparation and Rack


Installation

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

3. Replace the side screws with the replacement spacer screws. The following
figure illustrates the inside of the xRAP-D unit, highlighting the left side
replacement spacer screws in place.

Figure 3-25: Replacement spacer screws in place in xRAP-D unit

4. Find the small L-shaped protective covers included in the kit. Four
protective covers are included for the xRAP-D. The protective covers are
illustrated in the following figure.

Figure 3-26: Protection cover for xRAP-D

3-58

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

417006-2318-0H3-A02

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Site Preparation and Rack


Installation

5. Place the protective covers into the xRAP-D, two covers on each side. For
each protective cover, the smaller hole fits onto the top of the spacer screw
on one side and the two larger holes are anchored on top of the two
terminals above the spacer screw. The jutting-out edge of the protective
cover fits into the opening on the edge of the xRAP next to the terminals.
The following figure illustrates protective covers inserted into the xRAP-D
unit.

Figure 3-27: xRAP-D protective covers in place

6. Secure the protective covers in place by screwing on the wing nuts supplied
in the kit onto the tops of the spacer screws on each side.
7. Find the protective bottom panel in the kit. The bottom panel for the
xRAP-D is illustrated in the following figure.

Figure 3-28: Bottom panel for xRAP-D

8. Secure the bottom panel into place with the four screws supplied in the kit.

417006-2318-0H3-A02

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

3-59

Site Preparation and Rack


Installation

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

To connect the DC power cable for an XDM-900 platform:


1. Before starting, identify the platform power connectors on the xRAP-D
board in accordance with the following figure.

Figure 3-29: xRAP-D connectors

2. Insert the end of the DC power cable terminating with a 5-pin D-type male
connector near the SOURCE A power connectors and connect it to
connector Shelf 1 (see preceding figure).
3. Fasten the screws of the D-type connector.
4. If you are connecting an additional platform to the xRAP-D, repeat the
above steps for the second platform. Note that a maximum of 55A is
supplied from the power sources to each XDM platform. Power is supplied
independently to each XDM platform connected to the xRAP unit. Power is
not shared between XDM platforms.
5. If an additional power source is used, repeat the above steps to connect the
shelves to source B.
6. Route the DC power cables towards the cable retainers at the rear of the
xRAP-D and attach them to the retainers with cable ties (see To ground the
xRAP-D (page 3-52)).
7. Route each platform power cable along the rack side rails down to the
corresponding platform position, and securely attach the power cable to the
rack inner wall using cable ties. Attach a tag to each power connector in
accordance with its function.
NOTE: Connect the cables to the shelves only after
completing the installation of the shelves and all other
components.

3-60

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

417006-2318-0H3-A02

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Site Preparation and Rack


Installation

To install the xRAP-D circuit breakers:


1. If the xRAP-D front panel has not been removed, open the two captive
screws fastening the xRAP-D front cover to its chassis and remove the
cover (see the following figure).

Figure 3-30: Installation of xRAP-D circuit breakers

2. Identify the circuit breaker corresponding to the power circuit A of shelf 1


(the circuit breaker is included in the installation parts kit supplied with the
equipment); its rating is in accordance with the ordered platform
configuration.
3. Insert the circuit breaker into the circuit breaker sockets located on the
xRAP-D source A power terminal board, as shown in the previous figure.
4. If an additional platform is powered from source A, repeat Steps 2 and 3 to
insert the other circuit breaker into the corresponding platform position of
the power terminal board.
5. If an additional power source is used, repeat Steps 2, 3, and 4 for source B
circuit breakers.

417006-2318-0H3-A02

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

3-61

Site Preparation and Rack


Installation

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

To check the DC voltage polarity:


1. Connect the DC input power to the xRAP-D.
2. Set all xRAP-D circuit breakers to ON.
3. Use a digital multimeter (DMM) to test the voltage between the positive
and negative pins of each power cable.
CAUTION: Pay attention not to short-circuit the multimeter
leads when checking the voltage.

NOTE: The power cable terminates with a 3-pin (3W3), or a


5-pin (5W5) connector in accordance with the connected
XDM shelf. For a 3W3 connector the positive pin is A3 and
the negative pin A2; for a 5W5 connector the positive pins are
A4, A5, and the negative pins A2, A3.
4. Make sure the voltage is within the allowed range (-40 VDC to -72 VDC)
and that it has the correct polarity.
5. Return all xRAP-D circuit breakers to OFF.
6. Disconnect the xRAP-D input power sources.
7. Reinstall the xRAP-D front cover and fasten it using the two captive
screws.
During the following procedure, refer to the figures illustrating the connectors
in Connecting DC Input Power Cables to the xRAP-D (page 3-53).
To connect the alarm cables to the xRAP-D:
1. Before starting, make sure you have all the necessary cables.
2. Connect the 68-pin SCSI connector of the facility alarm monitoring cable
to the ALARMS connector, and then securely attach the cable to the rack
inner wall using cable ties.
3. Connect the 36-pin SCSI connector of the alarm monitoring cable intended
for Shelf 1 to the Shelf 1 connector on the xRAP-D.
4. Route the alarm cables towards the cable retainers at the rear of the
xRAP-D (see the figure in To ground the xRAP-D (page 3-52)), and attach
them to the bracket with cable ties.
5. Route the alarm cables along the side of the rack down to the corresponding
platform position. Attach a tag to each connector in accordance with its
function.
6. If an additional platform is installed in the rack, repeat Steps 2, 3, 4, and 5
for the cables serving the additional platform. Make sure to attach
identification tags to each cable end.

3-62

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

417006-2318-0H3-A02

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Site Preparation and Rack


Installation

Installing the xRAP-100


Before connecting DC power cables, refer to DC Power Cables (page 3-10).
The installation of an xRAP-100 unit includes the following steps:
1. Prepare DC power cables.
2. Install the xRAP-100 in the prescribed location, either at the top of the rack
or on the extendable installation rails.
3. Ground the xRAP-100 to the rack grounding stud.
4. Connect DC input power cables to the xRAP-100.
5. Connect the DC power cables of the XDM-900 shelves to the xRAP-100.
6. Install circuit breakers.
7. Check DC voltage polarity.
8. Connect the alarm cables.
For a description of the xRAP-100, refer to the XDM-100 Product Line
Reference Manual.
The DC input power cables connect between the two DC power sources and
the xRAP-100 source A and source B inputs. Two cables are required, one for
each source.
NOTE: According to accepted industry standards for
connecting DC power, the positive lead (+48 V) should be
connected with a red cable, and the negative lead (-48 V) with
a black cable. However, according to the BS7671 (GB) and
HD 308 S2:2001 (EU) standards, the positive lead (+48 V)
should be connected with a blue cable and the negative lead
(-48 V) with a gray cable. In the following sections that
describe DC power cable connections, use cables with
appropriate colors to comply with the standards in your area
of residence.

Before you start:


Each cable consists of two stranded copper leads with a cross section of 35
mm2, one red and the other black. Each lead is terminated with a two-hole
compression lug from the installation parts kit supplied with the equipment.
If appropriate leads have already been prepared at the prescribed rack location,
make sure that the leads are not connected to any live voltage source before
attaching the lugs.

417006-2318-0H3-A02

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

3-63

Site Preparation and Rack


Installation

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

To prepare a DC power cable:


1. Strip about 22 mm of the red lead jacket.
2. Insert all the lead strands into the lug sleeve.
3. Press at two or three different points on the lug sleeve using an appropriate
crimping tool and die. The recommended tools are Panduit CT-720
crimping tool with CD-720-2 die, Klauke K18 crimping tool with D50 die,
or equivalent.
4. Repeat Steps 1 to 3 for the black lead.
To install the xRAP-100:

Attach the xRAP-100 to the rack side rails in the top position, and secure it
with the four screws, washers, and nuts supplied in the installation parts kit.

To ground the xRAP-100:


1. The xRAP-100 grounding stud is located on its bottom cover. Use the
following figure to identify it.
2. If necessary, prepare a grounding lead in accordance with the requirements
described in Grounding Requirements (page 1-8).
3. Connect the lug at one end of the grounding lead to the xRAP-100
grounding stud using a spring washer and nut.
4. Connect the lug at the other end of the grounding lead to the rack
grounding stud.

Figure 3-31: Location of xRAP-100 grounding stud

3-64

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

417006-2318-0H3-A02

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Site Preparation and Rack


Installation

To connect DC input power cables to the xRAP-100:


1. Before starting, identify the openings used to route power cables to the
xRAP-100 by referring to the following figure.

Figure 3-32: Identification of xRAP-100 cable routes

2. Open the two captive screws fastening the xRAP-100 front cover and
remove the cover.

417006-2318-0H3-A02

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

3-65

Site Preparation and Rack


Installation

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

3. Identify the various terminals located on the xRAP-100 board in


accordance with the following figure. This figure shows the terminals at the
source A side; the same terminals are used at the source B side.

Figure 3-33: Connecting DC power cables to the xRAP-100

CAUTION: Before connecting the power leads, make sure to


identify the terminal polarity on the xRAP-100 board.

4. Bring the two leads of one DC source input power cable to the appropriate
xRAP-100 opening.
5. Attach the lug of the red lead to the positive stud terminal marked (+) on
the power terminal board.
6. Secure the lug using a flat washer, a spring washer, and a nut. Tighten the
nut with a torque of 450 N cm to 550 N cm.
7. Attach the lug of the black lead to the negative stud terminal marked (-) on
the power terminal board.
8. Repeat Step 6 for the black lead lug.
9. If an additional power source (source B) is used, repeat Steps 3 to 8 for
source B.
10. Route the DC input power cables towards the cable retainers at the rear of
the xRAP-100 (see Location of xRAP-100 grounding stud (page 3-64)),
and attach them to the retainers with cable ties.

3-66

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

417006-2318-0H3-A02

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Site Preparation and Rack


Installation

To connect the DC power cable for an XDM-900 shelf:


1. Before starting, identify the shelf power connectors on the xRAP-100 board
in accordance with the following figure.

Figure 3-34: Identification of xRAP-100 connectors

2. Insert the end of the DC power cable terminating with a 3-pin D-type male
connector near the SOURCE A power connectors and connect it to
connector Shelf 1 (see the above figure).
NOTE: The cables leading to connectors Shelf 1, Shelf 2, and
Shelf 3 can only be connected with a 3-pin D-type connector
(for regular shelves :XDM-50, XDM-100, XDM-500, or
XDM-40). If a regular shelf has to be connected to the 5-pin,
D-type connector, use an adapter cable with a 5-pin D-type
connector on the xRAP-100 side and a 3-pin D-type
connector on the shelf side.

NOTE: If a high power shelf (XDM-300, XDM-1000, or


XDM-2000) has to be connected to the xRAP-100 it can be
connected only to the 5-pin D-type connector (Shelf 4), using
a 5-pin D-type to 5-pin D-type adapter cable.

3. Fasten the screws of the D-type connector.


4. If you are connecting additional shelves to the xRAP-100, repeat the above
steps for each shelf.
5. If an additional power source is used, repeat the above steps to connect the
shelves to source B.

417006-2318-0H3-A02

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

3-67

Site Preparation and Rack


Installation

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

6. Route the DC power cables towards the cable retainers at the rear of the
xRAP-100, and attach them to the retainers with cable ties (see Location of
xRAP-100 grounding stud (page 3-64)).
7. Route each shelf power cable along the rack side rails down to the
corresponding shelf position, and then securely attach the power cable to
the rack inner wall using cable ties. Attach a tag to each power connector in
accordance with its function.
NOTE: Connect the cables to the shelves only after
completing the installation of the shelves and all other
components.

Installing the xRAP-100 circuit breakers


To install the xRAP-100 circuit breakers:
1. If the xRAP-100 front panel has not been removed, open the two captive
screws fastening the xRAP-100 front cover to its chassis and remove the
cover (see the following figure).

Figure 3-35: Installation of xRAP-100 circuit breakers

3-68

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

417006-2318-0H3-A02

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Site Preparation and Rack


Installation

2. Identify the circuit breaker corresponding to the power circuit A of shelf 1


(the circuit breaker is included in the installation parts kit supplied with the
equipment); its rating is in accordance with the ordered shelf configuration.
The recommended circuit breakers according to the XDM-900 shelf
configuration are listed in the following table.
3. Insert the circuit breaker into the circuit breaker sockets located on the
xRAP-100 board corresponding to source A, as shown in the previous
figure.
4. If more than one shelf is powered from source A, repeat Steps 2 and 3 to
insert the other circuit breaker into the corresponding sockets on the board.
5. If an additional power source is used, repeat Steps 2, 3, and 4 for source B
circuit breakers.
To check the DC voltage polarity:
1. Connect the DC input power to the xRAP-100.
2. Set all xRAP-100 circuit breakers to ON.
3. Use a digital multimeter (DMM) to test the voltage between the positive
(pin A3) and negative (pin A2) pins of each power cable.
4. Make sure the voltage is within the allowed range (-40 VDC to -72 VDC),
and that it has the correct polarity.
5. Return all xRAP-100 circuit breakers to OFF.
6. Disconnect the xRAP-100 input power sources.
7. Reinstall the xRAP-100 front cover and fasten it using the two captive
screws.
To connect the alarm cables to the xRAP-100:
Use Identification of xRAP-100 connectors (page 3-67) to identify the
xRAP-100 connector functions.
1. Before starting, make sure you have all the necessary cables.
2. Connect the 68-pin SCSI connector of the facility alarm monitoring cable
to the ALARMS connector, and then securely attach the cable to the rack
inner wall using cable ties.
3. Connect the 36-pin SCSI connector of the alarm monitoring cable intended
for shelf 1 to the Shelf 1 connector on the xRAP-100.
4. Route the alarm cables towards the cable retainers at the rear of the
xRAP-100 (see Location of xRAP-100 grounding stud (page 3-64)), and
attach them to the retainers with cable ties.
5. Route the alarm cables along the side of the rack down to the corresponding
shelf position. Attach a tag to each connector in accordance with its
function.
6. If an additional shelf is installed in the rack, repeat Steps 2, 3, 4, and 5 for
the cables serving the additional shelf. Make sure to attach identification
tags to each cable end.
417006-2318-0H3-A02

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

3-69

Site Preparation and Rack


Installation

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Installing the RAP-BG


Before You Start:
Before connecting DC power cables, see DC Power Cables.
For a description of the RAP-BG, see the XDM Product Line Reference
Manual.
To install the RAP-BG:
1. Prepare DC power cables.
2. Install the RAP-BG in the prescribed location.
3. Ground the RAP-BG to the rack grounding stud.
4. Connect input DC power cables to the RAP-BG.
5. Connect the DC power cables of the XDM platforms to the RAP-BG.
6. Install circuit breakers.
7. Check power wiring.

Preparing DC Input Power Cables


NOTE: According to accepted industry standards for
connecting DC power, the positive lead (+48 V) must be
connected with a red cable and the negative lead (-48 V) with
a black cable. However, according to the BS7671 (GB) and
HD 308 S2:2001 (EU) standards, the positive lead must be
connected with a blue cable and the negative lead with a gray
cable. In the following sections that describe DC power cable
connections, use cables of appropriate colors to comply with
the standards in your area of residence.

The DC input power cables connect the two DC power sources and the
RAP-BG source A and source B inputs. Two cables are required, one for each
source. Each cable consists of two stranded copper leads with a cross section of
50 mm2 (.078 in.2), one red and the other black. Each lead is terminated with a
compression lug from the installation parts kit supplied with the equipment.
NOTE: When the RAP-BG provides power to a single XDM
platform, lower gauge cables can be used. See DC Power
Cables for DC power cable requirements.

CAUTION: If appropriate leads have already been prepared


at the prescribed rack location, make sure that the leads are
not connected to any live voltage source before attaching the
lugs.

3-70

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

417006-2318-0H3-A02

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Site Preparation and Rack


Installation

To prepare a DC power cable:


1. Strip about 22 mm (1 in.) of the red lead jacket.
2. Insert all lead strands into the lug sleeve.
3. Press at two or three different points on the lug sleeve using an appropriate
crimping tool and die. The recommended tools are Panduit CT-720
crimping tool with CD-720-2 die, Klauke K18 crimping tool with D50 die,
or equivalent.
It is recommended to use insulation tape (of the same color as the lead
jacket) between the cable lug and the cable itself.
4. Repeat Steps 1 to 3 above for the black lead.

Installing the RAP-BG


The RAP-BG is attached to the rack side rails at the top position of the rack.
To install the RAP-BG:

Attach the RAP-BG to the side rails and secure it with the four screws,
washers, and nuts supplied in the installation parts kit.

To ground the RAP-BG:


1. The RAP-BG grounding stud is located on its rear cover, as shown in the
following figure.

Figure 3-36: Location of RAP-BG grounding stud

2. If necessary, prepare a grounding lead in accordance with the requirements


described in Grounding Requirements.
3. Connect the lug at one end of the grounding lead to the RAP-BG grounding
stud, using a spring washer and nut.
4. Connect the lug at the other end of the grounding lead to the rack
grounding stud.

417006-2318-0H3-A02

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

3-71

Site Preparation and Rack


Installation

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

To connect DC input power cables to the RAP-BG:


1. Before starting, identify the openings used to route power cables to the
RAP-BG by referring to the following figure.

Figure 3-37: Identification of RAP-BG cable routes

2. Open the two captive screws fastening the RAP-BG front cover and remove
the cover.
3. Identify the various terminals located on the power source terminal board
by referring to the following figure (showing the terminals at source A side;
a similar board is used at source B side).

Figure 3-38: Connecting DC power cables to the RAP-BG

CAUTION: Before connecting the power leads, make sure to


identify the terminal polarity on the RAP-BG power terminal
board.

3-72

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

417006-2318-0H3-A02

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Site Preparation and Rack


Installation

4. Bring the two leads of DC source A input power cable to the appropriate
RAP-BG opening.
5. Attach the lug of the red lead to the positive stud terminal marked (+) on
the power terminal board (see the previous figure).
6. Secure the lug using a flat washer, spring washer, and nut. Tighten the nut
with a torque of 1450 N cm to 1600 N cm.
7. Attach the lug of the black lead to the negative stud terminal marked (-) on
the power terminal board (see the previous figure).
8. Repeat Step 6 for the black lead lug.
9. If an additional power source (source B) is used, repeat Steps 3 to 8 for
source B.
10. Securely attach the DC input power cables to the rack inner wall using
cable ties.
During the following procedure, refer to the figures in Connecting DC power
cables to the RAP-BG (page 3-72).
To connect the DC power cables to a platform:
1. Before starting, identify the openings used to route power cables to the
RAP-BG.
2. Insert the DC power cable end, terminated with lugs, of the XDM-900
platform through the opening for platform power cables connecting to
source A. If more platforms are installed in the rack, start by connecting the
Platform 1 cable.
3. Attach the red lead lug of the platform power cable to the positive stud
terminal of Platform 1 on the power terminal board.
4. Secure the lug using a flat washer, spring washer, and nut. Tighten the nut
with a torque of 320 N cm to 350 N cm.
5. Attach the black lead lug of the power cable to the negative stud terminal of
Platform 1 on the power terminal board.

417006-2318-0H3-A02

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

3-73

Site Preparation and Rack


Installation

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

6. Repeat Step 4 for the black lead lug.


7. Identify the platform's grounding terminals located on the inner side panel
of the RAP-BG as shown in the following figure.

Figure 3-39: RAP-BG platform power cable grounding screws

8. Attach the grounding (shield) lead lug of the platform power cable to the
ground stud terminal located on the RAP-BG side panel.
9. Repeat Step 4 for the grounding lead lug.
10. If additional XDM-900 platforms are installed in the rack, repeat Steps 2 to
9 for each platform power cable.
11. If an additional power source is used, repeat Steps 2 to 10 to connect the
platforms to source B.
12. Route each platform power cable along the rack side rails down to the
corresponding platform position, and then securely attach the power cable
to the rack inner wall using cable ties. Attach a tag to each power connector
in accordance with its function.

3-74

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

417006-2318-0H3-A02

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Site Preparation and Rack


Installation

To install the RAP-BG circuit breakers:


1. If the RAP-BG front panel has not been removed, open the two captive
screws fastening it to the RAP-BG chassis and remove the cover.

Figure 3-40: RAP-BG front cover removal

2. Identify the circuit breaker corresponding to the power circuit A of Shelf 1


(the circuit breaker is included in the installation parts kit supplied with the
equipment; its rating is in accordance with the ordered platform
configuration).

Figure 3-41: RAP-BG circuit breaker installation

3. Insert the circuit breaker into the circuit breaker sockets located on the
RAP-BG source A power terminal board, as shown in the previous figure.
4. If more platforms are powered from source A, repeat Steps 2 and 3 to insert
the circuit breakers into the corresponding platform positions of the power
terminal board.
5. If an additional power source is used, repeat Steps 2 to 4 for source B
circuit breakers.

417006-2318-0H3-A02

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

3-75

Site Preparation and Rack


Installation

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

To check DC voltage polarity:


1. Make sure the correct site grounding test has been passed successfully (see
Grounding Requirements).
2. Connect the DC input power to the RAP-BG.
3. Set all the RAP-BG circuit breakers to ON.
4. Use a digital multimeter (DMM) to test the voltage between the positive
and negative contacts of each power cable.
The following figure identifies the functions of the power cable connector
contacts assembled on the cable end connected to the XDM-900 platform,
as seen when looking into the connector.

Figure 3-42: Platform DC input power connector pin functions

5. Make sure the voltage is within the allowed range (-40 VDC to -72 VDC),
and that it has the correct polarity.
6. Return all the RAP-BG circuit breakers to OFF.
7. Disconnect the RAP-BG input power sources.
8. Reinstall the RAP-BG front cover and fasten it using the two captive
screws.

Installing the RAP-4B


Before You Start:
Before connecting DC power cables, see DC Power Cables.
For a description of the RAP-4B, see 9200 series Reference Manual.
To install the RAP-4B:
1. Prepare DC power cables.
2. Install the RAP-4B in the prescribed location.
3. Ground the RAP-4B to the rack grounding stud.
4. Connect input DC power cables to the RAP-4B.
5. Connect the DC power cables of the XDM platforms to the RAP-4B.
6. Install circuit breakers.
7. Check power wiring.
3-76

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

417006-2318-0H3-A02

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Site Preparation and Rack


Installation

Preparing DC Input Power Cables


NOTE: According to accepted industry standards for
connecting DC power, the positive lead (+48 V) must be
connected with a red cable, and the negative lead (-48 V) with
a black cable. However, according to the BS7671 (GB) and
HD 308 S2:2001 (EU) standards, the positive lead must be
connected with a blue cable and the negative lead with a gray
cable. In the following sections use cables of the colors to
comply with the standards in your area of residence.

The DC input power cables connect the two DC power sources and the
RAP-4B source A and source B inputs. Two cables are required, one for each
source. Each cable consists of two stranded copper leads with a cross section of
50 mm2 (0.078 in.2), one red and the other black. Each lead is terminated with a
compression lug from the installation parts kit supplied with the equipment.
NOTE: When the RAP-4B provides power to a single
BroadGate platform, lower gauge cables may be used. See
DC Power Cables for DC power cable requirements.

CAUTION: If appropriate leads have already been prepared


at the prescribed rack location, make sure that the leads are
not connected to any live voltage source before attaching the
lugs.

To prepare a DC power cable:


1. Strip about 22 mm (1 in.) of the red lead jacket.
2. Insert all lead strands into the lug sleeve.
3. Press at two or three different points on the lug sleeve using an appropriate
crimping tool and die. The recommended tools are Panduit CT-720
crimping tool with CD-720-2 die, Klauke K18 crimping tool with D50 die,
or equivalent.
It is recommended to use insulation tape (of the same color as the lead
jacket) between the cable lug and the cable itself.
4. Repeat Steps 1 to 3 for the black lead.

417006-2318-0H3-A02

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

3-77

Site Preparation and Rack


Installation

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Installing the RAP-4B


The RAP-4B is attached to the rack side rails at the top of the rack.
To install the RAP-4B:

Attach the RAP-4B to the side rails and secure it with the four screws,
washers, and nuts supplied in the installation parts kit.

To ground the RAP-4B:


NOTE: The RAP-4B is supplied, by default, with a grounding
cable connected to the rear of the unit. Use this cable to
connect ground to the RAP-4B.

1. The RAP-4B grounding studs are located on its rear cover as shown in the
following figure.

Figure 3-43: Locating RAP-4B grounding stud

If a grounding cable is already attached to the RAP-4B, skip Steps 2 and 3.


2. If necessary, prepare a grounding lead (with a two-hole lug) as details
described in Grounding Requirements (page 1-8).

3-78

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

417006-2318-0H3-A02

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Site Preparation and Rack


Installation

3. Connect the lug at one end of the grounding lead to the RAP-4B grounding
studs, using spring washers and nuts.

Figure 3-44: RAP-4B with grounding cable

4. Connect the two-hole lug at the other end of the grounding lead to the
rack's grounding bar.
To connect DC input power cables to the RAP-4B:
1. Before starting, identify the openings used to route power cables to the
RAP-4B, as shown in the following figure.

Figure 3-45: Identifying RAP-4B cable routes

2. Open the two captive screws fastening the RAP-4B front cover and remove
it.

417006-2318-0H3-A02

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

3-79

Site Preparation and Rack


Installation

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

3. Identify the various terminals located on the power source terminal board,
as shown in the following figure (showing source A side; a similar board is
used at source B side).

Figure 3-46: Connecting DC power cables to the RAP-4B

CAUTION: Before connecting the power leads, make sure to


identify the terminal polarity on the RAP-4B power terminal
board.

4. Bring the two leads of one DC source A input power cable to the
appropriate RAP-4B opening.
5. Attach the lug of the red lead to the positive stud terminal marked (+) on
the power terminal board (see the previous figure).
6. Secure the lug using a flat washer, spring washer, and nut. Tighten the nut
with a torque of 940 N cm to 1060 N cm.
7. Attach the lug of the black lead to the negative stud terminal marked (-) on
the power terminal board (see the previous figure).
8. Repeat Step 6 for the black lead lug.
9. If an additional power source (source B) is used, repeat Steps 3 to 8 for
source B.
10. Securely attach the DC input power cables to the rack inner wall using
cable ties.
During the following procedure, refer to the figure Connecting DC power
cables to the RAP-4B (page 3-80).

3-80

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

417006-2318-0H3-A02

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Site Preparation and Rack


Installation

To connect the DC power cable to a platform:


1. Before starting, identify the openings used to route power cables to the
RAP-4B.
2. Insert the DC power cable end terminated in lugs of the XDM-900 platform
through the opening for power cables connecting to source A. If more
platforms are installed in the rack, start by connecting the Platform 1 cable.
3. Attach the red lead lug of the platform power cable to the positive stud
terminal of Platform 1 on the power terminal board.
4. Secure the lug using a flat washer, spring washer, and M6 screw. Tighten
the M6 screw with a torque of 320 N cm to 350 N cm.
5. Attach the black lead lug of the power cable to the negative stud terminal of
Platform 1 on the power terminal board.
6. Repeat Step 4 for the black lead lug.
7. Identify the platforms grounding terminals located on the inner side panel
of the RAP-4B according to the following figure.

Figure 3-47: RAP-4B platform power cable grounding screws

8. Attach the grounding (shield) lead lug of the platform power cable to the
ground stud terminal located on the RAP-4B side panel.
9. Repeat Step 4 for the grounding lead lug.
10. If more XDM-900 platforms are installed in the rack, repeat Steps 2 to 9 for
each platform power cable.
11. If an additional power source is used, repeat Steps 2 to 10 to connect the
platforms to source B.
12. Route each platform power cable along the rack side rails down to its
corresponding platform, and then securely attach the power cable to the
rack inner wall using cable ties. Attach a tag to each power connector in
accordance with its function.

417006-2318-0H3-A02

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

3-81

Site Preparation and Rack


Installation

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

To install the RAP-4B circuit breakers:


1. If the RAP-4B front panel has not been removed, open the two captive
screws fastening it to the chassis and remove the cover.

Figure 3-48: RAP-4B front cover removal

2. Identify the circuit breaker corresponding to power circuit A of Platform 1


(the circuit breaker is included in the installation parts kit supplied with the
equipment platform; its rating is in accordance with the ordered platform
configuration).

Figure 3-49: RAP-4B circuit breaker installation

3. Insert the circuit breaker into the circuit breaker sockets located on the
RAP-4B source A power terminal board, as shown in the previous figure.
4. If more platforms are powered from source A, repeat Steps 2 and 3 to insert
the circuit breakers into the corresponding platform positions of the power
terminal board.
5. If an additional power source is used, repeat Steps 2 to 4 above for source
B circuit breakers.

3-82

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

417006-2318-0H3-A02

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Site Preparation and Rack


Installation

Checking DC Voltage Polarity


To check DC voltage polarity:
1. Make sure the correct site grounding test has been passed successfully (see
Grounding Requirements (page 1-8)).
2. Connect the DC input power to the RAP-4B.
3. Set all the RAP-4B circuit breakers to ON.
4. Use a DMM to test the voltage between the positive and negative contacts
of each power cable.
The following figure identifies the functions of the power cable connector
contacts assembled on the cable end connected to the XDM-900 platform,
as seen when looking into the connector.

Figure 3-50: Platform DC input power connector pin functions

5. Make sure the voltage is within the allowed range (-40 VDC to -72 VDC),
and that it has the correct polarity.
6. Return all the RAP-4B circuit breakers to OFF.
7. Disconnect the RAP-4B input power sources.
8. Reinstall the RAP-4B front cover and fasten it with the two captive screws.

417006-2318-0H3-A02

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

3-83

Site Preparation and Rack


Installation

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Installing the Cable Guide


The number of cable guides required for horizontal XDM-900 shelf
installations depends on whether electrical traffic modules are used in the upper
module cage. One cable guide should be installed one hole under the
XDM-900, to help neatly route control, timing, and management cables
connected to the ECU900/ ECU900-F card and traffic cables connected to
electrical traffic modules in the lower module cage. If electrical traffic modules
are installed in the upper module cage, an additional cable guide should be
installed one installation hole above the shelf.
One cable guide should be installed above the XDM-900 shelf in vertical
installations.
The cable guide is supplied with two sets of rack mount brackets: one for 19
racks and the other for ETSI racks.
To attach the rack mount brackets to the cable guide:

Attach each bracket to the corresponding cable guide sidewall with the four
screws supplied in the installation kit.

Figure 3-51: Cable guide

To install the cable guide in the rack:

3-84

Install the cable guide in the prescribed location in the rack, and fasten it to
the side rails of the rack with four screws.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

417006-2318-0H3-A02

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Site Preparation and Rack


Installation

Installing the Fiber Guide for ETSI A Racks


The fiber guide for ETSI A racks should be installed one mounting hole above
the cable guide in the rack.
To attach the rack mount brackets to the fiber guide:

Attach each bracket to the corresponding fiber guide sidewall with the four
screws supplied in the installation kit.

Figure 3-52: Fiber guide

To install the fiber guide in the rack:

Install the cable guide in the rack one mounting hole above the cable guide
and fasten it to the rack side rails with four screws.

Installing the Cable Slack Tray


The cable slack tray is installed only in horizontal XDM-900 shelf installations
that also have a lower cable guide installed; these usually also include a fiber
guide.

Figure 3-53: Cable slack tray

To install the cable slack tray in the rack:

Install the cable slack tray in the rack one mounting hole under the cable
guide and fasten it to the rack side rails with two M6 screws, washers, and
nuts.

417006-2318-0H3-A02

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

3-85

Site Preparation and Rack


Installation

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Installing the PIM2_63S Traffic Cable Box


Tray
The PIM2_63S traffic cable box tray is available in two options for installation
above or below the XDM-900 shelf. In installations in which the PIM2_63S are
installed in both the upper and lower I/O module cage the two types must be
installed. The tray is supplied by default with reversible brackets for
installation in ETSI or 19" racks. If installation in 23" racks is required make
sure to order the appropriate bracket kit.

Figure 3-54: PIM2_63S traffic cable box tray for above shelf installations

Figure 3-55: PIM2_63S traffic cable box tray for under shelf installations

3-86

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

417006-2318-0H3-A02

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Site Preparation and Rack


Installation

To install the PIM2_63S traffic cable box tray:

Install the PIM2_63S traffic cable box tray in the rack one mounting hole
above/under the XDM-900 shelf (according to the location of the
PIM2-63S) and fasten it to the rack side rails with four M6 screws,
washers, and nuts.

Installing the FST


The FST must be installed 50 mm above the fiber guide. If additional
equipment is installed above the FST (like another XDM-900 platform), an
additional 50 mm must be left free between the FST and such equipment.
To install the FST in the rack:
1. Attach the FST to the rack rails and secure it using the four supplied
screws, washers, and nuts.
2. Prepare the necessary fibers according to the site cabling diagram and the
detailed cabling diagrams or tables of each platform. When preparing the
fibers, refer to the safety information in Installing XDM-900: Before You
Start Safety Guidelines (page 1-1).
3. Label the cables in accordance with the cabling diagrams or tables.
4. Thread the optical fibers into the conduits running along the front supports
of the ETSI A rack.
5. Push the button on the front panel of the FST to release the latch, and pull
the FST towards you to open it.
NOTE: The FST has two opening positions. The tray latches
with a click at the halfway position. Pull it again to open fully
so you can thread the fibers.

417006-2318-0H3-A02

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

3-87

Site Preparation and Rack


Installation

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

6. Thread the fibers into the FST, as illustrated in the following figure.

Figure 3-56: Threading optical fibers in the FST

NOTE: All optical fibers should be arranged in groups inside


the FST and fastened with Velcro strips.

7. Run the fibers up to the level of the corresponding optical connector.


8. Return the FST to the rack until it latches in place with a click.
CAUTION: Make sure that all the optical connectors are
closed at all times with the appropriate protective caps or with
the mating cable connector. Do not remove the protective cap
until an optical fiber is connected to the corresponding
connector, and immediately install a protective cap after a
cable is disconnected.
The minimum bending radius of optical fibers is 35 mm.
Sharp bending of fibers may degrade the optical transmission
characteristics.

3-88

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

417006-2318-0H3-A02

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Site Preparation and Rack


Installation

Installing the ODF


Identify the prescribed ODF locations in the rack before performing the
following procedures.
The ODF is supplied with two sets of rack mount brackets: one for 19 in. and
ETSI racks, and the other for 23 in. 7 ft. racks. The 19 in./ETSI rack mount
brackets can be used for both ETSI and 19 in. racks.
To attach the rack mount brackets to the ODF:
1. Refer to the following figure to identify the required set of rack mount
brackets.
2. Attach each bracket with three screws to the corresponding ODF side
panel, as shown in the figure.

Figure 3-57: Attaching rack mount brackets to the ODF

417006-2318-0H3-A02

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

3-89

Site Preparation and Rack


Installation

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

To connect optical fibers to the ODF:


1. Push the release button on the ODF front panel to the left to release the
latch and pull it towards you. The cover opens downwards.

Figure 3-58: ODF front panel

Figure 3-59: ODF open view

2. Hold the end of the swing-out tray and pull it out to gain access to the ODF
components.
3. Open the two cover thumb nuts and remove the protective cover from the
ODF splice support.

3-90

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

417006-2318-0H3-A02

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Site Preparation and Rack


Installation

4. Insert the external fibers cable through the protective tube.

Figure 3-60: ODF fiber routes

5. Route the fiber ends through the cable guides to the splice support area.
6. Identify the adapter panel pigtail to be spliced to each user fiber.
7. Insert splicing sleeves over the pigtail, splice the user fiber to the pigtail,
and slide the splicing sleeve over the splice.
8. Place the splicing sleeve in one of the slots in the splice support.
NOTE: When more than 12 fibers are connected to the ODF,
first start filling the slots of the lower splice support. After the
slots are occupied, reinstall the top splice support and
continue filling the support slots.

9. After splicing all the fibers, reinstall the protective cover removed in Step
3.
10. Push the swing-out tray back into the unit.
11. Close the ODF front cover by pushing it up till it clicks to the unit.
12. Refer to Attaching rack mount brackets (page 3-89) and secure the user
fibers with cable ties to the fiber-fastening bracket at the rear of the ODF.
CAUTION: To prevent damage to fibers, do not tighten the
cable ties.

417006-2318-0H3-A02

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

3-91

Site Preparation and Rack


Installation

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

To install ODF units in a rack:

Install each ODF in the prescribed rack position and fasten it to the rack
side rails with four screws.

Installing the OPP


The OPP can be installed in the same rack as the XDM-900 or in other racks
according to the site installation requirements.
To mount the OPP in the rack:
1. Attach the OPP to the rack rails and secure it using the four supplied
screws, washers, and nuts.
2. Prepare the necessary fibers according to the site cabling diagram and the
detailed cabling diagrams or tables of each platform. When preparing the
fiber, follow the safety information appearing in Work and Equipment
Safety.
3. Label the fibers in accordance with the cabling diagrams or tables.
4. Thread the optical fibers into the conduits running along the front supports
of the ETSI A rack or the rack sidewalls of the ETSI B rack.
5. Push the button on the front panel of the OPP to release the latch, and pull
the OPP towards you to open it.
NOTE: The OPP has two opening positions. The tray latches
with a click at the halfway position. Pull it again to open it
fully so that you can thread the fibers.

6. Thread the fibers into the OPP, as illustrated in Threading and connecting
optical fibers in the OPP (page 3-93).
NOTE: All optical fibers should be arranged in groups inside
the OPP, and fastened with Velcro strips.

7. Identify the duplex connector position on the duplex connector panel (page
3-93).
8. Connect each equipment fiber to the corresponding network fiber according
to the site cabling diagram and the detailed cabling diagrams or tables of
each platform.
9. Run the fibers up to the level of the corresponding optical connector.
10. Return the OPP to the rack until it latches in place with a click.

3-92

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

417006-2318-0H3-A02

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Site Preparation and Rack


Installation

CAUTION: Make sure that all the optical connectors are


closed at all times with the appropriate protective caps or with
the mating cable connector. Do not remove the protective cap
until an optical fiber is connected to the corresponding
connector and immediately install a protective cap after a
cable is disconnected.
The minimum bending radius of optical fibers is 1.4 in. (35
mm). Sharp bending of fibers may degrade the optical
transmission characteristics.

Figure 3-61: Threading and connecting optical fibers in the OPP

417006-2318-0H3-A02

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

3-93

Site Preparation and Rack


Installation

3-94

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

417006-2318-0H3-A02

4
Platform Installation
In this chapter:
Installation Options.......................................................................................... 4-1
Installing the XDM-900 Shelf in Racks .......................................................... 4-7
Grounding the XDM-900 Shelf ..................................................................... 4-26

Installation Options
XDM-900 shelves can be installed in ETSI A racks, 19" 600 mm deep racks (in
consultation with and approved by ECI Telecom's Mechanical Department),
and in ANSI 19" racks. These racks can be installed on wooden, concrete, or
suspended floors, or suspended from overhead mountings.
The XDM-900 can be installed in the racks in an horizontal or vertical position.
In addition, the XDM-900 can be expanded with one or two TPUs and an
OCU. Different brackets and mechanical adapters are available for attaching
the XDM-900 to the rack in each of these positions.
NOTE: By default the XDM-900 comes with brackets for
horizontal installation in ETSI A racks. For vertical
installation you must remove these brackets, and attach
vertical brackets, supplied with the installation kit.

If necessary, contact ECI Telecom's Customer Support team or your ECI


Telecom sales representative for help in meeting your specific installation
requirements.
The following sections describe the installation options of the XDM-900.

417006-2318-0H3-A02

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

4-1

Platform Installation

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Layout of XDM-900 Horizontal Installation in


ETSI A Racks
The XDM-900 horizontal installation in an ETSI A rack may include, in
addition to the shelf itself, ancillary equipment such as RAP, cable guides for
low-order and high-order traffic cables, fiber guides, cable slack tray for cables
in the lower section of the XDM-900, FST, and xDDF-21 patch panel,
according to the rack installation plan. Typical installations of the XDM-900 in
a horizontal position are shown in the following figures.

Figure 4-1: Typical XDM-900 horizontal installation in an ETSI A

4-2

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

417006-2318-0H3-A02

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Platform Installation

Figure 4-2: Typical horizontal installation of two XDM-900 shelves in an ETSI A


rack

417006-2318-0H3-A02

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

4-3

Platform Installation

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Figure 4-3: Typical horizontal installation of three basic XDM-900 shelves in 2200
mm ETSI A rack

4-4

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

417006-2318-0H3-A02

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Platform Installation

Figure 4-4: Typical horizontal installation of three XDM-900 shelves with TPUs in
2600 mm ETSI A rack

417006-2318-0H3-A02

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

4-5

Platform Installation

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Layout of XDM-900 Vertical Installation in


ETSI A Racks
The XDM-900 vertical installation in an ETSI A rack may include, in addition
to the shelf itself, ancillary equipment such as RAP, a cable guides for
low-order and high-order traffic cables, a fiber guide, FST, and xDDF-21 patch
panel, according to the rack installation plan. A typical installation of the
XDM-900 in a vertical position is shown in the following figure.

Figure 4-5: Typical XDM-900 vertical installation in an ETSI A rack

4-6

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

417006-2318-0H3-A02

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Platform Installation

Installing the XDM-900 Shelf in


Racks
The XDM-900 can be installed in the following rack types:

ECI Telecom's recommended ETSI rack (2200 mm or 2600 mm - hereafter


referred to as ETSI A), which provides the following benefits:

Removable rear and side panels for tidy routing and efficient
maintenance of all rack cables, including:

E1 cables

Control cables

Power cables

Data cables

Timing cables

Two ducts on the racks front rails for routing up to 200 optical fibers

Open frame top and bottom for easy routing of cables from suspension
floors and/or ceiling ladders

Perforated door for free air flow to the installed equipment (see
Environmental Requirements (page 3-2))

Front door for left or right opening mounting

19" 600 mm deep rack (in consultation with and approved by ECI
Telecom's Mechanical Department)

19" ANSI rack (in consultation with and approved by ECI Telecom's
Mechanical Department)

XDM-900 equipment racks may be installed on wooden, concrete, or floating


floors, or suspended from overhead mountings. For information on the various
mounting options, see Rack Installation (page 3-42).
By default, XDM-900 shelves are supplied with brackets for horizontal
installation in ETSI A racks. The shelves come empty with no cards or modules
installed. Therefore, the installation activities covered in this section include:

Attaching the XDM-900 shelf to a rack. The shelf can be installed in a


horizontal or vertical position.

Grounding the XDM-900 shelf.

The installation of the XDM-900 shelf in the vertical position requires a


workaround which is described in Installing the XDM-900 Shelf in the Vertical
Position (page 4-14).

417006-2318-0H3-A02

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

4-7

Platform Installation

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

After these procedures have been completed, the XDM-900 shelf is ready for
the installation of:

ECU900, MXC900, and FCU900 cards, as described in Installing


XDM-900 Cards (page 5-1).

I/O modules, as described in Installing XDM-900 Modules.

TPMs in the optional TPU, as described in Installing TPU Modules.

Environmental Considerations
Observe the following guidelines when installing the XDM-900 in racks:
1. Free airflow through the rack must be guaranteed at all times.
2. XDM-900 shelves can be installed in open or closed (with door) racks.
When installed in a closed rack, the door must be perforated. An example
of a rack with a perforated door is the ETSI A rack shown in the following
figure.
3. Always install the first XDM-900 platform in the lower part of the rack,
leaving a space of at least 1U from the bottom of the rack.
4. In mixed (horizontal and vertical airflow) equipment installations, always
install the equipment with the horizontal airflow in the lower part of the
rack, and the equipment with the vertical airflow above it.
5. Leave a space of at least 1U between the upper accessory of the XDM-900
and the next platform.
6. Leave as much space as possible between the racks cable supports and the
XDM-900 sidewalls.
7. Always consider the platform airflow requirements when organizing the
cable and fiber routes near the XDM-900 sidewalls.

4-8

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

417006-2318-0H3-A02

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Platform Installation

Figure 4-6: ETSI A rack closed view

417006-2318-0H3-A02

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

4-9

Platform Installation

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Typical XDM-900 Installation


In addition to the XDM-900 shelf itself, the equipment installed in the rack
includes:

One Rack Alarm Panel (RAP) installed at the top of the rack, used to
connect external power and alarm monitoring lines to the XDM-900
shelves installed in the rack. One of the following is suitable:

xRAP-D - fully supports up to two XDM-900 shelves

xRAP-100 - fully supports one XDM-900 shelf and three XDM smaller
shelves (like XDM-100 and XDM-50)

RAP-BG - supports one XDM-900 shelf

RAP-4B - supports one XDM-900 shelf

In addition to the space needed for installing the RAP, you must leave at
least 50 mm free space under it for routing cables.

Fiber Storage Tray (FST). A separate FST can be installed above each
XDM-900 with optical modules. Each FST contains two storage reels,
enabling the fiber to be stored on the right or left side of the tray. Leave at
least 50 mm free space between the XDM-900 cabling accessories and its
FST, and another 50 mm free between the FST and the next XDM-900
shelf.

Cable guide. Two units should be installed, one just above the XDM-900
and one under it, to help neatly route the cables connected to the shelf.

Two fiber guides, installed one above the upper cable guide and one under
the lower cable guide. Helps to neatly route fibers, while keeping the
minimum allowed bend radius.

Cable slack tray. One unit should be installed under the lower fiber guide,
to help organize the slacks of cables connected to the lower module cage
and lower TPU.

xDDF-21 (optional). A separate xDDF-21 panel can be used when


unbalanced 75 interfaces need to be connected and converted to balanced
120 interfaces of PIM2_21, PIM2_63/B, and PIM2_63S modules. Leave
at least 100 mm free space above the XDM-900 shelf and below the
xDDF-21.
NOTE: If not otherwise specified XDM-900 shelf
installations in racks shown in this manual refer to 2200 mm
ETSI A racks.

4-10

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

417006-2318-0H3-A02

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Platform Installation

Figure 4-7: Typical XDM-900 horizontal installation in an ETSI A

417006-2318-0H3-A02

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

4-11

Platform Installation

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Integrating XDM-900 Shelves and Other


Equipment in One Rack
XDM-900 shelves and associated accessories may not occupy the entire rack.
Additional equipment may be installed in the remaining rack space, provided
that any heat generated by additional equipment can efficiently be dissipated,
and that thermal isolation is provided between the various equipment units
installed in the same rack.
In the event of additional equipment being installed on the rack, contact ECI
Telecoms Customer Support team for assistance.

Figure 4-8: Typical installation of XDM-900 and XDM-100 shelves in an ETSI A


rack

4-12

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

417006-2318-0H3-A02

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Platform Installation

Figure 4-9: Typical installation of XDM-900 and XDM-1000 shelves in an ETSI A


rack

417006-2318-0H3-A02

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

4-13

Platform Installation

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Installing the XDM-900 Shelf in the


Horizontal Position
The XDM-900 shelf comes with brackets ready for installation in ETSI A racks
in the horizontal position.
To install an XDM-900 shelf in the horizontal position in an
ETSI A rack:
1. Identify the prescribed position of the XDM-900 shelf in the rack in
accordance with the rack installation plan.
2. Place the XDM-900 shelf in the prescribed position using the two
stabilizing pins to hold it temporarily in place, and then fasten the shelf to
the rack side rails with four M6 screws, washers, and nuts.
3. If required, based on the site installation plan, see Installing the FST (page
3-87) for instructions on installing an FST above the XDM-900
accessories.

Installing the XDM-900 Shelf in the Vertical


Position
Before installing the XDM-900 shelf (in the vertical position), in an ETSI A
rack, you must prepare it by performing the following steps:

Remove the horizontal installation brackets.

Install the lower vertical bracket.

Attach the vertical filter housing.

Install the upper vertical bracket.

Insert the vertical air filter.

The components required for the vertical installation are supplied in the
installation kit. The procedures required for preparing the XDM-900 for
vertical installation follow.
CAUTION: When installing an XDM-900 shelf vertically,
pay attention to position the shelf with the FCU900 facing
downwards. This is important to ensure proper ventilation of
the XDM-900 shelf.

4-14

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

417006-2318-0H3-A02

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Platform Installation

To remove the XDM-900 shelf horizontal brackets:


1. Place the XDM-900 shelf on a flat clean surface.
2. Remove the four screws fastening the horizontal bracket to the right side of
the shelf.
3. Repeat step 2 for the bracket on the left side of the shelf.
NOTE: The sides of the XDM-900 shelf described hereafter
refer to the product installed in the vertical position. For
example, the lower (or bottom) side of the shelf is the side
near the FCU900.
To install the vertical lower bracket:
1. Orient the XDM-900 shelf on a flat clean surface upside down.
2. Place the vertical lower bracket on the shelf, and fit the holes in the bracket
with the corresponding holes in the shelf.
3. Identify the two long screws and nine short screws according to the
following figure.

417006-2318-0H3-A02

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

4-15

Platform Installation

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Figure 4-10: Installing the vertical lower bracket

4. Fasten the lower bracket to the shelf with two long screws and nine short
screws from the installation kit.

4-16

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

417006-2318-0H3-A02

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Platform Installation

To prepare the filter frame assembly:


1. Identify the filter frame assembly parts according to the following figure.

Figure 4-11: Preparing the filter frame assembly

2. Insert the filter frame pin guides into the corresponding holes in the frame
support.
3. Attach the frame support to the filter frame.

417006-2318-0H3-A02

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

4-17

Platform Installation

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

To install the filter frame assembly:


1. Place the filter frame assembly at the rear of the lower bracket.
2. Insert the two front screws of the filter frame into the corresponding
latch-shaped holes in the bracket.
3. Identify the four long screws according to the following figure.

Figure 4-12: Installing the filter frame assembly

4. Attach the filter frame to the shelf and fasten it with four long screws from
the installation kit.

4-18

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

417006-2318-0H3-A02

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Platform Installation

To install the vertical upper bracket:


1. Return the XDM-900 shelf to normal position.
2. Place the shelf near the edge of the surface to enable the lower bracket to
protrude out.
3. Place the vertical upper bracket on the shelf, and fit the holes in the bracket
with the corresponding holes in the shelf.

Figure 4-13: Installing the vertical upper bracket

4. Fasten the upper bracket to the shelf with seven screws and washers from
the installation kit.

417006-2318-0H3-A02

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

4-19

Platform Installation

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

To attach the thumbnuts:


1. Lift both filter frame front screws to their upmost position.
2. Take two thumbnuts from the installation kit and fasten them on the
screws.

Figure 4-14: Installing the thumbnuts

4-20

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

417006-2318-0H3-A02

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Platform Installation

To attach an XDM-900 shelf to a rack in the vertical


position:
1. Identify the prescribed position of the XDM-900 shelf in the rack in
accordance with the rack installation plan.
WARNING: To perform this procedure safely, for both
personnel and equipment, get help from an additional person.

2. Place the XDM-900 shelf in the prescribed position in the rack.


3. Align the holes on the XDM-900's brackets with the holes at the rack's side
rails.
4. Attach the shelf to the rack on the upmost hole of the left bracket, and
lowest hole of the right bracket, with two screws and washers.
5. Secure the shelf to the rack with additional three screws and washers in
each bracket.

417006-2318-0H3-A02

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

4-21

Platform Installation

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Installing the Vertical Air Filter


Normally, the filter frame is attached in its upmost position by two thumbnuts.
The frame must be lowered in order to gain access to the filter guides and to
install the filter.
To lower the filter frame:
1. Open the two thumbnuts until the filter frame screws are free to move.

Figure 4-15: Releasing the thumbnuts

4-22

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

417006-2318-0H3-A02

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Platform Installation

2. Lower the filter frame screws to their very lowest position, to bring the
filter guides in front of the opening in the lower bracket.

Figure 4-16: Lowering the filter frame

417006-2318-0H3-A02

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

4-23

Platform Installation

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

The following figure shows the filter frame in the lower position.

Figure 4-17: Filter frame in lower position

4-24

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

417006-2318-0H3-A02

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Platform Installation

To insert the vertical filter:


1. Identify the filter's air intake side indicated by two coding tabs.
2. Place the filter in front of the slot with the coding tabs facing downward.

Figure 4-18: Inserting the air filter

3. Insert the filter into the filter frame guides.


4. Push the filter in until it stops.
5. Lift the thumbnuts up and fasten them in place.

417006-2318-0H3-A02

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

4-25

Platform Installation

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Grounding the XDM-900 Shelf


Before you start:
Review the grounding requirements specified in Grounding Requirements
(page 1-8) and Preparing Cables and Fibers (page 3-7). Obtain the required
materials and make sure to perform the grounding connections in accordance
with these requirements.

To ground the XDM-900


WARNING:

4-26

The ground cable must be of at least the same thickness as


the xRAP power cable. Therefore, if the xRAP power
cable is thick, the grounding cable must match that
thickness.
The thickness of the shelf grounding cable must match the
thickness of the power cable from the xRAP to the shelf.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

417006-2318-0H3-A02

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Platform Installation

To ground the XDM-900:


1. Connect the rack grounding stud to the site grounding bar, as illustrated in
the following figure.

Figure 4-19: XDM-900 shelf and rack grounding

417006-2318-0H3-A02

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

4-27

Platform Installation

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

2. Connect the RAP grounding post to the rack grounding stud.


3. When NEBS compliance is required, for each XDM-900 shelf installed in
the rack, connect a grounding strap from the two shelf grounding posts to
the RAP grounding post. Note that the grounding strap lug must be inserted
over both grounding posts.
WARNING: To prevent possible damage to XDM
equipment, all racks and equipment must be completely
grounded before connecting to the platform any external
devices powered from an AC source (110/220 V). All
grounding procedures described here must be completed
before, for example, connecting an external PC to configure
and initialize the NE management system.

4-28

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

417006-2318-0H3-A02

5
Card and Module Installation
In this chapter:
Installing XDM-900 Cards .............................................................................. 5-1
Installing XDM-900 Modules ....................................................................... 5-15
Installing TPU Modules................................................................................. 5-24

Installing XDM-900 Cards


After the shelf has been installed and grounded, you can install the cards.
Before you start:
When installing cards, make sure to carefully align the card with the shelf
guide rails. Hold the card straight during insertion and removal, and pull or
push it slowly and carefully to avoid touching components located on adjacent
cards/modules.
CAUTION:

417006-2318-0H3-A02

If you feel resistance when inserting cards, immediately


retract the card and repeat the process.
Do not use excessive torque when tightening the fastening
card screws.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

5-1

Card and Module Installation

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

FCU900 Card
The FCU900 card is installed in the rightmost vertical slot of the XDM-900.

Figure 5-1: Installing the FCU900

To install the FCU900 card:


1. Check that the FCU900 has not been physically damaged during shipment,
and that the antistatic protection bag of the original packaging is sealed.
2. Remove the FCU900 from its antistatic protection packaging and perform a
visual inspection to detect damage during shipping. Report any problems.
3. Record the hardware version indicated on the units identification label.
4. Insert the rear end of the FCU900 into the card guides.
5. Push the FCU900 in until it mates the chassis connectors and the front of
the card is flush with the front of the XDM-900 shelf. If you feel resistance
before the connectors are mated, pull the fan unit out and repeat the
procedure.
6. Secure the FCU900 in place by tightening the two captive screws.

5-2

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

417006-2318-0H3-A02

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Card and Module Installation

ECU900 Card
The ECU900 card is installed in the bottom horizontal slot of the card cage.
Installation is identical for the ECU900 cards.

Figure 5-2: Installing the ECU900/ ECU900-F

CAUTION: Take care not to change the position of the


ECU900 switches when inserting or removing a card. Always
hold the ECU900 by grasping the sides of the card without
touching any of the internal electronics or front panel
switches and connectors.

To install the ECU900 card:


1. Check that the card has not been physically damaged during shipment, and
that the antistatic protection bag of the original packaging is sealed.
2. Remove the card from its antistatic protection packaging and perform a
visual inspection to detect damage during shipping. Report any problems.
3. Record the hardware and software versions indicated on the cards
identification labels.
4. Insert the rear end of the ECU900 into the card guides.
5. Push the ECU900 in until it mates the chassis connectors and the front of
the card is flush with the front of the XDM-900 shelf. If you feel resistance
before the connectors are mated, pull the card out and repeat the procedure.
6. Secure the ECU900 in place by tightening the two captive screws.

417006-2318-0H3-A02

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

5-3

Card and Module Installation

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

MXC900 Card
The XDM-900 shelf always operates as redundant platforms, therefore each
shelf must be equipped with two MXC900 cards installed, one in slot MXC-A
(main card) and one in slot MXC-B (protection card).

Figure 5-3: Installing the MXC900

NOTE: If an ACP900 is not installed in the MXC900, for


your safety, to comply with electro-magnetic compatibility
(EMC) requirements and to prevent escape of ventilation
from the fans through the ACP900 slot opening, protect it
with a blank panel.

CAUTION: Before extracting or inserting an MXC900 into


the shelf, release the extractor handles by pressing the brown
locks outward first, then pull/push both handles
simultaneously. Failure to do so may damage the card.

5-4

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

417006-2318-0H3-A02

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Card and Module Installation

To install the MXC900 card:


1. Check that the card has not been physically damaged during shipment, and
that the antistatic protection bag of the original packaging is sealed.
2. Remove the card from its antistatic protection packaging and perform a
visual inspection to detect damage during shipping. Report any problems.
3. Record the hardware and software versions indicated on the cards
identification labels.
4. Press both brown levers located on the card's extractor handles to release
the handles.
5. Simultaneously push both handles forward.
6. Insert the rear end of the MXC900 card into the card guides.
7. If the NVM card was not installed in the MXC900, install it as follows:
a. Check that the NVM card has not been physically damaged during
shipment.
b. Remove the NVM from its antistatic protection packaging and perform
a visual inspection to detect damage during shipment. Report any
problems.

Figure 5-4: Installing the NVM in the MXC900

c. Orient the NVM card against the dedicated slot on the MXC900, and
then insert its rear end (the end with the connector) in the card guides.
Push the card in until it is locked in place.
NOTE: If the NVM lock is not properly fastened, there is no
access to read/write and the system emits an NVM Cardout
alarm.

d. Place the NVM cover on the slot, and fasten it with its two captive
screws.

417006-2318-0H3-A02

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

5-5

Card and Module Installation

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

8. Push the front panel of the MXC900 in until the extractor handles start to
move inside, the card mates the chassis connectors, and the front of the card
is flush with the front of the shelf. If you feel resistance before the
connectors are mated, pull the card out and repeat the procedure.
9. Turn the two extractor handles simultaneously to the horizontal position to
lock the card in place.
10. Secure the MXC900 in place by tightening the two captive screws.
NOTE: Make sure that card is properly locked in place.
Failure to do so may result in improper operation of the shelf.
If the FAIL (red), MAIN (blue), and TMU (orange) LEDs
blink simultaneously, the MXC900 is not mounted correctly
or the extractor handles are not properly locked.

CAUTION: When replacing any MXC900 card:


The brown levers on the extractor handles operate
microswitches that indicate to the XDM-900 platform that the
MXC900 card is installed. These levers must be pressed first
when replacing an MXC900.

WARNING:

5-6

To reset the system using the RESET button, you must


first remove the NVM cover.
To extract the NVM, press the release pushbutton using
the cover as a tool.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

417006-2318-0H3-A02

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Card and Module Installation

ACP900 Module
The ACP900 module can be installed in slot A1 of the main MXC900 card and
in slot B1 of the protection MXC900 card.
Before you start:
Make sure that the ACP900 modules required for installation in the XDM-900
shelf are available.
When inserting a module, make sure to carefully align it with the cards guide
rails. Hold the module straight during insertion and removal, and pull or push it
slowly and carefully to avoid touching components located in the MXC900.
CAUTION:

If you feel resistance during insertion, immediately retract


the module and repeat the process.
Do not use excessive torque when tightening the fastening
screws of the module.

NOTE: If an ACP900 is not installed in the MXC900, for


your safety, to comply with electro-magnetic compatibility
(EMC) requirements and to prevent escape of ventilation
from the fans through the ACP900 slot opening, protect it
with a blank panel.

417006-2318-0H3-A02

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

5-7

Card and Module Installation

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Figure 5-5: Installing the ACP900 or a blank panel

The ACP900 includes a reset control that has a rotatable wing, locking the
module captive fastening screws. To prevent accidental movement, the control
can be moved only after pushing it in, for example, with a screwdriver. This
arrangement ensures that the module is reset before it can be removed, and that
the reset command is released only after the module is fully inserted in its slot.
The reset control operates as follows:

5-8

To insert the module, first turn the reset control clockwise to enable free
movement of the fastening screws. After inserting the module and securing
it in its slot with the two captive screws, push and turn the reset control
counterclockwise to lock the screws and enable the module to start
operating.

To remove the module, first push and turn the reset control clockwise. This
resets the module, and thus forces switching the module to the standby
mode. After the control is turned clockwise, fully open the two captive
screws and pull the handle to release the module from the slot.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

417006-2318-0H3-A02

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Card and Module Installation

To install an ACP900 module in the MXC900 card:


1. Check that the module has not been physically damaged during shipment,
and that the antistatic protection bag of the original packaging is sealed.
2. Remove the module from its antistatic protection packaging and perform a
visual inspection to detect damage during shipping. Report any problems.
3. Record the hardware and software versions indicated on the modules
identification labels.
4. Remove the dust cover from the appropriate slot (A1 on MXC-A or B1 on
MXC-B).
5. Turn the reset control clockwise to enable free movement of the module
captive screws.
6. Push the module into the guides of the appropriate slot. Push slowly
backwards to mate the connectors until the front of the module is flush with
the front of the MXC900. If you feel resistance before the connectors are
fully mated, retract the module and repeat the procedure.
7. Fasten the module with the two captive screws.
8. Push and turn the reset control counterclockwise to lock the screws and
enable the module to start operating.
CAUTION: Never remove or insert an MXC900 card with an
ACP900 module engaged. Proceed as follows:

417006-2318-0H3-A02

Disconnect the module cables/fibers and remove the


aACP900.
Remove the MXC900 (including the NVM).
Insert the new MXC900, as described in Installing
XDM-900 Cards (page 5-1).
Insert the ACP900 module.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

5-9

Card and Module Installation

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Quad I/O Cards


Quad I/O cards can be installed in two dedicated slots (QA, QB) called quad
slots (as they occupy the space of four I/O module slots) in the XDM-900.
When quad I/O cards are not needed, these slots can be utilized to install
SIM16_1 modules by adding a mechanical adapter.

Figure 5-6: Installing a quad I/O card

NOTE: When quad I/O cards or SIM16_1 modules are not


installed in slots QA, QB, the openings must be covered with
blank panels to avoid cooling air escape and comply with
electromagnetic compatibility (EMC).

5-10

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

417006-2318-0H3-A02

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Card and Module Installation

To install a quad I/O card:


1. Check that the card has not been physically damaged during shipment, and
that the antistatic protection bag of the original packaging is sealed.
2. Remove the card from its antistatic protection packaging and perform a
visual inspection to detect damage during shipping. Report any problems.
3. Record the hardware and software versions indicated on the cards
identification labels.
CAUTION: Before extracting or inserting a quad I/O card
into the shelf, release the extractor handles by pressing the
brown locks outward first and then pull/push both handles
simultaneously. Failure to do so may damage the card.

4. Push both brown levers located on the card's extractor handles to release
the handles.
5. Insert the rear end of the quad I/O card into the card guides.
6. Push the card in until it mates the chassis connectors and the front of the
card is flush with the front of the XDM-900 shelf. If you feel resistance
before the connectors are mated, pull the card out and repeat the procedure.
7. Press both handles simultaneously to lock the card in place.
8. Secure the quad I/O card in place by tightening the two captive screws.
9. Install the SFP/XFP transceivers according to Installing SFP/XFP
transceivers in optical/CWDM modules and cards (page 5-20).

417006-2318-0H3-A02

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

5-11

Card and Module Installation

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Installing Quad I/O Cards in Quad I/O Slots


Quad I/O cards (like SIM64_XFP, SIM 16_4 etc) can also be installed in a
quad of I/O slots (I1 to I4, I5 to I8, I9 to I12, and I13 to I16). To do so you
must prepare the quad I/O slots to accommodate the card by removing the three
I/O module guides between the slots and attaching an adapter on both sides.
To prepare quad I/O slots for a quad I/O card installation:
1. Identify the quad I/O slots to be adapted for quad I/O card installation.
2. Identify the module guide to be removed, and remove the screw in front of
the guide.
3. Gently pull the module guide out.

Figure 5-7: Removing a module guide

5-12

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

417006-2318-0H3-A02

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Card and Module Installation

4. Repeat steps 2 and 3 for the two other module guides.


5. Identify the quad I/O card right adapter according to the following figure.

Figure 5-8: Installing the quad I/O card right adapter

6. Attach the adapter to the right side of the quad I/O slots with two screws
from the installation kit as shown in the figure above.
7. Identify the left card adapter according to the following figure.

Figure 5-9: Installing the SIM64_XFP left adapter

8. Attach the adapter to the left side of the quad I/O slots with two screws
from the installation kit as shown in the figure above.

417006-2318-0H3-A02

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

5-13

Card and Module Installation

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

To install a quad I/O card in quad I/O slots:


1. Check that the card has not been physically damaged during shipment, and
that the antistatic protection bag of the original packaging is sealed.
2. Remove the card from its antistatic protection packaging and perform a
visual inspection to detect damage during shipping. Report any problems.
3. Record the hardware and software versions indicated on the cards
identification labels.
4. Check that the quad I/O slots have been prepared to accommodate the quad
I/O card, as described in To prepare quad I/O slots for a quad I/O card
installation (page 5-12).
CAUTION: Before extracting or inserting a quad I/O card
into the shelf, release the extractor handles by pressing the
brown locks outward first and then pull/push both handles
simultaneously. Failure to do so may damage the card.

5. Push both brown levers located on the card's extractor handles to release
the handles.
6. Insert the rear end of the card into the card guides.

Figure 5-10: Installing a quad I/O card in quad I/O slots

7. Push the card in until it mates the chassis connectors and the front of the
card is flush with the front of the XDM-900 shelf. If you feel resistance
before the connectors are mated, pull the card out and repeat the procedure.
8. Press both handles simultaneously to lock the card in place.
9. Secure the card in place by tightening the two captive screws.
10. Install the SFP/XFP transceiver according to Installing SFP/XFP
transceivers in optical/CWDM modules and cards (page 5-20).

5-14

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

417006-2318-0H3-A02

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Card and Module Installation

Installing XDM-900 Modules


This section describes the installation process for all XDM-900 modules. For a
list and technical description of all available modules, refer to the XDM-100
Product Line Reference Manual, General Description, and XDM Technical
Specifications.
The installation procedure for each type of module is as follows:

Install I/O modules, including:

Optical and electrical modules (see Installing, Optical, CWDM and


Electrical I/O Modules (page 5-15))

OHU module (see Installing the OHU Module (page 5-22))

Double-slot modules (see Installing Double-Slot Modules (page 5-22))

The optical I/O and optical aggregate modules use Small Form-factor
Pluggable (SFP) transceivers. The insertion of SFPs in the module slots is
described in Installing, Optical, CWDM and Electrical I/O Modules (page 515).
NOTE: You can install any combination of the different types
of I/O modules in the I/O modules cages.

Installing, Optical, CWDM, and Electrical I/O


Modules
The following procedure can also be used to replace cards and modules in an
operating shelf, provided the general safety precautions listed in Work and
Equipment Safety and the module-specific warnings listed in the XDM-100
Product Line Reference Manual for each module are strictly followed. Before
starting, make sure that all the I/O modules specified for installation in the
XDM-900 shelf in accordance with the shelf installation plan are available.
All I/O modules are installed in slots I1 through I16, as shown in the following
figure. In addition, if I/O cards are not installed in the wide slots (QA, QB), a
SIM16_1 module can be installed in each of these positions, by adding a
mechanical adapter. This section describes the installation of the electrical,
optical, and CWDM I/O modules, which are single-slot modules. The
installation of PIM2_63/B and MCSMs, which are double-slot modules, is
described in Installing Double-Slot Modules (page 5-22).
In general, to facilitate easy cable routing, it is preferable to install all electrical
modules on the one side of the XDM-900 shelf (left or right), and all optical
and CWDM modules on the other side.

417006-2318-0H3-A02

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

5-15

Card and Module Installation

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

If you are employing a TPU 1:1 protection scheme, electrical modules that
have TPU protection should be arranged in pairs, one below the other. For 1:2
and 1:3 protection schemes, it is recommended that all electrical I/O modules
be installed on one side of the XDM-900 shelf, in slots I1, I2, I5, and I6, or in
slots I3, I4, I7, and I8 in the upper module cage, and I9, I10, I13, and I14, or in
slots I11, I12, I15, and I16 in the lower module cage.
CAUTION:

When installing optical modules, make sure all SFP


transceiver slots are closed by protective caps. Do not
remove the cover until an SFP is inserted.
For your safety, to comply with electro-magnetic
compatibility (EMC) requirements and to prevent escape
of ventilation from the fans through these openings,
protect all unused slots with blank panels.

Figure 5-11: Inserting an I/O module in the I/O slots

To install an I/O electrical, optical, or CWDM module in the


module cages:
1. Check that the module has not been physically damaged during shipment,
and that the antistatic protection bag of the original packaging is sealed.
2. Remove the module from its antistatic protection packaging and perform a
visual inspection to detect damage during shipping. Report any problems.
3. Record the hardware and software versions indicated on the modules
identification labels.
5-16

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

417006-2318-0H3-A02

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Card and Module Installation

4. Identify the assigned slot, and insert the rear end of the module into the
corresponding module guides.
5. Push the module into the guides of the appropriate slot. Push slowly
backwards to mate the connectors until the front of the module is flush with
the front of the XDM-900 shelf. Make sure the two fastening screws are
free to move backward as the module slides in. If you feel resistance before
the connectors are fully mated, retract the module and repeat the procedure.
CAUTION: When inserting a module, make sure to carefully
align it with the cage guide rails. If you feel resistance during
insertion, immediately retract the module and repeat the
process.
Hold the module straight during insertion and removal. Pull
or push it slowly and carefully to avoid touching components
on adjacent modules.

6. Fasten the module to the chassis by tightening the two fastening screws. Do
not use excessive torque when tightening the screws.
7. If you are installing an optical, CWDM, or mixed module with SFP
transceivers, proceed to Installing SFP/XFP transceivers in optical/CWDM
modules and cards (page 5-20).
After inserting all the modules, check for correct installation against the
module insertion diagram. Install blank panels over all free slots.

417006-2318-0H3-A02

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

5-17

Card and Module Installation

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Installing SIM16_1 modules in quad slots


The quad slots QA and QB can be adapted to accommodate one SIM16_1 each
by installing a mechanical adapter.

Figure 5-12: Installing the SIM16_1 mechanical adapter

To install the SIM16_1 mechanical adapter:


1. Check that the adapter has not been physically damaged during shipment,
and that the packaging bag of the original packaging is sealed.
2. Remove the adapter from its protection packaging and perform a visual
inspection to detect damage during shipping. Report any problems.
3. Insert the rear end of the adapter into the card guides.
4. Push the adapter in until the front of it is flush with the front of the
XDM-900 shelf. If you feel resistance before the adapter is in place, pull it
out and repeat the procedure.
5. Secure the adapter in place by tightening the two captive screws.

5-18

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

417006-2318-0H3-A02

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Card and Module Installation

To install a SIM16_1 module in a quad slot:


1. Check that the SIM16_1 mechanical adapter is properly installed in the
corresponding quad slot.
2. Check that the SIM16_1 module has not been physically damaged during
shipment, and that the antistatic protection bag of the original packaging is
sealed.
3. Remove the module from its antistatic protection packaging and perform a
visual inspection to detect damage during shipping. Report any problems.
4. Record the hardware and software versions indicated on the modules
identification labels.
5. Insert the rear end of the SIM16_1 into the module guides in the
mechanical adapter.
6. Push the module into the guides of the appropriate slot. Push slowly
backwards to mate the connectors until the front of the module is flush with
the front of the adapter. Make sure the two fastening screws are free to
move backward as the module slides in. If you feel resistance before the
connectors are fully mated, retract the module and repeat the procedure.
CAUTION: When inserting a module, make sure to carefully
align it with the adapter guide rails. If you feel resistance
during insertion, immediately retract the module and repeat
the process.
Hold the module straight during insertion and removal. Pull
or push it slowly and carefully until it is in the correct
position.

7. Fasten the module to the adapter by tightening the two fastening screws.
Do not use excessive torque when tightening the screws.
8. Install the SFP transceiver according to Installing SFP/XFP transceivers in
optical/CWDM modules and cards (page 5-20).

417006-2318-0H3-A02

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

5-19

Card and Module Installation

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Installing SFP/XFP transceivers in


optical/CWDM modules and cards
CAUTION: During the installation of SFP/XFP transceivers
in optical or CWDM modules and cards, make sure that all
optical LC connectors are closed by protective caps. Do not
remove the covers until an optical fiber is connected to the
corresponding connector.

To install SFP/XFP transceivers in optical or CWDM I/O


modules and cards:
1. Identify the prescribed position on the module according to the site
installation plan.
2. Check that the SFP/XFP has not been physically damaged during shipment,
and that the antistatic protection bag of the original packaging is sealed.
3. Remove the SFP/XFP from its antistatic protection packaging and perform
a visual inspection to detect damage during shipping. Report any problems.
4. Record the hardware and software versions indicated on the SFP/XFP
identification labels.
5. Remove the protective covers from the slot and from the SFP/XFP
transceiver.
6. Insert the rear end of the transceiver into the slot guides, and push slowly
backwards to mate the connectors until the transceiver clicks into place. If
you feel resistance before the connectors are fully mated, retract the
transceiver and repeat the procedure.

Figure 5-13: Inserting an SFP/XFP transceiver into an I/O module

5-20

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

417006-2318-0H3-A02

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Card and Module Installation

CAUTION: All slots that are not in use must remain covered.
If you have to replace a module or card, remove the SFP/XFP
first.

Expanding a PIM2_21 I/O Slot to 42 E1s


An I/O slot that accommodates a PIM2_21 can be expanded to 42 E1s by
replacing it with a PIM2_42 and reassigning the slot as PIM2_42 through
management.
Before you start:
Check that the items required for the expansion are available, including:

PIM2_42 module

Adapter cable between traffic cable connected to the PIM2_21 (that is


disconnected) and the connector on the PIM2_42

Traffic cable for connecting the additional 21 E1s from the PIM2_42 and
the customer's DDF

To expand a PIM2_21 to 42 E1s:


1. Identify the PIM2_21 I/O slot to be expanded.
2. Disconnect the double SCSI connector from the PIM2_21.
3. Open the two captive screws, fastening the PIM2_21 to the XDM-900, and
pull the module out.
4. Install the PIM2_42 in the slot of the removed module, as described in To
install an I/O electrical or optical module in the modules cage.
5. Connect the end of the adapter with the double SCSI connector to the
traffic cable removed from the PIM2_21 in step 2.
6. Connected the other end of the adapter cable with the 100-pin SCSI
connector to the upper connector on the PIM2_42 (marked 1-21).
7. Connect the traffic cable for the additional 21 E1s to the lower connector
on the PIM2_42 (marked 22-42). The other end of this cable is open, and
should be connected to the customer's DDF.

417006-2318-0H3-A02

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

5-21

Card and Module Installation

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Installing the OHU module


The OHU installation is identical to the installation of I/O modules described in
To install an I/O electrical or optical module in the modules cage.

Installing Double-Slot Modules


Before you start:
Make sure that all the double-slot modules (PIM2_63S or MCSMs) specified
for installation in the XDM-900 shelf in accordance with the shelf installation
plan, are available.

Figure 5-14: Installation of typical double-slot modules in the XDM-900

Because the PIM 2_63s and MCSMs occupy a pair of slots each, before you
can install them you must first remove the guide between the pair of slots.

5-22

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

417006-2318-0H3-A02

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Card and Module Installation

To remove a module guide from the lower row of slots:


1. Identify the module guide you are removing and remove the screw from the
front of the guide.
2. Gently pull the module guide out.

Figure 5-15: Removing the module guide

CAUTION: Do not allow the metal part you are removing to


touch any modules or other parts of the XDM-900 cage. This
may cause a short-circuit and damage the modules.

To install a double-slot module in the modules cage:


1. Check that the module has not been physically damaged during shipment,
and that the antistatic protection bag of the original packaging is sealed.
2. Remove the module from its antistatic protection packaging and perform a
visual inspection to detect damage during shipping. Report any problems.
3. Record the hardware and software versions indicated on the modules
identification labels.
4. Identify the assigned slot and insert the rear end of the module into the
corresponding module guides.
5. Push the module in until it mates the chassis connectors and the front of the
module is flush with the front of the XDM-900 shelf. Make sure the two
fastening screws are free to move backward as the module slides in. If you
feel resistance before the connectors are mated, pull the module out and
repeat the procedure.

417006-2318-0H3-A02

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

5-23

Card and Module Installation

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

6. Fasten the module to the chassis by tightening the two fastening screws.
7. If you are installing MCSMs with SFP transceivers, proceed to Installing,
Optical, CWDM and Electrical I/O Modules (page 5-15).
NOTE: Only FE SFP transceivers can be inserted into FE
ports; you can insert either GbE SFP or FE SFP transceivers
into GbE/FE ports.

8. After inserting all the modules, check for correct installation against the
module insertion diagram. Install blank panels over all free slots.

Installing TPU Modules


This section provides instructions for:

Installing the TC/TCF Module in the TPU Shelf (page 5-25)

Installing Single-Slot TPMs in the TPU (page 5-26)

Installing Optical Amplifiers in the TPU (page 5-27)

Installing Double-Slot TPMs in the TPU (page 5-27)

Installing Triple-Slot TPMs in the TPU (page 5-29)

Before you start:

5-24

Make sure that the TC/TCF module and all the TPMs specified for
installation in the XDM-900 shelf in accordance with the shelf installation
plan are available.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

417006-2318-0H3-A02

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Card and Module Installation

Installing the TC/TCF Module in the TPU


Shelf
The TC/TCF module is installed in the right slot of the TPU.

Figure 5-16: Inserting the TC module (XDM-900)

To install a TC/TCF module in the TPU:


1. Check that the module has not been physically damaged during shipment,
and that the antistatic protection bag of the original packaging is sealed.
2. Remove the module from its antistatic protection packaging and perform a
visual inspection to detect damage during shipping. Report any problems.
3. Record the hardware and software versions indicated on the modules
identification labels.
4. Identify the assigned slot, and insert the rear end of the module into the
corresponding TC/TCF module guides.
5. Push the module in until it mates the chassis connectors and the front of the
module is flush with the front of the XDM-900 shelf. Make sure the two
fastening screws are free to move backward as the TC/TCF module slides
in. If you feel resistance before the connectors are mated, pull the module
out and repeat the procedure.
6. Fasten the module to the chassis by tightening the two fastening screws.

417006-2318-0H3-A02

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

5-25

Card and Module Installation

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Installing Single-Slot TPMs in the TPU


This section describes the installation of single-slot (1:1 protection) modules.
The installation of double-slot (1:3 protection) modules is described in
Installing Double-Slot TPMs in the TPU (page 5-27).

Figure 5-17: Inserting a single-slot TPM in the TPU (XDM-900)

To install a single-slot TPM in the TPU:


1. Check that the module has not been physically damaged during shipment,
and that the antistatic protection bag of the original packaging is sealed.
2. Remove the module from its antistatic protection packaging and perform a
visual inspection to detect damage during shipping. Report any problems.
3. Record the hardware and software versions indicated on the modules
identification labels.
4. Identify the assigned slot, and insert the rear end of the module into the
corresponding module guides.
5. Push the module in until it mates the chassis connectors and the front of the
module is flush with the front of the XDM-900 shelf. Make sure the two
fastening screws are free to move backward as the module slides in. If you
feel resistance before the connectors are mated, pull the module out and
repeat the procedure.
6. Fasten the module to the chassis by tightening the two fastening screws.
7. After inserting all the modules, check for correct installation against the
module insertion diagram. Install blank panels over any free slots.
5-26

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

417006-2318-0H3-A02

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Card and Module Installation

Installing Optical Amplifiers in the TPU


NOTE: When optical amplifiers are installed in the TPU, you
must install a TCF to allow sufficient cooling air flow
through the amplifiers. The management system will block
the configuration of optical amplifiers, if a TCF is not
installed.

The installation of optical amplifiers in the TPU is identical to the installation


of a single-slot TPM in the TPU, as described in Installing Single-Slot TPMs in
the TPU (page 5-26).

Installing Double-Slot TPMs in the TPU


This section describes the installation of double-slot (1:3 protection) modules.
Double-slot modules can be placed in slot pairs TPM1 and TPM2 or TPM3 and
TPM4. Before you can install a double-slot TPM, you must first remove the
module guide between the two slots.

Figure 5-18: Inserting a double-slot TPM in the TPU (XDM-900)

417006-2318-0H3-A02

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

5-27

Card and Module Installation

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

To remove a TPM guide:


1. Identify the module guide you are removing.
2. Remove the two uppermost screws and the two lowest screws from the
front of the TPM guide.
3. Gently pull the TPM guide out.

Figure 5-19: Removing a TPM guide

To install a double-slot TPM in the TPU:


1. Check that the module has not been physically damaged during shipment,
and that the antistatic protection bag of the original packaging is sealed.
2. Remove the module from its antistatic protection packaging and perform a
visual inspection to detect damage during shipping. Report any problems.
3. Record the hardware and software versions indicated on the modules
identification labels.
4. Identify the assigned slot, and insert the rear end of the module into the
corresponding module guides.
5. Push the module in until it mates the chassis connectors and the front of the
module is flush with the front of the XDM-900 shelf. Make sure the two
fastening screws are free to move backward as the module slides in. If you
feel resistance before the connectors are mated, pull the module out and
repeat the procedure.
6. Fasten the module to the chassis by tightening the two fastening screws.
7. After inserting all modules, check for correct installation against the
module insertion diagram. Install blank panels over any free slots.

5-28

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

417006-2318-0H3-A02

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Card and Module Installation

Installing Triple-Slot TPMs in the TPU


This section describes the installation of triple-slot (1:2 protection) modules,
which are accommodated in slots TPM1, TPM2, and TPM3 (slot TPM4
remains free).
Before you start:
1. Before installing a triple-slot TPM, remove the two module guides between
the three slots. See To remove a TPM guide (page 5-28).
2. Make sure that all the TPMs specified for installation in the XDM-900 in
accordance with the shelf installation plan are available.

Figure 5-20: Inserting a triple-slot TPM in the TPU (XDM-900)

To install a triple-slot TPM in the TPU:


1. Check that the module has not been physically damaged during shipment,
and that the antistatic protection bag of the original packaging is sealed.
2. Remove the module from its antistatic protection packaging and perform a
visual inspection to detect damage during shipping. Report any problems.
3. Record the hardware and software versions indicated on the modules
identification labels.
4. Identify the assigned slot, and insert the rear end of the module into the
corresponding module guides.

417006-2318-0H3-A02

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

5-29

Card and Module Installation

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

5. Push the module in until it mates the chassis connectors and the front of the
module is flush with the front of the XDM-900 shelf. Make sure the two
fastening screws are free to move backward as the module slides in. If you
feel resistance before the connectors are mated, pull the module out and
repeat the procedure.
6. Fasten the module to the chassis by tightening the two fastening screws.
7. After inserting the modules, check for correct installation against the
module insertion diagram. Install blank panels over any free slots.

Attaching TPUs/OCU to the XDM-900 Shelf


The XDM-900 shelf can be expanded with one or two TPU expansion shelves.
The TPU can be attached on top of the XDM-900 and/or directly under it.
Alternatively, a single OCU expansion shelf can be attached directly on top of
the XDM-900 or on top of a TPU that is installed on the XDM-900.
NOTE: The OCU cannot be installed under the XDM-900
shelf.

When you order an XDM-900 system with one or two TPUs, the shelf is
supplied with the TPUs installed and their fastening brackets attached to each
one. The same applies to OCU shelves.
If your XDM-900 shelf does not include TPU protection, it is possible to
upgrade your system and add one or two TPUs and an OCU at a later stage,
provided you have left space on the rack for this possibility. You need at least
150 mm space above/under the XDM-900 for each TPU/OCU.
The TPUs can be installed without disconnecting any of the XDM-900 cables
and fibers and without affecting traffic not going via a TPU.
CAUTION: This procedure should be carried out only by an
ECI Telecom trained field engineer.

5-30

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

417006-2318-0H3-A02

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Card and Module Installation

Installing a TPU/OCU on the XDM-900 shelf


The following section describes the procedure for installing a TPU/OCU on top
of an XDM-900 shelf.
To install a TPU on top of the XDM-900 shelf:
1. Check that the TPU has not been physically damaged during shipment, and
that the antistatic protection bag of the original packaging is sealed.
2. Remove the shelf from its antistatic protection packaging and perform a
visual inspection to detect damage during shipping. Report any problems.
3. Record the hardware and software versions indicated on the shelfs
identification labels.
4. Arrange all cables and fibers leading to the XDM-900 so that they will not
unintentionally be disconnected when the TPU is inserted on the rack.
5. Open the two screws securing the protective cover of the TPU connector in
place (located at the back right corner, on the top of the XDM-900 shelf).
Remove the cover.

Figure 5-21: Removing the TPU connector from the XDM-900

417006-2318-0H3-A02

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

5-31

Card and Module Installation

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

6. Remove the H-connector from its protective packaging and install it on the
XDM-900 shelf.

Figure 5-22: Inserting the TPU connector onto the XDM-900

7. Orient the TPU upside down, on a clean flat surface.


8. Identify the two threaded holes for the pin guides on the bottom of the
TPU.
9. Take two pin guides from the installation kit and screw them securely into
the TPU.

Figure 5-23: Installing the pin guides in the TPU

5-32

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

417006-2318-0H3-A02

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Card and Module Installation

10. Turn the TPU back to normal position.


11. Carefully lower the TPU onto the XDM-900 shelf, taking care that the pin
guides are inserted into the slots as illustrated in the following figure.

Figure 5-24: Lowering the TPU onto the XDM-900

12. Insert the three long screws, supplied with the installation kit, into the
appropriate holes, as illustrated in the following figure, and secure the TPU
in place.

Figure 5-25: Securing the TPU onto the XDM-900

417006-2318-0H3-A02

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

5-33

Card and Module Installation

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

13. Insert the TC module in the TPU, as described in Installing the TC/TCF
Module in the TPU Shelf (page 5-25).
14. Insert the TPMs in the TPU, as described in Installing Single-Slot TPMs in
the TPU (page 5-26) and Installing Double-Slot TPMs in the TPU (page
5-27).
15. If the I/O modules to be protected by the TPU are already connected to
traffic cables, disconnect them.
16. Connect the TPMs to the relevant I/O modules, as described in Installing
TPU Modules (page 5-24).
CAUTION: Insert/extract the TPU in/from an XDM-900 only
when it is empty (no TC/TCF or TPMs are assembled in it).

5-34

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

417006-2318-0H3-A02

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Card and Module Installation

Installing a TPU under the XDM-900 Shelf


The following section describes the procedure for installing a TPU under an
XDM-900 shelf.
To install a TPU under the XDM-900 shelf:
1. Check that the TPU has not been physically damaged during shipment, and
that the antistatic protection bag of the original packaging is sealed.
2. Remove the shelf from its antistatic protection packaging and perform a
visual inspection to detect damage during shipping. Report any problems.
3. Record the hardware and software versions indicated on the shelfs
identification labels.
4. Turn the XDM-900 shelf so that its rear faces the front.
5. Lift the XDM-900 on its far lower edge to gain access to the bottom
surface, as shown in the following figure.

Figure 5-26: Installing the XDM-900 pin guides and removing the lower
connector cover

6. Open the two captive screws fastening the lower TPU connector cover to
the shelf. Remove the cover.
7. Identify the two threaded holes for the pin guides at the bottom of the shelf
(see the figure above).
8. Take two pin guides from the installation kit and screw them securely in
place.
9. Remove the H-connector from its protective packaging and install it on the
XDM-900 shelf (see installation of the H-connector in Inserting the TPU
connector onto the XDM-900 (page 5-32)). Note that the connector should
be installed with the angled corner facing backwards.

417006-2318-0H3-A02

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

5-35

Card and Module Installation

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

10. Open the two screws securing the TPU connector cover (located at the back
right corner, on top of the TPU). Remove the cover.
11. Open the six screws securing the fastening bracket to the TPU shelf (keep
the screws handy). Remove the bracket.
12. Orient the TPU on a clean flat surface, upside down.
13. Place the TPU's fastening bracket (removed in step 12) on the TPU and
attach it with the six screws.

Figure 5-27: Assembling the TPU bracket and jumper connector

14. Open the two captive screws fastening the second connector cover to the
TPU. Remove the cover.
15. Take the jumper connector from the installation kit and insert it into the
connector house.
16. Fasten the jumper connector in place with three screws from the installation
kit.
17. Turn the TPU back to regular position.

5-36

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

417006-2318-0H3-A02

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Card and Module Installation

18. Carefully lower the XDM-900 shelf onto the TPU, taking care that the pin
guides are inserted into the slots, as illustrated in the following figure.

Figure 5-28: Lowering the XDM-900 onto the TPU

19. Insert the three long screws supplied in the installation kit into the
appropriate holes, as illustrated in the following figure, and secure the TPU
in place.

Figure 5-29: Securing the lower TPU to the shelf

417006-2318-0H3-A02

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

5-37

Card and Module Installation

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Adding a Second TPU/OCU


If your XDM-900 already has a TPU/OCU, it is possible to upgrade your
system and add an additional TPU/OCU cage on top of the first, provided you
have left space on the rack for this possibility. There should be a space of at
least 150 mm above the expanded XDM-900 for installing the TPU/OCU.
The second TPU/OCU cage can be installed without disconnecting any of the
expanded XDM-900 system cables and fibers, and without affecting traffic that
is not going via the TPU/OCU.
CAUTION: This procedure should be carried out only by an
ECI Telecom trained field engineer.

To install an additional TPU/OCU on the expanded XDM-900


shelf:
1. Check that the additional TPU/OCU has not been physically damaged
during shipment, and that the antistatic protection bag of the original
packaging is sealed.
2. Remove the shelf from its antistatic protection packaging and perform a
visual inspection to detect damage during shipping. Report any problems.
3. Record the hardware and software versions indicated on the shelf
identification labels.
4. Arrange all cables and fibers leading to the expanded XDM-900 so that
they will not unintentionally be disconnected when the additional
TPU/OCU is inserted on the rack.

5-38

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

417006-2318-0H3-A02

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Card and Module Installation

5. Open the two screws securing the protective cover of the TPU/OCU
connector in place (located at the back right corner on the top of the first
TPU/OCU shelf, as shown in the following figure). Remove the cover.

Figure 5-30: Removing the connector cover and fastening bracket from the
first TPU/OCU

6. Open the six screws securing the fastening bracket to the first TPU/OCU
shelf installed on the expanded XDM-900 (see the previous figure).
7. Open the two screws fastening the bracket to the rack. Remove the bracket.
8. Orient the second TPU upside down, on a clean flat surface.
9. Identify the two threaded holes for the pin guides at the bottom of the
second TPU.
10. Take two pin guides from the installation kit and screw them securely into
the TPU.

Figure 5-31: Installing the pin guides in the TPU

417006-2318-0H3-A02

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

5-39

Card and Module Installation

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

11. Remove the H-connector from its protective packaging and install it on the
first TPU/OCU shelf, as shown in the following figure.

Figure 5-32: Inserting the TPU/OCU connector onto the first TPU/OCU in the
XDM-900

5-40

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

417006-2318-0H3-A02

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Card and Module Installation

12. Carefully lower the second TPU/OCU onto the expanded XDM-900 (on the
first TPU/OCU shelf), taking care that the pin guides are inserted into the
slots as illustrated in the following figure.

Figure 5-33: Lowering the second TPU/OCU onto the expanded XDM-900

13. Insert the three long screws supplied in the installation kit into the
appropriate holes, as illustrated in the following figure, and secure the
second TPU/OCU in place.

Figure 5-34: Securing the second TPU/OCU onto the expanded XDM-900

417006-2318-0H3-A02

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

5-41

Card and Module Installation

5-42

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

417006-2318-0H3-A02

6
Optical Fiber and Cable
Installation and Routing
In this chapter:
Connecting Fibers and Cables in ETSI A Racks ............................................. 6-1
Connecting Power Cables ................................................................................ 6-3
Connecting Alarm Cables ................................................................................ 6-4
Connecting Optical Fibers to Optical Modules and Cards .............................. 6-5
Routing and Connecting Electrical Interface Cables to Electrical Modules.... 6-6

Connecting Fibers and Cables in


ETSI A Racks
In general, all electrical traffic cables, power cables, alarm cables, and data
cables should be routed along the sides of the rack. All optical fibers should be
routed through the conduits running along the front supports of the ETSI A
rack. Traffic cables from the lower part of the XDM-900 shelf (lower module
cage and lower TPU) should be routed through the cable guide, and the surplus
folded on the cable slack tray.

417006-2318-0H3-A02

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

6-1

Optical Fiber and Cable Installation


and Routing

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Figure 6-1: Routing cables and fibers in an ETSI A rack

6-2

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

417006-2318-0H3-A02

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Optical Fiber and Cable Installation


and Routing

Connecting Power Cables


The power cables are connected to the corresponding connectors on the
MXC900 cards.
To connect power cables:
NOTE: To facilitate power cables routing, it is recommended
to start from the XDM-900 shelf towards the RAP.

1. Connect the connector at the end of the power cable to the POWER
connector of the MXC900 in slot MXC-A, and fasten it with its two
screws.
2. Grasp the connector at the other end of the power cable, and thread it
through the opening in the left bracket of the XDM-900 shelf.
3. Repeat steps 1 and 2 for the second power cable to be connected to the
corresponding MXC900 in slot MXC-B.
4. Bend the cables and thread them through the side cable guides of the rack.
Pull the cables until the cable connectors are positioned against the
appropriate connectors on the RAP.
5. Use cable ties as required to fasten the cable to the rack side rails.
NOTE: The xRAP-100 installation procedure is described in
Installing the xRAP-100 (page 3-63), and the xRAP-D
installation is described in Installing the xRAP-D (page 3-49).
6. Connect the free ends of the power cables in accordance with the rack
installation plan and the cable tags to the DC power connectors on the
RAP.
CAUTION: Do not extract/insert an MXC900 card while the
DC cables are connected to it.

417006-2318-0H3-A02

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

6-3

Optical Fiber and Cable Installation


and Routing

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Connecting Alarm Cables


The alarm cables are connected to the corresponding connectors on the
ECU900 front panel.
To connect alarm cables:
1. Route the alarm cables leading from the RAP along the side of the rack to
the appropriate XDM-900 shelf (see "Connecting Fibers and Cables in
ETSI A Racks" page 6-1).
NOTE: The xRAP-100 installation procedure is described in
Installing the xRAP-100 (page 3-63), and the xRAP-D
installation is described in Installing the xRAP-D (page 3-49).
2. Pull each cable down to level of the corresponding ECU900 and bend it
until the cable connector is positioned against the appropriate alarm
connector on the ECU900.
3. Use cable ties as required to fasten the cables to the rack side rails.
4. Connect the free ends of the cables in accordance with the rack installation
plan and the cable tags, to the ALARMS connector on the ECU900 front
panel.

6-4

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

417006-2318-0H3-A02

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Optical Fiber and Cable Installation


and Routing

Connecting Optical Fibers to


Optical Modules and Cards
All optical fibers in the XDM-900 shelf are connected to the LC connectors on
the SFP/XFP transceivers.
Before you start:
Before installing the XDM-900 shelf and modules, all optical fibers should be
routed through the conduits running along the front supports of ECI Telecoms
recommended rack. From the conduits, the fibers should be routed into the
FSTs installed above and under (in horizontal installations) the XDM-900 shelf
you are installing and threaded into the FST, as described in Installing the FST
(page 3-87).
CAUTION: Make sure that all the optical connectors are
closed at all times with the appropriate protective caps or with
the mating cable connector. Do not remove the protective cap
until an optical fiber is connected to the corresponding
connector, and immediately install a protective cap after a
cable is disconnected.
The minimum bending radius of optical fibers is 35 mm.
Sharp bending of fibers may degrade the optical transmission
characteristics.

To connect an optical fiber to an XDM-900 module/card:


1. Push the button on the front panel of the FST to open the latch, and pull the
FST out towards you.
2. Slowly pull the end of the appropriate fiber to release enough fiber from the
tray.
NOTE: The FST has two opening positions. The tray latches
with a click at the halfway position. If you cannot release the
fiber in the halfway position, pull the tray again to open it
fully.

3. Insert the end of the fiber in the appropriate slot of the conduit running
along the front support of the rack, and route it to the appropriate level.
4. At the desired level lead the end through the appropriate slot of the conduit,
and pass the fiber through one of the slots in the fiber guide.
5. Bring the end of the fiber to the LC connector on the designated
module/card. Leave some slack to prevent stress.

417006-2318-0H3-A02

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

6-5

Optical Fiber and Cable Installation


and Routing

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

6. Thoroughly clean the connectors of the optical fibers, using an approved


cleaning kit.
7. Remove the cover from the module/card connector, and connect the fiber
connector to the module/card connector.
8. Repeat Steps 2 through 7 for all optical modules/cards in the XDM-900
shelf.
9. When you have finished connecting all the optical modules/cards, gently
push the FST back into the rack until it clicks into place.

Routing and Connecting


Electrical Interface Cables to
Electrical Modules
NOTE: The procedures in this section describe the
connection of traffic cables directly to I/O modules in the
XDM-900 shelf. If your installation includes a TPU
protection scheme, some of the cables will be connected to
the relevant TPM in the TPU instead of to the I/O module,
according to the site installation plan.
Connection of the I/O modules to the TPMs is described in
Connecting Electrical Interfaces through the TPU (page 621).

Routing and connecting multipair cables


Multipair cables are used to connect to the balanced E1 (2 Mbps) interfaces
located on the PIM2_21, PIM2_63, and PIM2_63S electrical connection
modules. One or three pairs of cables are connected to the module,
respectively.
Each cable consists of a total of 21 E1 twisted pairs per cable (transmit or
receive). The cable end connecting to the XDM-900 shelf is terminated in 2 x
50-pin SCSI male connectors, or 2 x 136-pin VHDCI male connectors (for
PIM2_63S).
If you are using an xDDF-21 patch panel, suitable cables should be routed from
the relevant xDDF-21 patch panel to the XDM-900 shelf location. Sufficient
length should be available to permit routing. Note that the cable must be
connected to the rear of the patch panel before it is secured in place.

6-6

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

417006-2318-0H3-A02

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Optical Fiber and Cable Installation


and Routing

To connect multipair cables:


1. Arrange the multipair traffic cables and route them through the cable guides
attached to the rack side rails.
2. Pull each multipair cable down to the level of the corresponding electrical
connection module.
3. Leave a spare length of 20 cm to 30 cm of cable folded on top of the shelf
(for modules in the upper module cage) or on the cable slack tray (for
modules in the lower module cage) for future maintenance purposes.
4. Bend the cable and thread it through the side cable guides of the rack and
through the appropriate opening of the cable guide serving the shelf, until
the cable connector is positioned against the appropriate slot. Use cable ties
as required to fasten the cable to the rack side rails.
5. Use a cabling diagram of the site to associate module connectors with the
appropriate DDF connections. Cut excess cable length if necessary.
6. Connect the cable connector to the corresponding module.
CAUTION: Do not exert excessive tightening torque to
secure the cable connector, as this may damage the module.

7. Secure the cable connector to the module connector with the two cable
connector screws. Tighten the screws manually; if the screws cannot be
reached with your bare hand, use an adjustable-torque flatblade screwdriver
(maximum blade size 0.6). Set the tightening torque to 40 N cm to 44 N
cm.

Traffic Cable for PIM2_63S


The PIM2_63S has a special 272-pin VHDCI female connector for connecting
to its 63 x E1 interfaces. A special cable offered by ECI Telecom is used to
make the connection.
The cable is constructed of three main parts:

Double 136-pin VHDCI male connector with six 30AWG cable tails

Conversion cable-size box

Three pairs of 26AWG cables

417006-2318-0H3-A02

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

6-7

Optical Fiber and Cable Installation


and Routing

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

The following figure shows the PIM2_63S traffic cable.

Figure 6-2: PIM2_63S traffic cable

The six 30AWG cables connect on one side to the double 136-pin VHDCI
connector and on the other side to the conversion box. The conversion box
connects between the six 30AWG wires and three pairs of 26AWG wires,
making the wire-size conversion. The 26AWG cables are connected at the
other end to the customer's DDF. Each cable in a pair is bonded to the other,
shaping a figure-eight pattern.
Each pair of the 26AWG cables carries 21 E1s totaling 63 E1s; to facilitate
identification of the E1 groups each cable pair is marked with color strips along
its jacket, according to the following key:

6-8

First pair, E1s No. 1 to 21 - Red strips

Second pair, E1s No. 22 to 42 - Blue strips

Third pair, E1s No. 43 to 63 - Yellow strips

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

417006-2318-0H3-A02

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Optical Fiber and Cable Installation


and Routing

Routing and Connecting the Traffic Cable for


PIM2_63S
The PIM2_63S has a 272-pin VHDCI female connector for connecting to its 63
x E1 interfaces. A special cable offered by ECI Telecom is used to make the
connection. For a detailed description of the cable refer to Traffic Cable for
PIM2_63S (page 6-7). The connector on the cable has a pin guide that must be
inserted into the corresponding hole, to the upper right side of PIM2_63S
connector.
Special box trays installed above and below the XDM-900 shelf help neatly
route of the PIM2_63S cables. These units enable to keep the path of the cables
in the short rout between the module on the shelf and the conversion box (on
the cable). In addition, the organized installation and route of the cables ensure
smooth closure of the rack's door.
To connect the PIM2_63S traffic cable:
1. Identify the pin guide on the traffic cable connector and the corresponding
hole on the PIM2_63S.
2. Insert the pin guide into the corresponding hole near the PIM2_63S
connector.
3. Gently push the cable connector into the corresponding PIM2_63S
connector. If resistance is felt before the connectors are mate, pull the
connector out and repeat the procedure.
4. Secure the connector in place by tightening its four captive screws.

417006-2318-0H3-A02

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

6-9

Optical Fiber and Cable Installation


and Routing

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Figure 6-3: PIM2_63S traffic cable installation

To route the PIM2_63S traffic cable:


1. Bend the cables from the connector installed in the previous procedure
towards the cable guide on the box tray (see the preceding figure).
2. Insert a cable tie into the corresponding holes in the cable guide; route the
cables through the cable tie and tighten it on the cables.
3. Route the cables inside the tray and insert the box grooves into the
corresponding guides in the tray (see the preceding figure).
4. Route the long part of the cables coming from the box towards the rack side
rails.
5. Fasten the cables to the rack side rails with cable ties as necessary.

6-10

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

417006-2318-0H3-A02

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Optical Fiber and Cable Installation


and Routing

Installing an xDDF-21 patch panel


The xDDF-21 is installed above the XDM-900 shelf accessories.
To install an xDDF-21 patch panel:
1. Route the 2 x 50-pin SCSI cables leading from the PIM2_21 or PIM2_63/B
along the side of the rack to the location where the xDDF-21 patch panel
will be installed.
2. Before you install the patch panel, connect the SCSI cables leading to the
rear of the xDDF-21 patch panel. The cables are marked J1 and J2 and
should be connected to their respective connectors.
3. Leaving at least 100 mm free space above the XDM-900 shelf accessories
and below the xDDF-21, attach the patch panel to the rack rails and secure,
using the four supplied screws, washers, and nuts.
4. Connect the traffic cables to the front of the xDDF-21 patch panel, and
make a note of the appropriate channels on the identification label on the
inside of the panel door.

417006-2318-0H3-A02

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

6-11

Optical Fiber and Cable Installation


and Routing

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Routing and connecting coaxial cables


Individual coaxial cables are used to connect to the interfaces located on
PIM345_3, and SIM1_4/E modules. Depending on the module type, a
maximum of eight cables can be connected to each module.
As part of site preparations, suitable cables should be routed from the relevant
High Rate DDF (if used) to the intended rack location, and connected to the
coaxial cables with DIN 1.0/2.3 connectors supplied with the XDM-900 shelf.
Sufficient length should be available to permit routing the cables to the
appropriate level in the rack.
To connect coaxial traffic cables to an XDM-900 module:
1. Based on the site cabling diagram, arrange the coaxial cables in groups
according to the designated module, and route them along the guides at the
side of the rack to the appropriate XDM-900 unit.
2. Pull each coaxial cable up or down to the level of the corresponding
electrical connection module.
3. Leave a spare length of 20 cm to 30 cm of cable folded on top of the shelf
(for modules in the upper module cage) or on the cable slack tray (for
modules in the lower module cage) for future maintenance purposes.
4. Bend the cable and thread it through the side cable guides of the rack and
the cable guide serving the shelf, so that the cable connector is positioned at
the level of the appropriate module. Use cable ties as required to fasten the
cable to the rack side rails.
5. Cut excess cable length if necessary.
6. Connect the DIN 1.0/2.3 connector on the cable to the corresponding
electrical connection connector on the module.

6-12

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

417006-2318-0H3-A02

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Optical Fiber and Cable Installation


and Routing

Connecting I/O Protection Cables in the


XDM-900
The optional TPU shelf can be mounted on top and/or under the XDM-900
shelf to add I/O protection capability to the platform.
Each Tributary Protection Module (TPM) is connected to both operating and
protection I/O modules in the XDM-900 shelf.
If a failure is detected in one of the operating I/O modules, the TC module in
the TPU switches the traffic from the operating I/O module to the protection
module.
The TPU has four slots for TPMs. The modules are connected to the main and
protection I/O modules by traffic cables, and the client's traffic is connected
directly to the TPMs.
TPMs support the electrical PIMs and SIMs with the following protection
schemes:

TPMs for a 1:1 protection scheme, where one protection module is


connected to a single I/O module

TPMs for a 1:2 protection scheme, where one protection module is


connected to one or two I/O modules

TPMs for a 1:3 protection scheme, where one protection module is


connected to two or three I/O modules

The TPU connects to a connector on top of the XDM-900 shelf. Similarly the
lower TPU connects to a connector at the bottom of the shelf. These connectors
provide the power and control buses required for the TPU operation.
The modules in the TPU are distributed as follows:

The rightmost TPU slot is allocated for the TC module. The TC module is
described in the XDM-100 Product Line Reference Manual.

The other four slots are used for any combination of TPMs (single slot,
double-slot, or triple-slot modules are supported).

The TPMs available for the I/O protection are:

TPM2_1

TPM2_3

TPM2_42_2

TPM2_63_2

TPM2_63_3

TPMH_1

417006-2318-0H3-A02

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

6-13

Optical Fiber and Cable Installation


and Routing

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Each TPM is dedicated for protection of a specific traffic rate and protection
scheme. The TPM name designates the protected traffic rate and the protection
scheme, as follows:

The first digit after the name designates the traffic rate.

The last digit after the underscore designates the protection scheme.

For example, the TPM2_3 is a module for 2 Mbps traffic, and supports a
protection scheme of 1:3.
Similarly TPMH_1 is a module for High rate traffic (including 34/45 Mbps and
155 Mbps), and a protection scheme of 1:1.
The following table summarizes the available TPMs, the type of I/O modules
they protect, the traffic rate, and the protection scheme.
Table 6-1:

XDM-900 protection schemes

TPM Type

Protected I/O
module

Traffic rate

Protection
scheme

TPM2_1

PIM2_21

2 Mbps

1:1

TPM2_3

PIM2_21

2 Mbps

1:3

TPM2_42_2

PIM2_42

2 Mbps

1:2

TPM2_63_2

PIM2_63/B,
PIM2_42,
PIM2_63S

2 Mbps

1:2

TPM2_63_3

PIM2_63S

2 Mbps

1:3

TPMH_1

PIM345,
SIM1_4/E

34/45 Mbps, 155


Mbps

1:1

In the specific XDM-900 protection schemes, the location of the protection


module (P) and the protected module (M) is allocated by the system's
management software. Therefore the I/O modules must be installed in the
allocated slots, and connected to the corresponding TPMs.
The following sections provide schematic diagrams and tables for the
connections of the XDM-900 shelf in the various protection schemes.

6-14

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

417006-2318-0H3-A02

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Optical Fiber and Cable Installation


and Routing

XDM-900 1:1 protection scheme


connections
The following figure shows an example of a typical 1:1 protection scheme for
an XDM-900 populated with PIM2_21 modules in the upper and lower module
cages and TPM2_1 modules in the upper and lower TPUs. The marking P in
the XDM-900 shelf designates the Protection module, and M the Main
(working) module.

Figure 6-4: XDM-900 1:1 protection scheme example

The following table shows the slot association for 1:1 protection scheme in the
XDM-900.
Table 6-2:
TPU slots

XDM-900 slots allocation for protection schemes


I/O slot allocation
Protection

Main

M1-1

I1

I5

M1-2

I2

I6

M1-3

I3

I7

M1-4

I4

I8

M3-1

I9

I13

M3-2

I10

I14

M3-3

I11

I15

M3-4

I12

I16

417006-2318-0H3-A02

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

6-15

Optical Fiber and Cable Installation


and Routing

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

XDM-900 1:2 protection scheme


connections (PIM2_63)
The following figure shows an example of a typical 1:2 protection scheme for
an XDM-900 populated with PIM2_63 modules in the upper and lower module
cages and TPM2_63_2 modules in the upper and lower TPUs. The marking P
in the XDM-900 shelf designates the Protection module, and M the Main
(working) module.

Figure 6-5: XDM-900 1:2 protection scheme example

The following table shows the slot association for 1:2 protection scheme in the
XDM-900.
Table 6-3:

XDM-900 1:2 I/O protection (PIM2_63)

TPU slots

6-16

I/O slot allocation


Protection

Main

M1-1, M1-2, and M1-3

I1 and I2

I5 and I6
I7 and I8

M3-1, M3-2, and M3-3

I9 and I10

I13 and I14


I15 and I16

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

417006-2318-0H3-A02

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Optical Fiber and Cable Installation


and Routing

XDM-900 1:2 protection scheme


connections (PIM2_63S)
The following figure shows an example of a typical 1:2 protection scheme for
an XDM-900 populated with PIM2_63S modules in the upper and lower
module cages and TPM2_63_2 modules in the upper and lower TPUs. The
marking P in the XDM-900 shelf designates the Protection module, and M the
Main (working) module.

Figure 6-6: XDM-300 1_2 protection scheme example (PIM2_63S)

The following table shows the slot association for 1:2 protection scheme in the
XDM-900.
Table 6-4:

XDM-900 1:2 I/O protection (PIM2_63S)

TPU slots

I/O slot allocation


Protection

Main

M1-1, M1-2, and M1-3

I1

I5 and I6

M3-1, M3-2, and M3-3

I9

I13 and I14

417006-2318-0H3-A02

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

6-17

Optical Fiber and Cable Installation


and Routing

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

XDM-900 1:3 protection scheme


connections
The following figure shows an example of a typical 1:3 protection scheme for
an XDM-900 populated with PIM2_21 modules in the upper and lower module
cages and TPM2_3 modules in the upper and lower TPUs. The marking P in
the XDM-900 shelf designates the Protection module, and M the Main
(working) module.

Figure 6-7: XDM-900 1:3 protection scheme example

The following table shows the slot association for 1:3 protection scheme in the
XDM-900.
Table 6-5:

XDM-900 1:3 I/O protection

TPU slots

6-18

I/O slot allocation


Protection

Main

M1-1 and M1-2

I1

I2, I5, I6

M1-3 and M1-4

I3

I4, I7, I8

M3-1 and M3-2

I9

I10, I13, I14

M3-3 and M3-4

I11

I12, I15, I16

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

417006-2318-0H3-A02

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Optical Fiber and Cable Installation


and Routing

XDM-900 1:3 protection scheme


connections for TPM2_63_3
The following figure shows an example of a typical 1:3 protection scheme for
an XDM-900 populated with PIM2_63S modules in the upper and lower
module cages and TPM2_63_3 modules in the upper and lower TPUs. The
marking P in the XDM-900 shelf designates the Protection module, and M the
Main (working) module.

Figure 6-8: TPM2_63_3 protection connections in XDM-300/XDM-900

The following table shows the slot association for 1:3 protection scheme in the
XDM-900.
Table 6-6:

XDM-900 1:3 I/O protection

TPU slots

I/O slot allocation


Protection

Main

M1-1 and M1-2

I1

I2, I5, I6

M1-3 and M1-4

I3

I4, I7, I8

M3-1 and M3-2

I9

I10, I13, I14

M3-3 and M3-4

I11

I12, I15, I16

417006-2318-0H3-A02

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

6-19

Optical Fiber and Cable Installation


and Routing

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

TPM2_42_2 Protection Assignment for the


XDM-900
The TPM2_42_2 supports four protection groups of two PIM2_42 cards
protected in each.

Figure 6-9: TPM2_42_2 protection slot allocation in XDM-900

The following table describes the slot assignment of the TPM2_42_2 in the
TPU and the PIM2_42 in the XDM-900 shelf.
Table 6-7:

TPM2_42_2 and PIM2_42 slot assignment in the XDM-900

TPU slots

6-20

I/O Slot Allocation


Protection

Main

M1-1 and M1-2

I1

I5 and I6

M1-3 and M1-4

I3

I7 and I8

M3-1 and M3-2

I9

I13 and I14

M3-3 and M3-4

I11

I15 and I16

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

417006-2318-0H3-A02

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Optical Fiber and Cable Installation


and Routing

Connecting Electrical Interfaces through the


TPU
The type of cable used to connect the I/O modules to the TPMs depends on the
type of I/O module being protected, as follows:

For PIM2_21s, 2 x 50 to 1 x 100 SCSI cables are supplied, to be connected


from four different PIM2_21s to connectors PIM2_21 #1, PIM2_21 #2,
PIM2_21 #3, and PIM2_21 PROTECT at the bottom of the TPM2_3.
Multipair traffic cables are connected to the DDF#1, DDF#2, and DDF#3
connectors at the top of the TPM2_3.
The connection between TPM2_3s and PIM2_21s is shown in the
following figure.
Connections are between a connector in the TPM and the corresponding
module in the shelf, where P denotes protection and 1, 2, and 3 are for
reference purposes.

Figure 6-10: XDM-900 1:3 protection scheme example

For PIM345_3 or SIM1_4/E modules, the supplied cables enable


connection from the DIN 1.0/2.3 connectors on the I/O module to the 8W8
MAIN and PROTECT connectors at the bottom of the TPM-H_1. The
traffic coaxial cables are connected to the OUT/IN connectors at the top of
the TPM-H_1. These connections are shown in the following figure.

417006-2318-0H3-A02

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

6-21

Optical Fiber and Cable Installation


and Routing

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

NOTE: The cable used to connect the PIM345_3 or


SIM1_4/E to the TPM-H_1 ends with eight coaxial cables:

When protecting a PIM345_3, six coaxial cables are


connected and two remain unused.
When protecting a SIM1_4/E, all eight coaxial cables are
connected.

Figure 6-11: Connecting to a TPMH_1 protection with an XDM-900

6-22

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

417006-2318-0H3-A02

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Optical Fiber and Cable Installation


and Routing

The following figure shows connection to 252 E1s with 1:2 protection. Six
PIM2_63 modules are connected in the XDM-900 shelf protected by two
TPM2_63_2 modules in the TPUs.

Figure 6-12: XDM-900 with 252 E1s in 1:2 protection connections

417006-2318-0H3-A02

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

6-23

Optical Fiber and Cable Installation


and Routing

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Routing and Connecting Cables to Data


Modules (EISMBs/DIOMs/MCSMs)
Depending on the data module in your XDM-900 shelf, data cables with RJ45
connectors or optical fibers with LC connectors are used to connect to the
module, as described in the following procedures.
To connect Ethernet cables to a data module:
NOTE: To support the Autonegotiation feature on electrical
ports, use CAT5E SFTP 2-pair or 4-pair straight cable to
connect 10/100BaseT ports, or CAT5E SFTP 4-pair straight
cable to connect 1000BaseT ports.
1. Based on the site cabling diagram, arrange the data cables in groups
according to the designated data module, and route them along the guides at
the side of the rack to the appropriate XDM-900 unit.
2. Pull each data cable up or down to the level of the corresponding data
module.
3. Leave a spare length of 20 cm to 30 cm of cable folded on top of the shelf
(for modules in the upper module cage) or on the cable slack tray (for
modules in the lower module cage) for future maintenance purposes.
4. Bend the cable and thread it through the side cable guides of the rack and
through the cable guide serving the shelf, so that the cable connector is
positioned at the level of the appropriate module. Use cable ties as required
to fasten the cable to the rack side rails.
5. Connect the RJ-45 connector on the cable to the corresponding connector
on the data module.

6-24

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

417006-2318-0H3-A02

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Optical Fiber and Cable Installation


and Routing

Connecting an optical fiber to a data module


The following procedure describes how to connect an optical fiber to a data
module.
Before you start:
Prior to installing the XDM-900 shelf and modules, route all optical fibers
through the conduits running along the front supports of the XDM-900s
recommended rack. From the conduits, route the fibers into the FST above the
XDM-900 shelf you are installing and thread them into the FST, as described in
Installing the FST (page 3-87).
CAUTION: Make sure that all the optical connectors are
closed at all times with the appropriate protective caps or with
the mating cable connector. Do not remove the protective cap
until an optical fiber is connected to the corresponding
connector, and immediately install a protective cap after a
cable is disconnected.
The minimum bending radius of optical fibers is 35 mm.
Sharp bending of fibers may degrade the optical transmission
characteristics.

To connect an optical fiber to a data module:


1. Push the button on the front panel of the FST to open the latch, and pull the
FST out towards you.
2. Slowly pull the end of the appropriate fiber to release enough fiber from the
tray.
3. Insert the end of the fiber in the appropriate slot of the conduit running
along the front support of the rack, and route it to the appropriate level.
4. At the desired level, lead the end through the appropriate slot of the
conduit, and pass the fiber through one of the slots in the fiber guide.
5. Thread the end of the fiber through the rack slots to the SFP transceiver LC
connector on the designated data module. Leave some slack to prevent
stress.
6. Thoroughly clean the connectors of the optical fibers, using an approved
cleaning kit.
7. Remove the cover from the SFP transceiver, and connect the fiber
connector to the SFP connector.
8. Repeat Steps 2 to 7 for all optical data modules in the XDM-900 shelf.
9. When you have finished connecting all the optical modules, gently push the
FST back into the rack until it clicks into place.

417006-2318-0H3-A02

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

6-25

Optical Fiber and Cable Installation


and Routing

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Connecting Timing (Clock) Cables


Timing cables are connected to the T3 and T4 connectors of the ECU900. Each
cable is terminated in a 9-pin D-type female connector.
To connect a timing cable to the XDM-900 shelf:
1. Route the timing cables along the side of the rack to the appropriate
XDM-900 shelf.
2. Pull each cable down to the level of the corresponding ECU900 and bend it
until the cable connector is positioned against the appropriate timing
connector on the ECU900.
3. Connect the free ends of the cables in accordance with the rack installation
plan and the cable tags, to connectors T3 and T4 on the ECU900.
CAUTION: Do not exert excessive tightening torque to
secure the cable connector, as this may damage the ECU900.

4. Secure each cable connector using its two screws.


5. Use cable ties as required to fasten the cables to the rack side rails.

Connecting Management Cables


The management cables are connected to the RJ-45 connectors designated
MANAGEMENT MAIN and PROT/LCT on the ECU900. Each cable is
terminated in an RJ-45 plug.
The cable from the management station must be plugged into the
MANAGMENT MAIN connector in the ECU900 card.
If more than one shelf has to be connected to the management, a daisy chain
interconnection is used to distribute management to the shelves for either
ECU900 cards. In this configuration, the cable from the management station is
connected to the MANAGEMENT MAIN connector of the first shelf, the
PROT/LCT connector of the first shelf is connected to the MANAGEMENT
MAIN connector of the second shelf, and so on.

6-26

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

417006-2318-0H3-A02

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Optical Fiber and Cable Installation


and Routing

To connect management cables to the XDM-900 shelf


equipped with an ECU900:
1. Route the management cables along the side of the rack to the appropriate
XDM-900 shelf.
2. Pull each cable down to the level of the corresponding ECU900 and bend it
until the cable connector is positioned against the appropriate management
connector on the ECU900.
3. Connect the management station cable to the MANAGEMENT MAIN
connector of the first shelf, in accordance with the rack installation plan and
the cable tags.
4. If more than one shelf is installed, connect a management cable from the
PROT/LCT connector of the first shelf to the MANAGEMENT MAIN
connector of the second shelf, and so on.
5. Secure each cable connector using its two screws.
CAUTION: Do not exert excessive tightening torque to
secure the cable connector, as this may damage the ECU900.

6. Use cable ties as required to fasten the cables to the shelves.

Tool Kit
ECI Telecom offers a tool kit to facilitate extraction/insertion of connectors and
optical SFP transceivers connected to ports in very high density cabling
environments.
The tool kit is packed in a compact box and enables the technical staff to
handle installation and maintenance activities in a quick and efficient fashion,
without affecting traffic of a neighboring connector that should not be
removed.
The kit includes the following tools:

RJ-45 extractor

LC connector extraction/insertion and optical SFP extractor (all in the same


tool)

DIN 1.0/2.3 (regular and small profile) connector extractor

Pincers

417006-2318-0H3-A02

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

6-27

Optical Fiber and Cable Installation


and Routing

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Extracting RJ-45 connectors


The RJ-45 extractor tool enables easy extraction of RJ-45 connectors located in
very high density cabling environments. The extractor is designed to remove
connectors connected to modules that include one or two rows of data ports
(for example, DIOM_08 and MCSM modules).
The general view of the tool is shown in the following figure.

Figure 6-13: RJ-45 extractor

To extract an RJ-45 connector from an upper port row:


1. Insert the cables (or cable) into the extractor as shown in the following
figure.

Figure 6-14: Inserting the cables (upper row)

6-28

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

417006-2318-0H3-A02

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Optical Fiber and Cable Installation


and Routing

2. Move extractor forward to attach the far groove to the module's handle.

Figure 6-15: Attaching the extractor to the handle (upper row)

3. Press the extractor's bent edge on the connector's protrusion.


4. Hold the cable near the connector to be extracted and pull the connector
out.

Figure 6-16: Extracting the connector (upper row)

417006-2318-0H3-A02

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

6-29

Optical Fiber and Cable Installation


and Routing

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

To extract an RJ-45 connector from a lower port row:


1. Insert the cables (or cable) into the extractor as shown in the following
figure.

Figure 6-17: Inserting the cables (lower row)

2. Move extractor forward to attach the near groove to the module's handle.

Figure 6-18: Attaching the extractor to the handle (lower row)

3. Press the extractor's bent edge on the connector's protrusion.

6-30

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

417006-2318-0H3-A02

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Optical Fiber and Cable Installation


and Routing

4. Hold the cable near the connector to be extracted and pull the connector
out.

Figure 6-19: Extracting the connector (lower row)

Extracting/Inserting LC connectors and


SFPs
The LC/SFP extractor is a multipurpose tool enabling the extraction/insertion
of LC connectors connected in very high density cabling environments (for
example, LC connectors cabled near multiple adjacent SFPs). The tool is also
designed to extract SFP transceivers.
The following figure shows the LC/SFP extractor.

Figure 6-20: LC/SFP extractor

417006-2318-0H3-A02

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

6-31

Optical Fiber and Cable Installation


and Routing

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Before you start:


Identify the LC/SFP extractor according to LC/SFP extractor (page 6-31).
Fold the SFP extractor lever into the tool's narrow end. Use the tool's wide end
to perform the following procedure.
To extract an LC connector:
1. Insert the fiber near the boot under the extractor's wide end tab.

Figure 6-21: Inserting the fiber into the extractor

2. Push the extractor straight forward and press its release tab onto the SFP's
clip, until it clicks over top of the clip.

Figure 6-22: Pressing extractor's release tab onto SFP's clip

6-32

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

417006-2318-0H3-A02

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Optical Fiber and Cable Installation


and Routing

3. Pull out the extractor with the fiber.

Figure 6-23: Extracting the LC connector

4. Move the fiber backward till its connector is beyond the extractor's tab.

Figure 6-24: Moving the connector beyond the tab

5. Remove the fiber from the extractor.

Figure 6-25: Removing the fiber

Before you start:


Identify the LC/SFP extractor according to LC/SFP extractor (page 6-31).
Fold the SFP extractor lever into tool's wide end. Use the tool's narrow end to
perform the following procedure.

417006-2318-0H3-A02

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

6-33

Optical Fiber and Cable Installation


and Routing

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

To insert an LC connector:
1. Insert the fiber near its boot, under the extractor's narrow end tab. Orient
connector's clip in front of the tool's teeth.

Figure 6-26: Inserting the fiber into extractor's narrow end

2. Push the extractor forward until stopped by the connector's clip.

Figure 6-27: Moving extractor's end to the connector

3. Insert the connector into the SFP until it locks.

Figure 6-28: Inserting the connector into the SFP

4. Gently pull the extractor back until its edge is beyond the boot.

Figure 6-29: Moving the extractor backward

6-34

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

417006-2318-0H3-A02

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Optical Fiber and Cable Installation


and Routing

5. Remove the extractor from the fiber near the boot.

Figure 6-30: Removing the extractor from the fiber

Before you start:


Identify the LC/SFP extractor according to LC/SFP extractor (page 6-31).
Fold the SFP extractor lever into the tool's narrow end. Use the tool's narrow
side to perform the following procedure.
To extract an SFP transceiver:
1. Orient the extractor in front of the SFP.

Figure 6-31: Orienting the extractor in front of the SFP

2. Push the extractor forward until stopped by the SFP.

Figure 6-32: Moving the extractor forward

417006-2318-0H3-A02

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

6-35

Optical Fiber and Cable Installation


and Routing

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

3. Push the extractor forward to fit SFP's middle partition into extractor's edge
slot.

Figure 6-33: Fitting SFP's partition into extractor's slot

4. Move the extractor's teeth to the right (toward the SFP clip).

Figure 6-34: Moving extractor toward SFP clip

5. Pull the extractor slightly backward. Make sure that the clip is grasped and
moves with the tool.

Figure 6-35: Pulling the extractor backward with grasped clip

6-36

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

417006-2318-0H3-A02

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Optical Fiber and Cable Installation


and Routing

6. Slide the lever forward to lock the SFP's clip, and press slightly.

Figure 6-36: Locking the clip between lever and extractor's teeth

7. With the clip locked, pull the extractor backward to rotate the clip by` 90,
and release the SFP from its housing.

Figure 6-37: Releasing the SFP from housing

8. Gently pull the SFP and extract it from the housing.

Figure 6-38: Extracting the SFP

NOTE: It is very important to keep the SFPs locked during


the last three steps of the procedure.

417006-2318-0H3-A02

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

6-37

Optical Fiber and Cable Installation


and Routing

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Extracting/Inserting DIN 1.0/2.3 coaxial


connectors
The DIN 1.0/2.3 connector extractor tool enables the extraction/insertion of
coaxial connectors connected in very high density cabling environments (for
example, coaxial connectors cabled near multiple adjacent electrical SFPs).
The following figure identifies the DIN 1.0/2.3 connector extractor.

Figure 6-39: DIN 1.0/2.3 extractor

Before you start:


Identify the coaxial extractor according to DIN 1.0/2.3 extractor (page 6-38).
Use the tool's narrow end to perform the following procedure.

6-38

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

417006-2318-0H3-A02

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Optical Fiber and Cable Installation


and Routing

To extract a DIN1.0/2.3 connector:


1. Place the extractor on the coaxial cable in front of the connector.

Figure 6-40: Placing the extractor in front of the connector

2. Push the extractor forward and attach the end tabs on the connector's step.

Figure 6-41: Attaching the extractor to the connector's step

417006-2318-0H3-A02

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

6-39

Optical Fiber and Cable Installation


and Routing

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

3. Pull the extractor with the connector backward and release the connector.

Figure 6-42: Extracting the connector

Before you start:


Identify the coaxial extractor according to DIN 1.0/2.3 extractor (page 6-38).
Use the tool's wide end to perform the following procedure.
To insert a DIN 1.0/2.3 connector:
1. Insert the coaxial cable near its boot, under the extractor's wide end tab.

Figure 6-43: Inserting the coaxial cable into the extractor

6-40

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

417006-2318-0H3-A02

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Optical Fiber and Cable Installation


and Routing

2. Pull the cable backward until the connector's edge is stopped by the tab.

Figure 6-44: Positioning the connector in the extractor

3. Push the extractor with the connector forward until it clicks into the SFP.

Figure 6-45: Inserting the connector

417006-2318-0H3-A02

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

6-41

Optical Fiber and Cable Installation


and Routing

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

4. Gently pull the extractor backward and release it from the cable.

Figure 6-46: Removing the extractor

6-42

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

417006-2318-0H3-A02

7
Commissioning Tests
In this chapter:
Overview ......................................................................................................... 7-1
Test Equipment ................................................................................................ 7-2
Site Commissioning Tests ............................................................................... 7-3
Network Commissioning Tests ....................................................................... 7-7

Overview
The commissioning tests are performed after completing the installation and
preliminary configuration of a new network. These procedures confirm that the
network has been properly installed and is operating in accordance with the
design specifications.
This chapter provides general commissioning procedures for the XDM-900,
and provides a basis for preparing tests in specific networks.
The commissioning procedures include:

Site commissioning tests, performed at the site level to ensure proper


functionality of the site.

Network commissioning tests, performed at the network level. These


include:

SDH commissioning tests, to ensure proper SDH functionality of the


integrated network

Data network commissioning tests, to ensure proper data functionality


of the integrated network

Optical network commissioning tests, to ensure proper optical


functionality of the integrated network

417006-2318-0H3-A02

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

7-1

Commissioning Tests

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

The commissioning procedures presented in this chapter include:

Test Equipment

Site Commissioning Tests (page 7-3)

Network Commissioning Tests (page 7-7)

SDH Commissioning Tests (page 7-7)

Data Network Commissioning Tests (page 7-18)

Optical Network Commissioning Tests (page 7-22)


NOTES: Personnel involved in the execution and supervision
of commissioning tests must be familiar with the applicable
safety precautions and requirements.
Unless otherwise indicated, the tests described in these
sections apply to all XDM shelves and to both SDH and
SONET.

Test Equipment
The following test equipment is required for the commissioning procedures:

Optical power meter (OPM)

Optical spectrum analyzer (recommended for measurements at points


carrying multiple wavelengths, for example, inputs and outputs of optical
amplifiers)

Optical BER tester

Set of optical attenuators with various values

Variable optical attenuator

FC-to-LC and FC-to-SC adapters

FC/FC optical patch cords

Multimeter

Suitable equipment is available from a wide range of manufacturers, and


therefore no specific test equipment models are listed. You can use any
equipment that meets the applicable international standards and has satisfactory
measurement accuracy over the range of operating parameters and
environmental conditions that apply to the specific network. If necessary,
contact ECI Telecom's Field Engineering Department for specific
recommendations.

7-2

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

417006-2318-0H3-A02

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Commissioning Tests

Site Commissioning Tests


The site commissioning tests verify the normal operation of XDM-900 network
elements. Perform the following procedures on each network element at each
site:

Verification of cards and modules installed in each shelf

Visual inspection and mechanical checks

Optical level measurements (see reference data in the XDM-900 System


Specifications manual)

Checking Cards and Modules Installed in


Each Shelf
This check is performed to confirm that the required cards and modules have
been installed in each site, and to record their firmware versions and serial
numbers.
The following table provides a typical form for recording the cards and
modules installed in an XDM-900 shelf.
Table 7-1:

Card and module inventory

Card/Module
type

Slot

Boot version

Serial number

NOTES: Make sure that the boot version of each card and
module matches the embedded version.
If the equipment is already connected to a management
station, use the Inventory window to collect the information
and print the relevant data. Refer to the ECI Telecom
management system user manual for detailed instructions.

417006-2318-0H3-A02

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

7-3

Commissioning Tests

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Visual Inspection and Mechanical Checks


The visual inspection checks for proper equipment installation, correct routing
and connection of cables, and other tasks related to equipment installation.
Refer to:

Equipment Installation (page 4-1) criteria for proper equipment


installation

Site cabling diagram criteria for proper cabling routing

After completing the visual inspection tasks (items 1 to 9 in table Visual


inspection and mechanical checks), power on the XDM-900 shelves to perform
an additional set of acceptance tests (items 10 to 13 in table Visual inspection
and mechanical checks). These tests check the functions needed for continuing
the execution of the network commissioning tests. Refer to the XDM-100
Product Line Reference Manual for a description of the various card indicators
and their functions.
The following table provides a typical list for recording the results of a visual
inspection and mechanical check.
Table 7-2:

7-4

Visual inspection and mechanical checks

No.

Description of inspection/check

1.

Check mechanical mounting of the rack.

2.

Install the DC power cable (main fuse to RAP; RAP fuse


to shelf).

3.

Ground the cable connections.

4.

Install the DDF and connect the cables.

5.

Install the ODF and connect the cables.

6.

Install the network manager station (if applicable).

7.

Unpack the cards and insert them into the shelves.

8.

Provide DC supply voltage via the first DC source to the ___V


RAP (-40 V to -75 V).

9.

Provide DC supply voltage via the second DC source to


the RAP (-40 V to -75 V).

10.

Power on the shelves.

11.

Check the proper operation of both RAP power sources


by disconnecting one source at a time.

12.

Check the communication between the shelf and the


Craft terminal via the shelf SLIP interface.

13.

Check the proper operation of all FCU900s.

14.

Check LED operation by pressing the LED TEST


pushbutton on the ECU900.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

Results

___V

417006-2318-0H3-A02

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Commissioning Tests

No.

Description of inspection/check

Results

15.

Check the installation of Cisco ATA-186/Cisco


2600/Call Manager (if applicable).

16.

Check slot assignment for all relevant cards.

17.

Check that there are no abnormal alarms.

Measuring Optical Levels


These measurements check optical signal levels at the various equipment ports.
Before performing any other commissioning test, proper optical levels, within
the limits specified in the XDM-900 System Specifications, must be achieved
for each optical component.
Perform these measurements using an Optical Power Meter (OPM) configured
according to the wavelength at the measurement port. For reliable
measurement, do not connect the OPM directly to a port but use a 6.6 foot /
2-meter cable. When measuring high optical power levels, use attenuators to
ensure that the power does not exceed the maximum OPM input level.
The following table provides a typical data form for recording the results of the
optical level measurements.
Table 7-3:
Slot

Measured optical levels

Module
type

Port

Wavelength

Optical transmit
level (dBm)

Receive level
(dBm)

The measured power levels are evaluated as follows:

The measured power must be within the range of minimum and maximum
levels specified in the XDM-900 System Specifications for the transceiver
plug-in type installed on the corresponding port.

The measured power must be within the expected range according to the
optical network plan.

If necessary, contact ECI Telecom's Field Engineering Department for relevant


port and optical transceiver plug-in specifications and network planning data.
An OK result means that the port meets both criteria.

417006-2318-0H3-A02

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

7-5

Commissioning Tests

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

It is usually sufficient to measure only the optical levels at the transmit and
receive ports of I/O cards, transponders, and optical amplifiers installed in each
shelf. A good port receive level indicates that the components in the optical
path up to that port are properly connected and operating normally. If the result
is not satisfactory, perform additional measurements at all the other ports along
the optical signal paths.

Shelf Power-On Test Procedure


This procedure checks the equipment recovery capability after a power fault.
To power on the NE:
1. Perform slot assignments for all the relevant cards and modules in the shelf.
2. Turn the shelf circuit breaker off.
3. After 30 seconds, turn the shelf circuit breaker on.
The equipment should automatically return to normal operation, without user
intervention and without any abnormal alarms in the system.

7-6

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

417006-2318-0H3-A02

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Commissioning Tests

Network Commissioning Tests


SDH Commissioning Tests
These commissioning tests check that SDH functionality is in accordance with
the system specifications.

Test equipment setup


The SDH tests are performed using an PDH analyzer, optical power meter, and
variable attenuators. Configure the optical power meter according to the
measured wavelength.
The test conditions for the various interfaces are described in the following
sections.

2 Mbps tests
For 2 Mbps tributaries, configure the test equipment as follows:
Framing

Unframed

Coding

HDB3

Pattern

2 * 10-15 PRBS

Signal rate

2 Mbps

Timing

Received clock

Inject error

Code error

34 Mbps tests
For 34 Mbps tributaries, configure the test equipment as follows:
Framing

Unframed

Coding

HDB3

Pattern

2 * 10-15 PRBS

Signal rate

34 Mbps

Timing

Received clock

Inject error

Code error

417006-2318-0H3-A02

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

7-7

Commissioning Tests

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

45 Mbps tests
For 45 Mbps tributaries, configure the test equipment as follows:
Framing

Unframed

Coding

45 frame = C-bit
X-bit = 11

Pattern

2*10-15 PRBS

Signal rate

45 Mbps

Timing

Received clock

Inject error

Code error

SDH tests
For SDH tests, configure the test equipment according to the interface type
being tested, as follows:
Signal rate

STM-1, STM-4, or STM-16

Mapping

Any mapping (preferably bulk)

Framing

Off

Pattern

2 * 10-15 PRBS

Timing

Received clock

Inject error

Code error

Network timing synchronization test


This test checks that the XDM-900 NEs synchronize properly and switch to the
next priority clock source when a failure occurs.

7-8

No.

Test procedure

1.

Define one NE as the internal


clock to which all other NEs are
synchronized (an external source
may also be used).

2.

Define several priorities for the


timing source.

3.

Disconnect the Rx fiber


connected to the NE serving as
the main timing source.

Expected results

If the NE has a single timing source:


An alarm is generated for the main
timing source.
NE timing is set in holdover mode.
If the NE has several timing sources:
NE timing is synchronized to the
second priority timing source.
An alarm is generated for the loss of
the main timing source.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

417006-2318-0H3-A02

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Commissioning Tests

Loss of Signal (LOS) detection test


This test verifies that the NEs recognize alarms and send the alarm notification
to the management system for viewing.
No.

Test procedure

1.

Create the NEs and links using


the management station.

2.

Disconnect the Rx optical fiber


from one of the modules.

Expected results

A LOS and other alarms generated by


the disconnection appear at the SPI
level of this module port.

Input sensitivity test


This test verifies that the input sensitivity of the XDM-900 optical modules is
according to specification.
No.

Test procedure

1.

Create one unprotected trail of


any rate between two NEs.

2.

Connect test equipment to one


NE and perform a loopback at the
other NE (in the relevant
endpoint ports).

3.

Connect a variable optical


attenuator to one of the fibers of
the relevant trail, and set the
attenuator to 0 dB.

4.

Increase the attenuation gradually


until the test equipment displays
a burst of errors.

5.

Connect an optical power meter


to the first Rx point after the
variable optical attenuator and
measure the total power; the
measured optical power level is
the input sensitivity of the
module.

417006-2318-0H3-A02

Expected results

Verify that the results are in accordance


with the XDM-900 System
Specifications.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

7-9

Commissioning Tests

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Equipment power-on test


This test verifies that the XDM-900 NEs continue operating properly after a
power break, without operator involvement.
No.

Test procedure

1.

Create an unprotected trail at any


rate between two NEs.

2.

Connect test equipment to one


NE and perform a loopback at the
other NE (in the relevant
endpoint ports).

3.

Shut off the power to one of the


non-gateway NEs within the
relevant trail.

4.

Power on the NE and wait for it


to perform initial download to all
cards/modules in the shelf. (This
can take 20 minutes.) Verify that
the NE is connected to the
management station and that
there are no relevant alarms in
the test equipment or at the
management station.

Expected results

Errors and an Alarm Indication Signal


(AIS) alarm appear in the test
equipment. After approximately 7
minutes, an "NE disconnected" alarm
appears in the management current
alarm list, and the NE icon turns gray
(no communication).

Traffic stability test


This test verifies that traffic operates according to ITU-T standards.

7-10

No.

Test procedure

Expected results

1.

Create an unprotected trail at any rate


between two NEs.

2.

Connect test equipment to one NE and


perform a loopback at the other NE (in
the relevant endpoint ports).

3.

Run this test for the appropriate time


interval according to the table below.

4.

Verify that no alarms appear in the test You should achieve an error free
equipment or at the management station. rate of 1 x 10-11 for 2 Mbps and 1
x 10-12 for all other rates.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

417006-2318-0H3-A02

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Commissioning Tests

Table 7-4:

Traffic stability test time intervals

2 Mbps

34/45 Mbps

STM-1/
VC-3

STM-4/VC-12

STM-16/VC-48

14 hours

7 hours

120 min

30 min

8 min

Path protection and nonretrieval test


This test verifies that SNCP traffic operates properly when a failure occurs.
No.

Test procedure

1.

Create one protected trail at any


rate between two NEs.

2.

Connect test equipment to one


NE and perform a loopback at the
other NE (in the relevant
endpoint ports).

3.

Disconnect one of the fibers in


the active path of the trail.

4.

Verify that the trail carries traffic


properly on the protection path.

5.

Reconnect the optical fiber.

417006-2318-0H3-A02

Expected results

Short alarm bursts of less than 50 msec


appear in the test equipment, and the
management station reports an alarm in
the active path of the trail.

The trail continues using the protection


path (non-retrieve mode), and the test
equipment indicates no alarm.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

7-11

Commissioning Tests

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

MSP test
This test verifies that MSP traffic in the XDM-900 network operates properly
when a failure occurs.
MSP can be applied in a point-to-point configuration.

7-12

No.

Test procedure

1.

Create one unprotected trail at


any rate between two NEs.

2.

Connect test equipment to one


NE and perform a loopback at the
other NE (in the relevant
endpoint ports).

3.

Disconnect one of the fibers in


the active path of the trail.

4.

Verify that the trail works


properly on the protection path.

5.

Reconnect the optical fiber.

Expected results

Short alarm bursts of less than 50 msec


appear in the test equipment, and the
management station reports an alarm in
the active path of the trail.

The trail remains on the protection path.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

417006-2318-0H3-A02

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Commissioning Tests

MS-SPRing test
This test verifies that the MS-SPRing traffic operates properly when a failure
occurs.
This procedure uses a SAM-16 and an MXC card.
No.

Test procedure

1.

Define the ring as MS-SPRing


Node Links - east and west
clockwise.

2.

Create one unprotected trail of


any rate between two NEs.

3.

Connect test equipment to one


NE and perform a loopback at the
other NE (in the relevant
endpoint ports).

4.

Disconnect one of the fibers in


the path of the trail.

Short alarm bursts of less than 50 msec


appear in the test equipment, and the
trail switches to the protection path and
operates properly.
Management station reports an alarm in
the active path of the trail and LOS
alarms related to the disconnected fibers.

5.

Reconnect the optical fiber.

The alarms related to the disconnected


fibers clear.
After the retrieve time (user-definable),
the trail switches back to the main path,
and short alarm bursts of less than 50
msec appear in the test equipment.

6.

Switch back to the main path.

The trail operates properly.

417006-2318-0H3-A02

Expected results

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

7-13

Commissioning Tests

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

IOP hardware protection test


This test verifies that the traffic defined on a card with hardware protection
operates properly when a failure occurs.

7-14

No.

Test procedure

Expected results

1.

Using at least one module that has


hardware protection, create one
unprotected trail of any rate
between two NEs. You can use a
module that has the trail passing
through it (for example, SIM) or
ending on it (for example, PIM).

2.

Connect test equipment to one NE


and perform a loopback at the
other NE (in the relevant endpoint
ports).

3.

Extract the protected (working)


module.

Short alarm bursts of less than 50 msec


appear in the test equipment, and the
management station reports an alarm on
the trail.

4.

Verify that the trail works


properly via the protection
(standby) module.

The orange protection LED on the


relevant TPM lights.

5.

Reinsert the protected (working)


module.

After 5 minutes (system default - can be


changed), the traffic reverts back to the
protected module. Short alarm bursts of
less than 50 msec appear in the test
equipment, and the management station
reports no alarm on the trail.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

417006-2318-0H3-A02

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Commissioning Tests

Severity assignment test


This test, which is performed on one XDM-900 NE, determines the level of
urgency accorded to each alarm and creates an alarm-handling protocol.
When a fault is detected or removed, the NE updates the status of the LEDs and
reports the alarm activation or clearing to the management station.
No.

Test procedure

Expected results

1.

Extract an NVM card from the


MXC card.

The management station displays an


NVM Card Out alarm of Major severity.

2.

Reinsert the NVM card.

The Card Out alarm on the management


station clears.

3.

Change the severity of the Card


out alarm for the NVM card to
Minor.

4.

Extract the NVM card.

The management station displays an


NVM Card Out alarm of Minor severity.

5.

Reinsert the NVM card.

The Card Out alarm on the management


station clears.

417006-2318-0H3-A02

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

7-15

Commissioning Tests

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Transmission alarm handling tests


This test verifies that the XDM-900 NEs can recognize an alarm and send an
alarm notification to the management system, and that the management system
displays it properly.
This procedure tests the following alarms: PDH-LOS, PDH-AIS, and SPI-LOS.

7-16

No.

Test procedure

Expected results

1.

Create one unprotected trail at


any rate between two NEs.

2.

Connect test equipment to one


NE and perform a loopback at the
other NE (in the relevant
endpoint ports).

3.

Disconnect the Tx cable of the


test equipment.

The management station reports a LOS


alarm for the relevant PDH port.

4.

Set the test equipment to send an


AIS (AIS = on).

The management station reports an AIS


alarm for the corresponding port.

5.

Disconnect the Rx fiber of an


optical port.

The management station reports a LOS


(SPI-LOS) alarm for the corresponding
port.
If ALS is off, the management station
reports a far-end optical port MS-RDI
or Line-RDI alarm.
If ALS is on, the management station
reports a far-end optical port LOS
alarm.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

417006-2318-0H3-A02

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Commissioning Tests

Maintenance actions tests


This test verifies that maintenance actions can be performed in the XDM-900
NEs using the management system.
This procedure tests a near-end loopback, forced PDH AIS, forced low-rate
RDI, forced high-rate RDI, and forced MS-RDI.
No.

Test procedure

1.

Create one unprotected trail at any


rate between two NEs.

2.

Connect test equipment to one NE


and perform a loopback at the
other NE (in the relevant endpoint
ports).

3.

Perform a near-end loopback at


the other trail endpoint.

4.

Using the management station,


execute a forced AIS on the PDH
port that connects to the test
equipment.

Expected results

The PDH test equipment detects an AIS


alarm.

MXC redundancy test


This test verifies that the backup MXC operates properly and that the database
is not lost when a failure occurs.
No.

Test procedure

1.

Create one unprotected trail at


any rate between two NEs.

2.

Connect test equipment to one


NE and perform a loopback at the
other NE (in the relevant
endpoint ports).

3.

Select an NE that passes the trail, Neither the test equipment nor the
and extract the MXC on slot A
management station detects a traffic
(upper).
alarm, but a Card Out alarm for the MXC
appears in the management.
After several minutes, the NE
disconnects from the management station
(turns gray), and then reconnects to the
management with the same database
(switches to the redundant MXC). The
Info windows of both MXCs display the
correct status.

417006-2318-0H3-A02

Expected results

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

7-17

Commissioning Tests

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Data Network Commissioning Tests


The data network commissioning tests check that data functionality is in
accordance with system specifications.

Throughput and latency tests


These tests determine the time it takes to transmit frames through the network
and the maximum amount of data that can pass through the network before
frames are lost.
No.

Test procedure

Expected results

1.

Create two unprotected trails at any rate


between two NEs in the network.

2.

Connect the test equipment to both ports of


one NE.

3.

Connect a cross cable on both ports of the


other NE.

4.

Configure the test equipment for measurement


of throughput and latency in accordance with
RFC-2544.

5.

Measure throughput and latency for frame


sizes 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 1280, and 1518
bytes, and record the results in the appropriate
table.

NOTE:

Table 7-5:

Measured latency is for both the forward and return paths.


For a single path, the latency will be 50% of the measured
value.
The latency test is dependent on the throughput results.
For example, if 10 Mbps is tested and the throughput is
4%, the latency test should be for 4 Mbps (2 * VC-12 = 4
Mbps).
Inject traffic according to the assigned bandwidth
(VC-12 = 2.048 Mbps).

Throughput and latency test results

LAN port & speed

64 bytes/
frame

128
bytes/
frame

256 bytes/ 512


frame
bytes/
frame

1024
bytes/
frame

1280
bytes/
frame

Throughput
Latency

7-18

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

417006-2318-0H3-A02

1518
bytes/
frame

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Commissioning Tests

Frame loss rate test


This test determines the number of frames that are lost when the system is
overloaded.
Table 7-6:

Frame loss rate test procedure

No.

Test procedure

1.

Create two unprotected trails at


any rate (for example, 10/100
Mbps or 1 Gbps) between two
NEs.

2.

Connect the test equipment to


both ports of one NE.

3.

Connect a cross cable on both


ports of the other NE (in the
relevant endpoint ports).

4.

Configure the test equipment for


measurement of frame loss in
accordance with RFC-2544. Set
for 100%.

417006-2318-0H3-A02

Expected results

The frame loss rate in % is defined


according to the following formula:
[(Input fps) (Output fps)] x 100/(Input
fps)
Where fps stands for frames per second.
Example: At 100 Mbps with 5 VC-12s
(10 Mbps), the Input fps is 148810.
When the Output fps is 14881, the
frame loss is 148810 14881 = 133929,
which represents 90% loss.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

7-19

Commissioning Tests

Table 7-7:

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Frame loss rate test results

Frame size 64 bytes/ 128


frame

bytes/
frame

256 bytes/ 512


frame
bytes/
frame

1024
bytes/
frame

1280
bytes/
frame

1518
bytes/
frame

Frame rate
(% MFR)
100%

System recovery and reset tests


These tests determine the speed at which a device recovers from a buffer
overflow condition and from a power failure.

7-20

No.

Test procedure

Expected results

1.

Create two unprotected trails at


any rate (for example, 10/100
Mbps or 1 Gbps) between two
NEs.

2.

Connect the test equipment to


both ports of one NE.

3.

Connect a cross cable on both


ports of the other NE (in the
relevant endpoint ports).

4.

Configure the test equipment for


manual testing according to the
port rate, and for any frame size.

5.

Power off one of the NEs.

Verify packet loss in the test equipment.

6.

Turn on the NE and wait for 2


minutes.

Verify that the errors in the test


equipment have cleared.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

417006-2318-0H3-A02

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Commissioning Tests

Stability test
This test determines the stability of the network by checking that it can
function with no errors for a defined period of time.
No.

Test procedure

1.

Create two unprotected trails at


any rate (for example, 10/100
Mbps or 1 Gbps) between two
NEs.

2.

Connect the test equipment to


both ports of one NE.

3.

Connect a cross cable on both


ports of the other NE (in the
relevant endpoint ports).

4.

Configure the test equipment for


manual testing according to the
port rate, and for any frame size.

5.

Run this test for 2 hours.

Expected results

Verify that no errors appear in the test


equipment.

Alarm handling test


This test checks the alarm conditions forced on the NE and the subsequent
action carried out by the NE. It tests signal loss to both the data LAN port and
to the optical interfaces.
No.

Test procedure

1.

Create two trails at any rate (for


example, 10/100 Mbps) between
two NEs.

2.

Connect the test equipment to


both ports of one NE.

3.

Connect a cross cable on both


ports of the other NE (in the
relevant endpoint ports).

4.

Disconnect the test equipment to


create a signal loss to the data
LAN port.

A 10/100 Mbps - Link Down alarm is


generated (only if VLAN is created).

5.

Disconnect the optical cable to


create a signal loss to the optical
interface.

An SPI LOS alarm on the optical


interface is generated.

417006-2318-0H3-A02

Expected results

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

7-21

Commissioning Tests

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Optical Network Commissioning Tests


The optical network commissioning tests verify normal network operation.
Perform these tests only after the entire network is complete.

Test setup and required test equipment


Optical network commissioning tests check the performance of transmission
paths within the network. To perform these tests, use an optical spectrum
analyzer, optical power meter, variable attenuator, and optical BER tester.
Configure the BER tester to operate at the transponder transmission rate (for
example, STM-16 when connected to a CTRP25).
The following figure shows the test setup for the optical commissioning tests.

Figure 7-1: Optical commissioning tests setup

7-22

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

417006-2318-0H3-A02

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Commissioning Tests

Optical power measurement test


This test verifies that all optical cards/modules and all optical links are
operating according to the optical power budget plan and XDM-900
specifications.
No.

Test procedure

Expected results

1.

Using an optical power meter, measure


the input and output optical levels of
each optical component (card, module,
and so on). Record the results of all the
measurements (Excel file); these results
provide the information needed to
evaluate the optical budget of the
network.

The measurement results are


within the range of minimum and
maximum levels specified for
each type of optical component
(see XDM System
Specifications).

2.

Using an optical spectrum analyzer,


measure the following parameters for
each link:
Spectrum of the composite line
signal
Power per channel
OSNR (Optical Signal to Noise
Ratio)
Gain tilt
For this purpose, measure the optical
signals at the input and output of each
active and passive optical component
(optical booster, preamplifier, OADM,
MUX, DEMUX, supervisory channel
interfaces, and so on).

The measured levels are within


the range expected in accordance
with the planned optical network
power budget.

417006-2318-0H3-A02

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

7-23

Commissioning Tests

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Equipment power-on test


This test verifies that the XDM-900 NEs continue operating normally after a
power break, without operator involvement.
No.

Test procedure

Expected results

1.

Select one of the optical paths in


the network.

2.

Connect test equipment to one


NE and perform a loopback at
the other NE (in the relevant
TRPs).

3.

Shut off the power to one of the


non-gateway NEs within the
relevant optical path.

4.

Power on the NE and wait for it Can take up to 20 minutes.


to perform initial download to all
cards in the shelf.

5.

Verify that the NE is connected


to the management station and
that there are no alarms related
to the relevant optic path in the
test equipment or at the
management station.

An alarm appears in the test equipment


and the management station.
After approximately seven minutes, an
"NE disconnected" alarm appears in the
management current alarm list, and the
NE icon turns gray (no communication).

LOS detection test


This test verifies that the XDM-900 NEs recognize alarms and send the alarm
notification to the management system for viewing.

7-24

No.

Test procedure

Expected results

1.

Disconnect the Rx optical fiber


from one of the optical modules.

A LOS alarm at the SPI level of this


module post appears, together with other
alarms caused by the disconnection.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

417006-2318-0H3-A02

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Commissioning Tests

Input sensitivity test


This test verifies that the input sensitivity of the XDM-900 optical
cards/modules is according to their technical specification.
No.

Test procedure

1.

Select one of the optical


transmission paths in the
network.

2.

Connect the test equipment to


one NE and perform a loopback
at the other NE (in the relevant
TRPs).

3.

Connect a variable optical


attenuator to one of the fibers of
the relevant path.

4.

Set the attenuator to 0 dB.

5.

Slowly increase the attenuation


until the test equipment displays
a burst of errors.

6.

Connect an optical power meter


to the first Rx point after the
variable optical attenuator and
measure the total power.

Expected results

The measured optical power level is the


input sensitivity of the card.

Path protection test


This test verifies that the protected traffic operates properly when a failure
occurs.
No.

Test procedure

1.

Select one of the protected


optical paths in the network.

2.

Connect test equipment to one


NE and perform a loopback at the
other NE (in the relevant TRPs).

3.

Disconnect one of the optical


fibers in the active path of the
optical channel.

4.

Verify that the optical channel


works properly on the protection
path.

5.

Reconnect the optical fiber.

417006-2318-0H3-A02

Expected results

Short alarm bursts of less than 50 msec


appear in the test equipment and
management station.

The optical channel remains on the


protection path (non-retrieve mode), and
no alarm appears in the test equipment.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

7-25

Commissioning Tests

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Maintenance action handling test


This test verifies that maintenance actions can be performed in the XDM-900
NEs using the management system. This procedure tests a manual switch,
forced switch, and switch lockout.

7-26

No.

Test procedure

1.

Select one of the protected optical


transmission paths in the network.

2.

Connect test equipment to one NE


and perform a loopback at the
other NE (in the relevant TRPs).

3.

From the management system,


perform a manual switch.

4.

Verify that the optical channel


works properly on the protection
path.

5.

Disconnect the line input of the


nonactive TRP from its MUX.

6.

From the management system,


perform a manual switch.

7.

Verify that the optical channel


works properly on the main path.

8.

Disconnect the line input of the


nonactive TRP from its DEMUX.

9.

From the management station,


perform a manual switch.

10.

From the management system,


perform a switch lockout on the
nonactive TRP.

11.

Disconnect the line input of the


active TRP from its DEMUX.

Expected results

Short alarm bursts of less than 50 msec


appear in the test equipment.

Short alarm bursts of less than 50 msec


appear in the test equipment.

The optical channel switches to the


protected path, and a LOS alarm
appears in the test equipment.

The optical channel does not switch to


the protected path, and a LOS alarm
appears in the test equipment.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

417006-2318-0H3-A02

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Commissioning Tests

BER and stability test


This test verifies that the optical channels in the XDM-900 optical network
operate without errors (according to ITU-T standards).
No.

Test procedure

1.

Select one of the protected


optical paths in the network.

2.

Connect test equipment to one


NE and perform a loopback at the
other NE (in the relevant TRPs).

3.

Run this test for the appropriate


time interval according to the
following table.

4.

Verify that no alarms appear in


the test equipment or at the
management station.

Table 7-8:

Expected results

You should achieve an error free rate of


1 x 10-12.

BER and Stability Test time intervals

Rate

STM-1

STM-4

STM-16

Time period

120 min

30 min

8 min

417006-2318-0H3-A02

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

7-27

Commissioning Tests

7-28

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

417006-2318-0H3-A02

8
Maintenance
In this chapter:
Overview ......................................................................................................... 8-1
Required Test Equipment, Tools, and Materials ............................................. 8-1
Preventive Maintenance .................................................................................. 8-2
Traffic Monitoring System .............................................................................. 8-7
Onsite Troubleshooting ................................................................................. 8-12
Replacing Cards and Modules ....................................................................... 8-20
Replacing RAP Components ......................................................................... 8-28

Overview
This chapter provides maintenance procedures for XDM-900 equipment.

Required Test Equipment, Tools,


and Materials
For most maintenance activities described in this chapter, only a Craft terminal
and a multimeter are required. If you need to make measurements, it is
recommended to use equipment of the same type and models used for
commissioning tests (page 7-1). The tools and materials necessary for
equipment installation must also be available during maintenance.

417006-2318-0H3-A02

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

8-1

Maintenance

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Preventive Maintenance
The purpose of the preventive maintenance activities is to keep the XDM-900
hardware in good condition, and detect and correct as soon as possible any
condition that may lead to deterioration and equipment malfunction.
Record the execution of the various activities and their results according to the
procedures used in your organization.
Table 8-1:
Item

Preventive maintenance inspection and checks

Inspection/Check

Intervals*
W

8-2

1.

Visually inspect the condition of cables and fibers. Check for


correct routing (no sharp bends) and proper support to avoid
stress. Avoid touching fibers during the inspection, except as
required to correct problems.

2.

Inspect equipment racks and cases, connection terminals,


grounding, and so on, and pay special attention to any signs of
corrosion.

3.

Check condition of rack front doors and RFI fingers. Clean as


necessary with approved cleaning agents.

4.

Whenever applicable, inspect ancillary equipment (air


conditioners, lighting, distribution panels, and so on) and their
power sources.

5.

Check that all unused optical connectors are covered by


protective covers. Add covers as necessary.

6.

Check that cards and modules are securely attached: all


extractor handles must be in the storage position (parallel to the
card edge), and all module fastening screws must be tight
(tighten only manually).

7.

Check for proper operation of the FCU900 (no abnormal noise


and vibrations) in all NEs.

8.

Check that the FCU900 is fully inserted in its chassis position


and that its screws are tight.

9.

Clean the FCU900 and inspect the air filters. Clean or replace
the air filters if necessary.

10.

Clean all areas around the shelf in the rack and the rack's front
door (if applicable), using a vacuum cleaner.

11.

Check that the cables connecting the DC power sources (main


and backup) to the RAP are properly connected.

12.

Check that the external alarm cables are properly connected to


the RAP.

13.

Check that there are no alarm indications on the cards and


modules.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

417006-2318-0H3-A02

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Item

Maintenance

Inspection/Check

Intervals*
W

14.

Check that all RAP LEDs turn on and that the buzzer sounds
X
when the POWER ON pushbutton on the RAP panel is pressed.
Note: The buzzer will not sound if the ACO is active.

15.

Check that all card and module LEDs turn on when the LED
TEST pushbutton on the ECU900 panel is pressed.

16.

Perform a visual check of LED indications.

17.

Check the proper operation of the OW system (if applicable to


the NE).

*Legend:

W weekly

M monthly

Q quarterly

Air Filter Preventive Maintenance


Air particles trapped by the air filter increase the resistance to airflow, and can
eventually decrease the airflow below the minimum required for proper cooling
of internal components. The resulting increase in the internal temperature of the
equipment reduces the equipment reliability and performance. Therefore,
whenever an air filter is installed, it must periodically be cleaned or replaced
with a clean filter.
It is accepted throughout the electronics equipment industry to recommend
cleaning or replacing air filters approximately every 90 days. However, the
cleaning intervals depend on the specific environmental conditions. In dusty
environments more frequent cleaning is required. Note that foam filters, which
are the type used in XDM platforms, efficiently trap particles without showing
face loading of contaminants, and therefore visual inspection cannot be used to
determine cleaning intervals.
CAUTION: Filter cleaning intervals must strictly be
observed, as clogging by trapped particles can severely impair
equipment reliability and performance.

417006-2318-0H3-A02

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

8-3

Maintenance

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Recommended Cleaning Methods


Use the following methods (listed in order of ascending efficiency) to clean air
filters:
1. Vacuum clean: A few passes of a vacuum cleaner remove accumulated
dust and dirt in seconds. Point the air nozzle in the direction of operating
airflow (vacuum from intake side toward exhaust side).
2. Blow with compressed air: Point a compressed air nozzle in the opposite
direction of the operating airflow (blow from the exhaust side toward the
intake side).
NOTE: Oily residues and moisture reduce cleaning efficiency
of the above methods; in such cases, clean the filter using
method No. 4, or replace the filter.

3. Cold water rinse: Under normal service conditions, the foam media used
in the filters require no oily adhesives. Therefore, collected dust and dirt
can be washed away using a standard hose nozzle with plain water. Stand
the filter until completely dry and free of moisture, and return to service.
4. Immersion in warm soapy water: Where stubborn airborne dirt is present,
the filter may be dipped in a solution of warm water and mild detergent.
Then simply rinse in clear water, stand until completely dry and free of
moisture, and return to service.
The recommended method is No. 4, as it ensures thorough cleaning of all types
of contaminants under any reasonable service conditions.

8-4

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

417006-2318-0H3-A02

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Maintenance

Cleaning the air filter


For the procedure steps, refer to the following figure.

Figure 8-1: Inserting the air filter

NOTE: The air filter can be removed and reinstalled while


the XDM-900 shelf is in operation.

417006-2318-0H3-A02

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

8-5

Maintenance

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

To clean the air filter:


1. Release the two thumbnuts fastening the filter in the upmost position.
2. Lower the filter frame and pull the filter out.
3. Inspect the filter for damage. If any damage (for example, holes or torn
material) is evident, replace the filter with a new one.
CAUTION: Replace the filter only with a filter of the original
type. Failure to do so can impair equipment reliability and
performance.

4. Clean the filter using the method selected by your organization.


5. Identify the filter's air intake side, indicated by the two coding tabs.
6. Insert the clean filter in the holding frame, lift the thumbnuts and fasten
them in place.

8-6

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

417006-2318-0H3-A02

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Maintenance

Traffic Monitoring System


Principles of Operation
The XDM-900 incorporates a traffic monitoring system that enables rapid
allocation of major problems in the traffic passing through its aggregate and
I/O modules.
The XDM-900 monitoring system enables you to monitor traffic passing
through the I/O modules installed in slots I1 to I16 of the modules cages.
NOTE: I/O CWDM modules installed in the modules cage
slots are not supported by the monitoring system.

The main components of the monitoring system interface are located on the
ECU900-F front panel. These components, except for the monitoring point and
monitoring indicator, are common to all modules. In addition, the system has a
monitoring point and monitoring indicators on the front panel of the modules.
The PIM2_21, PIM2_63/B, and PIM345 have only one monitoring indicator
used for all their channels. STM-1 modules do not have a monitoring point, and
use the monitoring point on the ECU900-F card.

Figure 8-2: ECU900-F monitoring system interface

The system's common components on the ECU900-F are as follows:

MODULE selector

CHANNEL selector

MODULE, 2-digit display

CHANNEL, 2-digit display

417006-2318-0H3-A02

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

8-7

Maintenance

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

The ECU900-F components that serve only STM-1 modules are:

STM-1 MON monitoring point

MON indicator

The monitoring system components on the monitored modules include:

MON monitoring point

MON indicators

Figure 8-3: Monitoring system interface of a typical module

The monitoring system enables you to monitor traffic passing through a


module. To do so, test equipment is connected to the monitoring point of the
corresponding module, and the module and port are selected by the system's
selectors. As a result, the traffic is closed through the test equipment and the
signal can be viewed, in an eye pattern, on the test equipment display.

Selecting a module
The MODULE selector chooses the monitored module slot number. The
selected module is displayed on the 2-digit display to the right of the selector.
Pressing the selector upward increments the slot number; pressing it downward
decrements the slot number. The selection is cyclic. Possible selections are QA
and QB for the aggregate cards (I/O cards), and I1 to I16 for the I/O modules.
If the selected module is an STM-1, the MON indicator on the ECU900 lights.

8-8

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

417006-2318-0H3-A02

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Maintenance

Selecting a channel
The CHANNEL selector chooses the specific monitored channel (port) on the
module selected. The selected channel is displayed on the 2-digit display to the
left of the selector. Pressing the selector upward increments the channel
number; pressing it downward decrements the channel number. The selection is
cyclic. Possible selections are from 00 to the module's maximum number of
channels. For example, in a PIM2_21 (which has 21 ports), the selection goes
from 00 to 21. When the value 00 is selected, the system blocks the monitoring
to the selected module.
In addition to the number of the selected channel shown on the display, a MON
indicator lights near the selected port on the module. If an STM-1 module is
selected, the MON indicator on the ECU900-F lights in addition to the LED
near the selected port on the module.

Stabilization time
The monitoring system has a stabilization time of approximately 1.5 seconds.
This means that after a new value is selected with the MODULE or
CHANNEL selectors, the display starts blinking for the stabilization time, and
only after that the new selection is displayed.

Response to events
This section describes the response of the monitoring system to the following
events:
Power-on
Cold restart
MXC900 switching to redundancy
Warm restart

ECU900 extraction/insertion
After power-on, the monitoring system displays 17 00. This is the default state,
and indicates slot QA and channel 00. Channel 00 is defined in the system as
idle state, and indicates that no channel was selected and that monitoring is
disabled. To enable the monitoring results, a module and a channel must be
selected.
The response of the system to MXC900 switching to redundancy is identical to
the response to cold restart.
Warm restart does not affect the traffic or monitoring of any modules in the
XDM-900.
After extracting/inserting the ECU900, the monitoring display is reset to the
default state 17 00, and the monitoring history stored in the ECU900 memory is
lost.

417006-2318-0H3-A02

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

8-9

Maintenance

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Assigning modules to slots


To monitor a module installed in a specific slot, the management system must
have previously assigned that module to the slot. If the module was not
assigned, the CHANNEL display will indicate 00 and remain in this state, even
if you attempt to change the selection.
If a module in a slot is replaced with a module of the same type, the display
will not change and the system will read the monitoring result for the channel
that was last selected. If a module has to be replaced with a module of a
different type, the new module must be assigned to the slot. Then, a new
MODULE and CHANNEL selection must be made.

Monitoring options
The system can monitor a number of channels in different modules
simultaneously. This feature is useful when traffic passing through different
modules in the XDM-900 has to be analyzed.
After monitoring channels of different modules, all selected channel numbers
of these modules are saved in the ECU900 memory.
You can connect test equipment to various modules or connect test equipment
with multiple inputs to simultaneously monitor the traffic passing through the
channels in these modules.

Monitoring Signal Levels


The following table lists the normal signal levels at the monitoring points for
the various modules.
Table 8-2:

Number of
channels (ports)

Signal rate and level

Module type

Monitoring point

SIM1_4/O
SIM1_4/OB

ECU900-F front
panel

155 Mbps, CMI

SIM1_4/E

ECU900-F front
panel

155 Mbps, CMI

SIM1_8

ECU900-F front
panel

155 Mbps, CMI

SIM4_2

Module front panel

622 Mbps, NRZ

SIM4_4

Module front panel

622 Mbps, NRZ

PIM2_21

Module front panel

21

2.048 Mbps, HDB-3

Module front panel

63

2.048 Mbps, HDB-3

Module front panel

34 or 45 Mbps, HDB-3

PIM2_63/B
PIM345_3

8-10

I/O modules monitoring data

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

417006-2318-0H3-A02

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Maintenance

Monitoring Modules Traffic


Monitoring the traffic of STM-1 and other modules operating at a different rate
is similar, and differs only in the location of the monitoring point and LED
indicators.
To monitor the traffic in a non-STM-1 module:
1. Identify the slot number of the module to be monitored.
2. Connect the test equipment to the monitoring point.
3. Select the slot number of the monitored module using the MODULE
selector.
4. Select the channel number of the monitored port using the CHANNEL
selector.
5. Wait for the display to stabilize (stop blinking), and then verify that the
required slot and channel were selected.
6. Verify that the MON indicator of the selected channel lights.
7. Read the test result on the test equipment connected to the monitoring
point.
To monitor the traffic in an STM-1 module:
1. Identify the slot number of the module to be monitored.
2. Connect the test equipment to the monitoring point on the ECU900 card.
3. Perform Steps 3 to 5 in the previous section.
4. Verify that the MON indicator on the ECU900 card and the corresponding
MON indicator on the STM-1 module light.
5. Read the test result on the test equipment connected to the monitoring
point.

417006-2318-0H3-A02

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

8-11

Maintenance

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Onsite Troubleshooting
The purpose of onsite troubleshooting is to identify the hardware causing the
malfunction and return the equipment to normal operation as soon as possible.
Troubleshooting is usually initiated in response to one of the following
conditions:

Alarm or performance degradation reported by the management station.

Alarm or malfunction detected on site by maintenance personnel, either as


a result of a troubleshooting activity initiated by the management center
personnel or as a result of a periodic inspection or preventive maintenance
action. Many problems can be detected via the various indicators available
on the XDM-900 system components.

This chapter assumes familiarity with the XDM-900, with SDH, data, and
CWDM equipment, and with the LightSoft and EMS-XDM management
stations. Refer to the respective user manuals for details on the various
capabilities of the management stations, and for instructions on performing the
desired activities.
The following sections provide procedures for performing onsite
troubleshooting for various trouble categories, as well as for specific
subsystems, for example, OADMs, Mux/DeMux subsystems, and so on. For
each category, you will find a troubleshooting table that provides the
instructions for identifying the trouble.
To use the troubleshooting table:
1. Identify the closest description of the trouble symptoms under
Symptoms.
2. Perform the required corrective actions listed under Corrective actions in
the order in which they appear until the trouble is corrected.

8-12

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

417006-2318-0H3-A02

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Maintenance

Troubleshooting Power Problems


Table 8-3:

Troubleshooting power problems

No.

Symptoms

Probable cause

RAP POWER
ON indicator is
off.

Both main and


backup power
sources failed.

Corrective actions

1.
2.
3.

4.
5.
6.
Equipment problem.

1.

2.

3.

MXC900
ACTIVE
indicator is off.

No input power to
the corresponding
unit.

1.
2.
3.

4.
5.
3

MXC900 FAIL
indicator lights.

417006-2318-0H3-A02

Technical failure in
the corresponding
unit.

Check the site power distribution system.


Check the DC voltage at the main and backup power
terminals of the RAP.
If the voltage is not within the correct range, check
cable connections up to the DC power distribution
panel, and make sure no fuses are blown.
Check the voltage supplied by the main and backup
power sources.
Check the power connections to the RAP.
Check the circuit breakers in the RAP and replace if
necessary.
Check the voltage at the MXC900 end of each power
cable. Replace the cable or repair the RAP if there is no
voltage present.
If after checking (as explained above) and reconnecting
a cable to the equipment, the circuit breaker trips again,
replace the corresponding MXC900 card.
If the problem occurs again after Step 2, remove all the
cards and modules from the shelf and reinsert them one
by one until you find the component causing the circuit
breaker to trip. Replace that component
Check the corresponding circuit breaker in the RAP;
reset any tripped breaker.
Check the circuit breakers in the RAP and replace if
necessary.
If the circuit breaker trips again, disconnect the cable
protected by the corresponding circuit breaker from the
equipment and check the voltage polarity.
Check the power cable condition and make sure that the
cable is not damaged and does not cause short circuits.
Check proper cable connection at both ends.

Replace the unit.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

8-13

Maintenance

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Troubleshooting Using Component


Indicators
The management station will usually provide onsite personnel with a list of
suspected components.
Start the troubleshooting of a suspected component by checking its indicators.
These indicators, located on the various cards and modules, can help you to
rapidly and efficiently identify a malfunctioning component in accordance with
the procedures outlined in the following tables.
NOTE: See description of indicator functions in the
XDM-100 Product Line Reference Manual.

CAUTION: The following corrective actions are


traffic-affecting.
Table 8-4:

General troubleshooting procedures for cards/modules

No.

Symptoms

Probable cause Corrective actions

Green ACT/AC
indicator is off.

Defective
indicator
Defective
card/module

Press the LED TEST pushbutton on the ECU900, and check


that the indicator lights. If not, replace the card/module.
1.

2.
2

Red FAIL/FL
indicator does
not turn off after
software
download (this
occurs after
power-on and
resetting).

Defective
card/module

1.

2.

3.

Card/module
Orange (traffic
not configured
carrying)
to carry traffic
indicator is off
when indicator is
supported.

Remove the card/module and wait a minute before


reinserting it. Make sure that you fully insert the card or
module in its slot.
If the ACT/AC indicator does not turn on after
reinsertion, replace the card/module.
Remove the card/module and wait a few minutes before
reinserting it. Make sure the ACT/AC indicator turns on
after the card/module is reinserted.
The FAIL/FL indicator must flash while software is
downloaded to the card/module. Wait until the software
download is complete and check that the FAIL/FL
indicator turns off.
If the FAIL/FL indicator turns on again, replace the
card/module.

Check with the management station operator if the


card/module has already been configured and provisioned; if
not, ignore the state of the orange indicator.

CAUTION: Before checking fiber break problems using an


OTDR (Optical Time-Domain Reflectometer), it is the user's
responsibility to disconnect the receiver port. Failure to do so
may damage the receiver irreparably.

8-14

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

417006-2318-0H3-A02

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Table 8-5:

Maintenance

General troubleshooting procedures for optical transceiver plug-ins

No.

Symptoms

Green transceiver The corresponding


state indicator is optical transmitter
off.
may have been
turned off by the
ALS function (see
note below).

Probable cause

Corrective actions

1.
2.

3.
2

Transceiver state Test equipment is


indicator lights in connected to the
red.
monitoring
connector of the
corresponding
plug-in.
Defective
transceiver.

When available, press the laser-on pushbutton of the


ECU900 to activate the corresponding laser.
If the problem persists, the laser automatically turns
off again after a few seconds. Check that all the fibers
are properly connected to the corresponding optical
transceiver.
Replace the transceiver if the problem is not corrected
after the transceiver is reinserted.

1.

For plug-in transceivers with monitoring connector:


the test equipment is connected to the monitoring
connector. This indication is provided for
identification purposes, and does not necessarily
indicate a malfunction.

1.

Disconnect the fibers connected to the transceiver and


remove it.
Reinstall the transceiver in its position, making sure to
fully engage its connector to the mating card
connector.
Replace the transceiver if the problem is not corrected
after the transceiver is reinserted.

2.

3.

NOTE: An optical port with ALS capability turns off its


transmitter when the corresponding receive signal is lost.
Turning the transmitter off may cause a chain reaction, which
turns the optical signals off in a whole section of the network
and generates a large number of alarms.
As a result, it may be difficult to identify the real cause of the
problem, and you may need to use the management station
log records to identify the port.
Table 8-6:

Troubleshooting procedures for electrical interface modules

No.

Symptoms

Probable cause

Corrective actions

Green AC
indicator is off.

Defective
indicator

Press the LED TEST pushbutton on the ECU900 and check


that the indicator lights. If not, replace the card/module.

Defective
module

1.

2.
2

Red FL
indicator does
not turn off
after software
download (this
occurs after
power-on and
resetting).

417006-2318-0H3-A02

Defective
module

1.

2.

3.

Remove the module and wait a minute before


reinserting it. Make sure that you fully insert the
module in its slot.
If the AC indicator does not turn on after reinsertion,
replace the module.
Remove the module and wait a few minutes before
reinserting it to reset. Make sure the AC indicator
turns on after the module is reinserted.
The FL indicator must flash while software is
downloaded to the module. Wait until the software
download ends and check that the FL indicator turns
off.
If the FL indicator turns on again, replace the module.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

8-15

Maintenance

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Table 8-7:

Troubleshooting procedures for optical OADM and Mux/DeMux

No.

Symptoms

Probable cause

Green AC
indicator is off.

Defective
module

Corrective actions

1.

2.
2

Red FL
indicator does
not turn off
after software
download (this
occurs after
power-on and
resetting).

Table 8-8:

Defective
module

1.

2.

3.

Remove the module and wait a few minutes before


reinserting it to reset. Make sure the AC indicator turns
on after the module is reinserted.
The FL indicator must flash while software is
downloaded to the component. Wait until the software
download ends and check that the FL indicator turns
off.
If the FL indicator turns on again, replace the module.

Troubleshooting procedures for EISMs

No.

Symptoms

Probable cause

Green AC
indicator is off.

Defective
module

Corrective actions

1.

2.
1.

Remove the module and wait a minute before


reinserting it. Make sure that you fully insert the card in
its slot.
If the AC indicator does not turn on after reinsertion,
replace the module.

Red FL indicator
on the module
does not turn off
after software
download (this
occurs after
power-on and
resetting).

Defective
module

Orange (traffic
carrying)
indicator on
module is off.

Module not
configured to
carry traffic

Green (link state) Problem related


to port
indicator of an
Ethernet optical
port is off.

1.
2.
3.
4.

Check port configuration.


Check connections to LAN.
Make sure at least one LAN station is active.
Replace optical transceiver of port.

Link state
indicator of an
10/100BaseT
Ethernet port is
off.

Problem related
to port

1.
2.
3.

Check port configuration.


Check connections to LAN.
Make sure at least one LAN station is active.

8-16

Remove the module and wait a minute before


reinserting it. Make sure that you fully insert the
module in its slot.
If the AC indicator does not turn on after reinsertion,
replace the module.

2.

3.

Remove the module and wait a few minutes before


reinserting it to reset. Make sure the AC indicator turns
on after the module is reinserted.
The FL indicator must flash while software is
downloaded to the module. Wait until the software
download ends and check that the FL indicator turns
off.
If the FL indicator turns on again, replace the module.

Check with the management station operator whether the


module has already been configured and provisioned; if not,
ignore the state of the orange indicator.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

417006-2318-0H3-A02

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Maintenance

Troubleshooting the Timing Subsystem


Table 8-9:

Troubleshooting procedures for timing subsystem

No.

Symptoms

Probable cause

Corrective actions

Switching to
standby TMU

Technical failure

Force switching of traffic to the other MXC900,


and then replace the MXC900 card with the
defective TMU.

Missing T3/BITS IN
external reference signal

1.

2.

3.
4.
Missing T4/BITS OUT
external reference signal

1.

2.
3.
4.

Loss of reference clock


source provided by a
tributary

417006-2318-0H3-A02

Check the equipment providing the external


reference signal and make sure it operates
normally.
Check the cable connected to the
corresponding ECU900-F connector. Make
sure both its ends are properly connected to
the mating connector.
Check the cable wiring. Replace the cable if
in doubt.
Replace the corresponding ECU900-F.
Check the cable connected to the
corresponding ECU900-F connector. Make
sure both its ends are properly connected to
the mating connector.
Check the cable wiring. Replace the cable if
in doubt.
Replace the corresponding ECU900-F.
Force switching of traffic to the other
MXC900, and then replace the MXC900 with
the defective TMU.

Troubleshoot the corresponding module and


replace it if found faulty.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

8-17

Maintenance

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Troubleshooting Transmission and Traffic


Alarms
Before any other troubleshooting activity, check the management station log to
check if a specific component has been reported as faulty and replace it.
CAUTION: Before checking fiber break problems using an
OTDR (Optical Time-Domain Reflectometer), it is the user's
responsibility to disconnect the receiver port. Failure to do so
may damage the receiver irreparably.
Table 8-10: Troubleshooting transmission and traffic alarms
No.

Symptoms

Probable cause

Alarm related
to a client
signal

External problem

Corrective actions

1.

2.

Alarm related
to a line signal

External problem

1.
2.

3.

8-18

Check the proper operation of the equipment providing


the tributary signal and its connections to the XDM-900
I/O port.
Use the results of the commissioning tests as a reference
for the required signal levels, and make measurements
of current levels at all the relevant monitoring points.
Compare the reference levels with the measured values;
a significant discrepancy may point to the failed
component (for example, low transmit level, excessive
fiber attenuation due to physical damage, and so on).
Check the proper operation of the equipment providing
the line signal and its connections to the XDM-900 port.
Use the network and site documentation to identify the
path associated with the reported alarm and all related
optical and/or electrical components. Use the results of
the commissioning tests as a reference for the required
signal levels, and make measurements of current levels
at all the relevant monitoring points through the
management.
Compare the reference levels with the measured values;
a significant discrepancy may point to the failed
component (for example, low transmit level, excessive
fiber attenuation due to physical damage, and so on).

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

417006-2318-0H3-A02

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Maintenance

Troubleshooting Management
Communication
When the management station cannot manage an XDM-900 shelf, use the
following table to identify the cause of the problem.
NOTE: Whenever you detect problems during
commissioning tests and when troubleshooting a new
installation, do not overlook the possibility of configuration
and/or provisioning errors. Under such circumstances, always
start the troubleshooting procedures by reviewing all
equipment configuration and provisioning parameters against
the original network design, and correct as necessary.

Table 8-11: Troubleshooting management communication


No.

Symptoms

Probable cause

Problems in
management
traffic path

Defective
card/module in
management
traffic path

Corrective actions

1.

Problem in
transmission path

1.

2.

2.

3.

Other problems

417006-2318-0H3-A02

Check for fault indications on the cards processing the


management communication (see General
troubleshooting procedures for cards/modules).
Force switching to the protection path and reset each
component. Use the results of the BIT test to identify
the faulty component.
Use the network and site documentation to identify the
path of the management communication to the
corresponding XDM shelf and all the related optical
components.
Use the results of the commissioning tests as a
reference for the required signal levels, and make
measurements of current levels at all the relevant
monitoring points through the management.
Compare the reference levels with the measured
values; a significant discrepancy may point to the
failed component (for example, low transmit level,
excessive fiber attenuation due to physical damage,
and so on).

Replace suspected components in the following sequence:


1. Hubs and Ethernet cables used for management traffic
2. ECU900
3. MXC900

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

8-19

Maintenance

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Replacing Cards and Modules


Safety and Workmanship
Refer to Before You Start/Safety Guidelines (page 1-1) for safety and
workmanship instructions.
CAUTION: Static Sensitive Devices
PROPER HANDLING AND GROUNDING
PRECAUTIONS REQUIRED
XDM-900 equipment contains components sensitive to ESD.
To prevent ESD damage, strictly observe all the precautions
listed in Protection against ESD. Keep parts and cards in their
antistatic packaging material until you are ready to install
them.
Use an antistatic wrist strap connected to a grounded
equipment frame or rack when handling cards and modules
during installation, removal, or connection to internal
connectors.

Before you start:


When inserting cards and modules, make sure to align the card or module
carefully with the platform guide rails. If you feel resistance during insertion,
immediately retract the card/module and repeat the process.
Hold the card/module straight during insertion and removal, and pull or push it
slowly and carefully to avoid touching components located on adjacent
cards/modules.
Do not use excessive torque when tightening the fastening screws of cards and
modules.
Visually inspect the card and the mating backplane connectors and make sure
that there are no signs of physical damage. In particular, check for bent
connector pins.

8-20

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

417006-2318-0H3-A02

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Maintenance

Before replacing any card, module, NVM, or optical


transceiver:
1. Check that the replacement component has not been physically damaged
during shipment.
2. Remove the replacement component from its antistatic protection
packaging and inspect visually to detect damage during shipment. Report
any problems.
3. Record the hardware and software versions as indicated on the component
identification labels, and make sure they are compatible with those of the
component to be replaced.
After replacing a component:
1. Place it in its antistatic protection packaging and close it.
2. Attach a report to the package explaining the reason for the replacement,
and identify the network site, physical location, platform, and time of
replacement.

Replacing MXC900 Cards


This section provides replacement instructions for the MXC900.
CAUTION:

417006-2318-0H3-A02

Do not extract/insert an MXC900 while the DC cables are


connected to it.
If the FAIL (red), MAIN (blue), and TMU (orange) LEDs
blink simultaneously, the MXC900 is not mounted
correctly or not all four screws are properly locked.
Before attempting to remove the card, monitor its NVM
(yellow) indicator; remove the card only after this
indicator has been off for at least 2 minutes.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

8-21

Maintenance

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

To replace the MXC900:


1. Initiate a forced switching to the other MXC900.
2. Wait until the NVM (yellow) indicator of the MXC900 to be replaced turns
off and remains off for at least 2 minutes, and then remove the NVM card
as described in Replacing the NVM on MXC900 cards. It is recommended
to wait until the yellow indicator of the other MXC900 card also turns off.
CAUTION: When replacing any MXC900 card, the upper left
screw operates a microswitch. When this screw is open, it
indicates to the XDM-900 platform that the MXC900 is not
installed. This screw must be opened first when replacing an
MXC900 card.

3. Open the MXC900 upper left screw first, then the upper right screw, and
then the two lower screws.
4. Hold both extractor handles and pull them simultaneously outward until the
card is released from the backplane.
5. Keep holding the handles, and gently pull the card out of the shelf.
6. If necessary, transfer the NVM from the replaced MXC900 card to its
replacement (see Replacing the NVM on MXC900 cards).
7. Insert the rear end of the replacement card into the corresponding card
guides.
8. Push the cards front panel with both hands until the extractor handles
attach to the panel.
9. Push the card in by holding both handles and pushing them simultaneously
inward, until the card mates the chassis connectors and is locked in place. If
you feel resistance before the connectors are mated, pull the card out and
repeat the procedure.
10. Close the cards upper left screws first, then the upper right screw, and then
the two lower screws.
NOTE: Make sure that all four screws in the MXC900 are
properly tightened. Failing to do so may result in improper
operation of the shelf.
If the FAIL (red), MAIN (blue), and TMU (orange) LEDs
blink simultaneously, the MXC is not mounted correctly or
not all four screws are properly locked.

8-22

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

417006-2318-0H3-A02

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Maintenance

Replacing the NVM on MXC900 Cards


This section provides replacement instructions for the NVM.
CAUTION: To prevent disruption of data stored on the NVM,
make sure you do not open the NVM cover while the
MXC900 accesses the NVM. Before attempting to remove
the NVM, monitor the NVM (yellow) indicator; open the
NVM cover only after the NVM indicator on the MXC900
has been off for at least 2 minutes.

To replace the NVM:


1. Force switch to the other MXC900.
2. Wait until the NVM (yellow) indicator of the MXC900 on which the NVM
is to be replaced turns off, and remains off for at least 2 minutes.
3. Open the two captive screws fastening the NVM cover to the MXC900.
4. Press the NVM release pushbutton, using the NVM cover edge as an
extractor tool.
5. Carefully extract the NVM from the MXC900.
6. Orient the replacement NVM in the correct position and push it straight
into its socket.
7. Replace the NVM's cover, and fasten it to the MXC900 with its two captive
screws.
At this stage, you may either wait for the automatic updating of the database
stored on the new NVM (this may take up to one hour), or immediately force a
switching to the MXC900 on which the NVM has been replaced.

417006-2318-0H3-A02

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

8-23

Maintenance

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Replacing ECU900/ ECU900-F Cards


This section provides replacement instructions for the ECU900/ ECU900-F.
CAUTION: Replace the ECU900/ ECU900-F card as rapidly
as possible. While the ECU900/ ECU900-F card is out,
management, debugging, T3/T4 synchronization, and other
tasks supported by this card are not possible.
Before attempting to remove the card, monitor the NVM
(yellow) and TMU (orange) indicators of the MXC900
installed in the shelf; remove the ECU900/ ECU900-F only
after the MXC900 indicators have been off for at least 2
minutes.

To replace the ECU900/ ECU900-F:


1. Mark each cable connected to the card for identification purposes.
2. Disconnect the cables connected to the ECU900/ ECU900-F.
3. Open the two captive screws fastening the card to the shelf.
4. Remove the card to be replaced by pulling its handle.
5. Insert the rear end of the replacement card in the corresponding card
guides.
6. Push the card in until it mates the chassis connectors. If you feel resistance
before the connectors are mated, pull the card out and repeat the procedure.
7. Fasten the card to the shelf by its two captive screws.
8. Reconnect the cables disconnected in Step 2 to the replacement card.

8-24

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

417006-2318-0H3-A02

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Maintenance

Replacing I/O Modules


The following procedure is applicable to all I/O modules.
Before you start:
For modules with electrical interfaces that use electrical interface protection via
TPMs, first force a switch to the protection module (IOP) before replacing the
module.
To replace I/O modules:
1. Mark each cable and fiber connected to the module for identification
purposes.
2. Disconnect any cables or fibers connected to the module to be replaced.
3. Open the captive screws fastening the module to the shelf.
4. Remove the module to be replaced by pulling its handle.
5. Insert the rear end of the replacement module into the corresponding
module guides.
6. Push the module in until it mates the chassis connectors. If you feel
resistance before the connectors are mated, pull the module out and repeat
the procedure.
7. Fasten the module to the shelf by its captive screws.
8. Reconnect any cables or fibers disconnected in Step 2 to the replacement
module.

417006-2318-0H3-A02

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

8-25

Maintenance

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Replacing SFP/XFP Transceivers


ECI Telecom's Network Solutions Division supplies field-replaceable SFP/XFP
transceivers. Hot swapping is allowed, provided you observe all the safety
precautions described in Laser Device Operating Precautions during the
replacement.
To replace an SFP/XFP transceiver:
1. Mark each fiber connected to the transceiver for identification purposes.
2. Identify the position of the SFP/XFP transceiver to be replaced.
3. Disconnect the fibers connected to the transceiver.
4. Remove the transceiver plug-in by pulling its tab.
5. Insert the rear end of the replacement transceiver plug-in into the prescribed
position, and push slowly backward to mate its rear connector with the
corresponding optical interface module connector until the transceiver
clicks into place (see the following figure). If you feel resistance before the
transceiver plug-in is fully inserted, retract the transceiver and repeat the
insertion.

Figure 8-4: Inserting an SFP/XFP transceiver into an I/O module

6. Reconnect the fibers disconnected in Step 3.

8-26

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

417006-2318-0H3-A02

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Maintenance

Replacing the FCU900


The FCU900 can be replaced without disconnecting the power from the
XDM-900 shelf.
CAUTION: To prevent the shelf overheating, complete the
replacement within 2 to 3 minutes.

To replace the FCU900:


1. Prepare the replacement FCU900 so you can install it immediately after
removing the old FCU900. In particular, carefully inspect the interior of the
FCU900 to ensure that no foreign matter, for example, packaging chips, is
present inside the unit.
2. Open the two captive screws fastening the FCU900 to the shelf.
3. Carefully remove the FCU900 to be replaced by slowly pulling it out of the
shelf. Be aware that the internal fans may still be rotating.
4. Insert the replacement FCU900 in the corresponding shelf guides, and push
it carefully in until the FCU900 fully engages the mating internal connector
of the XDM-900 shelf. Make sure that the FCU900 front panel is flush with
the shelf frame front edges. As the FCU900 is plugged into its mating
connector, the green ACTIVE indicator on its panel should turn on.
5. Fasten the FCU900 to the shelf by its two captive screws.

417006-2318-0H3-A02

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

8-27

Maintenance

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Replacing RAP Components


This section describes how to replace RAP components identified as faulty via
the troubleshooting procedures described in this chapter.

Replacing xRAP-100 Circuit Breakers


xRAP-100 circuit breakers can be replaced without disconnecting the power
(hot swapping).
To replace the xRAP-100 circuit breakers:
1. Open the two captive screws fastening the xRAP-100 front cover to its
chassis and remove the cover (see the following figure).
2. Identify the faulty circuit breaker and remove it by pulling it straight out of
its socket.
3. Check the replacement circuit breaker ratings against those of the replaced
circuit breaker.
WARNING: For continued protection against risk of fire,
replace only with a fuse of the same type and rating.
ATTENTION: Pour ne pas compromettre la protection
contre les risques dincendie, remplacer par un fusible de
mme type et de mmes caractristiques nominales.

4. Insert the replacement circuit breaker into the circuit breaker sockets of the
corresponding xRAP-100 power terminal board, as shown in the following
figure.

8-28

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

417006-2318-0H3-A02

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Maintenance

5. Reinstall the xRAP-100 front cover and fasten it with its two captive
screws.

Figure 8-5: Replacing the xRAP-100 circuit breakers

Replacing xRAP-D Circuit Breakers


xRAP-D circuit breakers can be replaced without disconnecting the power (hot
swapping).
To replace the xRAP-D circuit breakers:
1. Open the two captive screws fastening the xRAP-D front cover to its
chassis and remove the cover (see the following figure).
2. Identify the faulty circuit breaker and remove it by pulling it straight out of
its socket.
3. Check the replacement circuit breaker ratings against those of the replaced
circuit breaker.
WARNING: For continued protection against risk of fire,
replace only with a circuit breaker of the same type and
rating.

ATTENTION: Pour ne pas compromettre la protection


contre les risques dincendie, remplacer par un fusible de
mme type et de mmes caractristiques nominales.

417006-2318-0H3-A02

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

8-29

Maintenance

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

4. Insert the replacement circuit breaker into the circuit breaker sockets of the
corresponding xRAP-D power terminal board, as shown in the following
figures.
5. Reinstall the xRAP-D front cover and fasten it with its two captive screws.

Figure 8-6: Installation of xRAP-D circuit breakers

8-30

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

417006-2318-0H3-A02

A
Connector Pin Assignments
In this appendix:
Overview ........................................................................................................ A-1
ECU900 Card Connectors ............................................................................. A-2
F-CHANNEL Connector ................................................................................ A-5
T3_1/T4_1 and T3_2/T4_2 Connectors ......................................................... A-6
ETHERNET Connectors ................................................................................ A-7
MXC900 DC Input Power Connectors ........................................................... A-8
PIM2_21 Connection Data ............................................................................. A-8
PIM2_42 Connection Data ........................................................................... A-12
PIM2_63/B Connection Data ....................................................................... A-18
PIM2_63S Connection Data ......................................................................... A-22
TPM2_63_3 Connection Data ...................................................................... A-30
EISMB/DIOM/MCSM Connectors .............................................................. A-38
ACP900 Connectors ..................................................................................... A-39
xRAP-100 Connectors .................................................................................. A-40
RAP-4B Connectors ..................................................................................... A-45
xRAP-D Connectors ..................................................................................... A-50

Overview
This appendix provides connection data for the user connectors located in
XDM shelves and associated ancillary equipment supplied by ECI Telecom.
Optical and coaxial connectors are described in the XDM-1000 Product Line
Reference Manual.
Any connectors not described in this appendix are reserved for use by ECI
Telecoms Network Solutions Division technical support personnel and/or for
future expansion, and therefore no user equipment may be connected to them.

417006-2318-0H3-A02

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

A-1

Connector Pin Assignments

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

ECU900 Card Connectors


Alarms Client Cable
This cable provides a direct connection between the XDM-900 and the
customers distribution frame. The cable has a 36-pin SCSI male connector on
one end which connects to the ALARMS connector, and open wires for
connecting to the customers facility on the other end. The following table lists
the pin assignment in the SCSI connector, and the color of the wire connected
to the corresponding pin for the connection between the XDM-900 ALARMS
connector and a distribution frame.
Table A-1: ALARMS client cable wiring

A-2

Pin

Name

Function

Direction

Wire color

COMMON_F

Floating power supply


common

Input

Brown

Not connected

ALM_IN1

Alarm input 1, wire

Input

Brown/gray-ring

Not connected

ALM_IN2

Alarm input 2, wire

Input

Red

Not connected

ALM_IN3

Alarm input 3, wire

Input

Red/gray-ring

Not connected

ALM_IN4

Alarm input 4, wire

Input

Orange

10

Not connected

11

ALM_IN5

Alarm input 5, wire

Input

Orange/gray-ring

12

ALM_O1NO/
IN6

Alarm output 1
NO/input 6, wire

Output/Input

Yellow

13

ALM_O1/IP6

Alarm output 1
common/input 6, + wire

Output/
Input

Yellow/gray-ring

14

ALM_O1NC

Alarm output 1 NC

Output

Green

15

ALM_O2NO/
IN7

Alarm output 2 NO/input 7,


wire

Output/
Input

Green/gray-ring

16

ALM_O2/IP7

Alarm output 2
common/input 7, + wire

Output/
Input

Blue

17

ALM_O2NC

Alarm output 2 NC

Output

Blue/gray-ring

18

BUZ_COM

Buzzer common

Input

Violet

19

CRIT_NC

Critical alarm NC

Input

White

20

CRIT_NO

Critical alarm NO

Input

White/gray-ring

21

CRIT_COM

Critical alarm common

22

MAJ_NC

Major alarm NC

Input

Pink/gray-ring

23

MAJ_COM

Major alarm common

Input

Brown/white-ring

Pink

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

417006-2318-0H3-A02

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Connector Pin Assignments

Pin

Name

Function

Direction

Wire color

24

MAJ_NO

Major alarm NO

Input

Red/white-ring

25

MIN_NC

Minor alarm NC

Orange/white-ring

26

MIN_NO

Minor alarm NO

Input

Yellow/white-ring

27

MIN_COM

Minor alarm common

Input

Green/white-ring

28

WARN_NC

Warning alarm NC

Input

Blue/white-ring

29

WARN_COM

Warning alarm common

Violet/white-ring

30

WARN_NO

Warning alarm NO

Light gray/
white-ring

31

ALM_O3NO/
IN8

Alarm output 3
common/input 8, wire

Red/brown-ring

32

ALM_O3/IP8

Alarm output 3
common/input 8, + wire

Input

Yellow/brown-ring

33

ALM_O3NC

Alarm output 3 NC

Input

Orange/brown-ring

34

EXTA_SN2

External alarm sense 2

Input

35

BUZ_NO

Audio alarm activation line

Input

36

EXTA_SN1

External alarm sense 1

Input

Violet/gray-ring

xRAP-100 alarms cable


This cable connects the XDM-900 to the xRAP-100. The cable has a 36-pin
SCSI male connector on both ends; one connects to the XDM-900 ALARMS
connector, and the other to the xRAP-100 ALARMS connector. The following
table lists the xRAP-100 alarms cable wiring.
Table A-2: xRAP-100 alarms cable wiring
XDM-900 side
SCSI connector

Name

Function

xRAP-100 side
SCSI connector

COMMON_F

Floating power supply


common

ALM_IP1

Alarm input 1, + wire

ALM_IN1

Alarm input 1, wire

ALM_IP2

Alarm input 2, + wire

ALM_IN2

Alarm input 2, wire

ALM_IP3

Alarm input 3, + wire

ALM_IN3

Alarm input 3, wire

ALM_IP4

Alarm input 4, + wire

ALM_IN4

Alarm input 4, wire

10

ALM_IP5

Alarm input 5, + wire

10

11

ALM_IN5

Alarm input 5, wire

11

12

ALM_O1NO/IN6

Alarm output 1 NO/input


6, wire

12

417006-2318-0H3-A02

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

A-3

Connector Pin Assignments

A-4

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

XDM-900 side
SCSI connector

Name

Function

xRAP-100 side
SCSI connector

13

ALM_O1/IP6

Alarm output 1
common/input 6, + wire

13

14

ALM_O1NC

Alarm output 1 NC

14

15

ALM_O2NO/IN7

Alarm output 2 NO/input


7, wire

15

16

ALM_O2/IP7

Alarm output 2
common/input 7, + wire

16

17

ALM_O2NC

Alarm output 2 NC

17

18

BUZ_COM

Buzzer common

18

19

CRIT_NC

Critical alarm NC

19

20

CRIT_NO

Critical alarm NO

20

21

CRIT_COM

Critical alarm common

21

22

MAJ_NC

Major alarm NC

22

23

MAJ_COM

Major alarm common

23

24

MAJ_NO

Major alarm NO

24

25

MIN_NC

Minor alarm NC

25

26

MIN_NO

Minor alarm NO

26

27

MIN_COM

Minor alarm common

27

28

WARN_NC

Warning alarm NC

28

29

WARN_COM

Warning alarm common

29

30

WARN_NO

Warning alarm NO

30

31

ALM_O3NO/IN8

Alarm output 3
common/input 8, wire

31

32

ALM_O3/IP8

Alarm output 3
common/input 8, + wire

32

33

ALM_O3NC

Alarm output 3 NC

33

34

EXTA_SN2

External alarm sense 2

34

35

BUZ_NO

Audio alarm activation


line

35

36

EXTA_SN1

External alarm sense 1

36

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

417006-2318-0H3-A02

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Connector Pin Assignments

F-CHANNEL Connector
The F-CHANNEL connector is a 9-pin D-type male connector that provides a
serial RS-232 communication channel supporting SLIP. This connector is
intended for connection to a Craft terminal. The connection is made to one of
the serial RS-232 ports of the PC serving as a Craft terminal, using a crossed
cable.
The following figure identifies the connector pins as seen when looking into
the connector. The table lists the connector pin assignment, together with the
corresponding pin in the Craft terminal serial RS-232 port (assuming that this
port uses a 9-pin connector).

Figure A-1: F-CHANNEL connector pin identification


Table A-3: F-CHANNEL connector pin assignment
Pin

Name

Function

Direction

Craft terminal serial port pin

Not connected

Not connected

COM-F-RX

F-channel receive

Input

Pin 3 (transmit output)

COM-F-TX

F-channel transmit

Output

Pin 2 (receive input)

Not connected

Not connected

GND

Ground

Pin 5 (ground)

6, 7,
8, 9

Not connected

Not connected

417006-2318-0H3-A02

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

A-5

Connector Pin Assignments

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

T3_1/T4_1 and T3_2/T4_2


Connectors
The T3_1/T4_1 and T3_2/T4_2 connectors are 9-pin D-type male connectors,
each including two groups of lines:

Clock input (T3 2.048 MHz signal, ITU-T Rec. G.703 interface)

Clock output (T4 2.048 MHz signal, ITU-T Rec. G.703 interface)

The MAIN connector serves the main TMU, and the PROTECT connector
serves the standby (protection) TMU. They are connected to the site timing
reference distribution subsystem.
The following figure identifies the connector pins as seen when looking into
the connector, and the table lists their pin assignment.

Figure A-2: T3_1/T4_1 and T3_2/T4_2 connectors pin identification


Table A-4: T3_1/T4_1 and T3_2/T4_2 connectors pin assignment

A-6

Pin

Name

Function

Direction

SHIELD

Shield

CK_2M_MIL

Clock input, low

Input

SHIELD

Shield

CK_2M_MOL

Clock output, low

Output

Not connected

CK_2M_MIH

Clock input, high

Input

SHIELD

Shield

CK_2M_MOH

Clock output, high

Output

Not connected

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

417006-2318-0H3-A02

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Connector Pin Assignments

ETHERNET Connectors
The two ETHERNET connectors located on the ECU900 panel, designated
MANAGEMENT MAIN and PROT/LCT, are 8-pin RJ-45 connectors that
provide two Ethernet 10BaseT management interfaces (one for each MXC900
card installed in the XDM-900 shelf).
At any time, only the interface connected to the MXC900 serving as the current
main card is active; the interface connected to the MXC900 serving as the
protection card is in standby to provide protection for the out-of-band
management traffic.
Each ETHERNET connector is wired as a station port intended for direct
connection through a straight cable to a port of a 10BaseT Ethernet hub.
The following figure identifies the connector pins as seen when looking into
the connector. The table lists the pin assignment for a typical connector.

Figure A-3: ETHERNET connectors pin identification


Table A-5: ETHERNET connectors pin assignment
Designation

Function

Direction

TX+

Transmit, + wire

Output

TX

Transmit, wire

Output

RX+

Receive, + wire

Input

N/C

Not connected

RX

Receive, wire

FGND

Frame ground

N/C

Not connected

417006-2318-0H3-A02

Input

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

A-7

Connector Pin Assignments

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

MXC900 DC Input Power


Connectors
The DC input power connector, designated POWER, is a 5-pin D-type male
connector located on the MXC900 panel. The following figure identifies the
functions of the POWER connector pins, as seen when looking into the
connector.

Figure A-4: POWER input power connector pin functions

PIM2_21 Connection Data


The PIM2_21 provides 21 balanced or unbalanced E1 tributary interfaces and
has two 50-pin SCSI female connectors. The upper connector serves the E1
receive signals and the lower connector serves the E1 transmit signals.
The following figure identifies the connector pins as seen when looking into
the connector. The tables list the pin assignment for a typical connector (for
unbalanced interfaces, wire A is the center (tip) conductor, and wire B is the
shield, or ring). These tables also list the color of the wire connected to the
corresponding pin in the cables offered by ECI Telecoms Network Solutions
Division for connecting the tributary connector and a distribution frame.

Figure A-5: PIM2_21 E1 connectors pin identification

A-8

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

417006-2318-0H3-A02

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Connector Pin Assignments

Table A-6: PIM2_21 receive lines (upper) connector pin assignment


Pin

Name

Function

Direction

Wire color

RTIP1

Receive, tributary 1, wire A

Input

Brown

RTIP2

Receive, tributary 2, wire A

Input

Red

RTIP3

Receive, tributary 3, wire A

Input

Orange

RTIP4

Receive, tributary 4, wire A

Input

Yellow

RTIP5

Receive, tributary 5, wire A

Input

Green

RTIP6

Receive, tributary 6, wire A

Input

Blue

RTIP7

Receive, tributary 7, wire A

Input

Violet

GND

Shield

Brown/green-ring

RTIP8

Receive, tributary 8, wire A

Input

White

10

RTIP9

Receive, tributary 9, wire A

Input

Pink

11

RTIP10

Receive, tributary 10, wire A

Input

Brown/white-ring

12

RTIP11

Receive, tributary 11, wire A

Input

Orange/white-ring

13

RTIP12

Receive, tributary 12, wire A

Input

Green/white-ring

14

RTIP13

Receive, tributary 13, wire A

Input

Violet/white-ring

15

RTIP14

Receive, tributary 14, wire A

Input

Red/brown-ring

16

GND

Shield

Light-gray/green-ring

17

RTIP15

Receive, tributary 15, wire A

Input

Orange/brown-ring

18

RTIP16

Receive, tributary 16, wire A

Input

Blue/brown-ring

19

RTIP17

Receive, tributary 17, wire A

Input

Light-gray/brown-ring

20

RTIP18

Receive, tributary 18, wire A

Input

Brown/red-ring

21

RTIP19

Receive, tributary 19, wire A

Input

Yellow/red-ring

22

RTIP20

Receive, tributary 20, wire A

Input

Blue/red-ring

23

RTIP21

Receive, tributary 21, wire A

Input

White/red-ring

24

GND

Shield

Yellow/green-ring

25

Not connected

26

GND

Shield

Orange/green-ring

27

RRING1

Receive, tributary 1, wire B

Input

Brown/gray-ring

28

RRING2

Receive, tributary 2, wire B

Input

Red/gray-ring

29

RRING3

Receive, tributary 3, wire B

Input

Orange/gray-ring

30

RRING4

Receive, tributary 4, wire B

Input

Yellow/gray-ring

31

RRING5

Receive, tributary 5, wire B

Input

Green/gray-ring

32

RRING6

Receive, tributary 6, wire B

Input

Blue/gray-ring

33

RRING7

Receive, tributary 7, wire B

Input

Violet/gray-ring

34

GND

Shield

Violet/green-ring

35

RRING8

Receive, tributary 8, wire B

Input

White/gray-ring

36

RRING9

Receive, tributary 9, wire B

Input

Pink/gray-ring

37

RRING10

Receive, tributary 10, wire B

Input

Red/white-ring

38

RRING11

Receive, tributary 11, wire B

Input

Yellow/white-ring

417006-2318-0H3-A02

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

A-9

Connector Pin Assignments

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Pin

Name

Function

Direction

Wire color

39

RRING12

Receive, tributary 12, wire B

Input

Blue/white-ring

40

RRING13

Receive, tributary 13, wire B

Input

Light-gray/white-ring

41

RRING14

Receive, tributary 14, wire B

Input

Yellow/brown-ring

42

GND

Shield

Blue/green-ring

43

RRING15

Receive, tributary 15, wire B

Input

Green/brown-ring

44

RRING16

Receive, tributary 16, wire B

Input

Violet/brown-ring

45

RRING17

Receive, tributary 17, wire B

Input

Pink/brown-ring

46

RRING18

Receive, tributary 18, wire B

Input

Light-gray/red-ring

47

RRING19

Receive, tributary 19, wire B

Input

Green/red-ring

48

RRING20

Receive, tributary 20, wire B

Input

Violet/red-ring

49

RRING21

Receive, tributary 21, wire B

Input

Pink/red-ring

50

GND

Shield

Pink/green-ring

Table A-7: PIM2_21 transmit lines (lower) connector pin assignment

A-10

Pin

Name

Function

Direction

Wire color

TTIP1

Transmit, tributary 1, wire A

Output

Brown/yellow-ring

TTIP2

Transmit, tributary 2, wire A

Output

Orange/yellow-ring

TTIP3

Transmit, tributary 3, wire A

Output

Blue/yellow-ring

TTIP4

Transmit, tributary 4, wire A

Output

Light-gray/
yellow-ring

TTIP5

Transmit, tributary 5, wire A

Output

Brown/blue-ring

TTIP6

Transmit, tributary 6, wire A

Output

Orange/blue-ring

TTIP7

Transmit, tributary 7, wire A

Output

Green/blue-ring

GND

Shield

Pink/orange-ring

TTIP8

Transmit, tributary 8, wire A

Output

Light-gray/blue-ring

10

TTIP9

Transmit, tributary 9, wire A

Output

Brown/orange-ring

11

TTIP10

Transmit, tributary 10, wire A

Output

Yellow/orange-ring

12

TTIP11

Transmit, tributary 11, wire A

Output

Blue/orange-ring

13

TTIP12

Transmit, tributary 12, wire A

Output

Light-gray/
orange-ring

14

TTIP13

Transmit, tributary 13, wire A

Output

Brown/violet-ring

15

TTIP14

Transmit, tributary 14, wire A

Output

Orange/violet-ring

16

GND

Shield

Pink/blue-ring

17

TTIP15

Transmit, tributary 15, wire A

Output

Green/violet-ring

18

TTIP16

Transmit, tributary 16, wire A

Output

Light-gray/
violet-ring

19

TTIP17

Transmit, tributary 17, wire A

Output

Brown/pink-ring

20

TTIP18

Transmit, tributary 18, wire A

Output

Orange/pink-ring

21

TTIP19

Transmit, tributary 19, wire A

Output

Green/pink-ring

22

TTIP20

Transmit, tributary 20, wire A

Output

Light-gray/pink-ring

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

417006-2318-0H3-A02

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Connector Pin Assignments

Pin

Name

Function

Direction

Wire color

23

TTIP21

Transmit, tributary 21, wire A

Output

Pink/violet-ring

24

GND

Shield

Pink/white-ring

25

Not connected

26

GND

Shield

White/brown-ring

27

TRING1

Transmit, tributary 1, wire B

Output

Red/yellow-ring

28

TRING2

Transmit, tributary 2, wire B

Output

Green/yellow-ring

29

TRING3

Transmit, tributary 3, wire B

Output

Violet/yellow-ring

30

TRING4

Transmit, tributary 4, wire B

Output

White/yellow-ring

31

TRING5

Transmit, tributary 5, wire B

Output

Red/blue-ring

32

TRING6

Transmit, tributary 6, wire B

Output

Yellow/blue-ring

33

TRING7

Transmit, tributary 7, wire B

Output

Violet/blue-ring

34

GND

Shield

Black

35

TRING8

Transmit, tributary 8, wire B

Output

White/blue-ring

36

TRING9

Transmit, tributary 9, wire B

Output

Red/orange-ring

37

TRING10

Transmit, tributary 10, wire B

Output

Green/orange-ring

38

TRING11

Transmit, tributary 11, wire B

Output

Violet/orange-ring

39

TRING12

Transmit, tributary 12, wire B

Output

White/orange-ring

40

TRING13

Transmit, tributary 13, wire B

Output

Red/violet-ring

41

TRING14

Transmit, tributary 14, wire B

Output

Yellow/violet-ring

42

GND

Shield

Black/white-ring

43

TRING15

Transmit, tributary 15, wire B

Output

Blue/violet-ring

44

TRING16

Transmit, tributary 16, wire B

Output

White/violet-ring

45

TRING17

Transmit, tributary 17, wire B

Output

Red/pink-ring

46

TRING18

Transmit, tributary 18, wire B

Output

Yellow/pink-ring

47

TRING19

Transmit, tributary 19, wire B

Output

Blue/pink-ring

48

TRING20

Transmit, tributary 20, wire B

Output

White/pink-ring

49

TRING21

Transmit, tributary 21, wire B

Output

Pink/yellow-ring

50

GND

Shield

Black/yellow

417006-2318-0H3-A02

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

A-11

Connector Pin Assignments

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

PIM2_42 Connection Data


The PIM2_42 provides 42 balanced or unbalanced E1 tributary interfaces and
has two 100-pin SCSI female connectors. The upper connector serves the first
21 E1s (#1 to #21) receive and transmit signals, and the lower connector serves
the second 21 E1s (#22 to #42) receive and transmit signals.
The following figure identifies the connector pins as seen when looking into
the connector. The tables list the pin assignment for a typical connector (for
unbalanced interfaces, wire A is the center (tip) conductor, and wire B is the
shield, or ring). These tables also list the color of the wire connected to the
corresponding pin in the cables offered by ECI Telecoms Network Solutions
Division for connecting the tributary connector and a distribution frame.

Figure A-6: PIM2_42 E1 connectors pin identification


Table A-8: PIM2_42 receive/transmit lines upper connector (1-21) pin assignment

A-12

Pin

Name

Function

Direction

Wire color

CGND

Shield

Brown/green-ring

CGND

Shield

Light Gray/green-ring

RTIP1

Receive, tributary 1, wire A

Input

Brown

RRING1

Receive, tributary 1, wire B

Input

Brown/gray-ring

RTIP2

Receive, tributary 2, wire A

Input

Red

RRING2

Receive, tributary 2, wire B

Input

Red/gray-ring

RTIP3

Receive, tributary 3, wire A

Input

Orange

RRING3

Receive, tributary 3, wire B

Input

Orange/gray-ring

RTIP4

Receive, tributary 4, wire A

Input

Yellow

10

RRING4

Receive, tributary 4, wire B

Input

Yellow/gray-ring

11

RTIP5

Receive, tributary 5, wire A

Input

Green

12

RRING5

Receive, tributary 5, wire B

Input

Green/gray-ring

13

RTIP6

Receive, tributary 6, wire A

Input

Blue

14

RRING6

Receive, tributary 6, wire B

Input

Blue/gray-ring

15

RTIP7

Receive, tributary 7, wire A

Input

Violet

16

RRING7

Receive, tributary 7, wire B

Input

Violet/gray-ring

17

RTIP8

Receive, tributary 8, wire A

Input

White

18

RRING8

Receive, tributary 8, wire B

Input

White/gray-ring

19

RTIP9

Receive, tributary 9, wire A

Input

Pink

20

RRING9

Receive, tributary 9, wire B

Input

Pink/gray-ring

21

RTIP10

Receive, tributary 10, wire A

Input

Brown/white-ring

22

RRING10 Receive, tributary 10, wire B

Input

Red/white-ring

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

417006-2318-0H3-A02

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Connector Pin Assignments

Pin

Name

Function

Direction

Wire color

23

CGND

Shield

Violet/green-ring

24

CGND

Shield

Blue/green-ring

25

CGND

Shield

Pink/orange-ring

26

CGND

Shield

Pink/blue-ring

27

TTIP1

Transmit, tributary 1, wire A

Output

Brown/yellow-ring

28

TRING1

Transmit, tributary 1, wire B

Output

Red/yellow-ring

29

TTIP2

Transmit, tributary 2, wire A

Output

Orange/yellow-ring

30

TRING2

Transmit, tributary 2, wire B

Output

Green/yellow-ring

31

TTIP3

Transmit, tributary 3, wire A

Output

Blue/yellow-ring

32

TRING3

Transmit, tributary 3, wire B

Output

Violet/yellow-ring

33

TTIP4

Transmit, tributary 4, wire A

Output

Light gray/yellow-ring

34

TRING4

Transmit, tributary 4, wire B

Output

White/yellow-ring

35

TTIP5

Transmit, tributary 5, wire A

Output

Brown/blue-ring

36

TRING5

Transmit, tributary 5, wire B

Output

Red/blue-ring

37

TTIP6

Transmit, tributary 6, wire A

Output

Orange/blue-ring

38

TRING6

Transmit, tributary 6, wire B

Output

Yellow/blue-ring

39

TTIP7

Transmit, tributary 7, wire A

Output

Green/blue-ring

40

TRING7

Transmit, tributary 7, wire B

Output

Violet/blue-ring

41

TTIP8

Transmit, tributary 8, wire A

Output

Light gray/blue-ring

42

TRING8

Transmit, tributary 8, wire B

Output

White/blue-ring

43

TTIP9

Transmit, tributary 9, wire A

Output

Brown/orange-ring

44

TRING9

Transmit, tributary 9, wire B

Output

Red/orange-ring

45

TTIP10

Transmit, tributary 10, wire A

Output

Yellow/orange-ring

46

TRING10 Transmit, tributary 10, wire B

Output

Green/orange-ring

47

TTIP11

Transmit, tributary 11, wire A

Output

Blue/orange-ring

48

TRING11 Transmit, tributary 11, wire B

Output

Violet/orange-ring

49

CGND

Shield

Pink/white-ring

50

CGND

Shield

White/brown-ring

51

CGND

Shield

Yellow/green-ring

52

CGND

Shield

Orange/green-ring

53

RTIP11

Receive, tributary 11, wire A

Input

Orange/white-ring

54

RRING11 Receive, tributary 11, wire B

Input

Yellow/white-ring

55

RTIP12

Receive, tributary 12, wire A

Input

Green/white-ring

56

RRING12 Receive, tributary 12, wire B

Input

Blue/white-ring

57

RTIP13

Receive, tributary 13, wire A

Input

Violet/white-ring

58

RRING13 Receive, tributary 13, wire B

Input

Light gray/white-ring

59

RTIP14

Receive, tributary 14, wire A

Input

Red/brown-ring

60

RRING14 Receive, tributary 14, wire B

Input

Yellow/brown-ring

61

RTIP15

Input

Orange/brown-ring

417006-2318-0H3-A02

Receive, tributary 15, wire A

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

A-13

Connector Pin Assignments

A-14

Pin

Name

62

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual
Function

Direction

Wire color

RRING15 Receive, tributary 15, wire B

Input

Green/brown-ring

63

RTIP16

Receive, tributary 16, wire A

Input

Blue/brown-ring

64

RRING16 Receive, tributary 16, wire B

Input

Violet/brown-ring

65

RTIP17

Receive, tributary 17, wire A

Input

Light gray/brown-ring

66

RRING17 Receive, tributary 17, wire B

Input

Pink/brown-ring

67

RTIP18

Receive, tributary 18, wire A

Input

Brown/red-ring

68

RRING18 Receive, tributary 18, wire B

Input

Light gray/red-ring

69

RTIP19

Receive, tributary 19, wire A

Input

Yellow/red-ring

70

RRING19 Receive, tributary 19, wire B

Input

Green/red-ring

71

RTIP20

Receive, tributary 20, wire A

Input

Blue/red-ring

72

RRING20 Receive, tributary 20, wire B

Input

Violet/red-ring

73

RTIP21

Receive, tributary 21, wire A

Input

White/red-ring

74

RRING21 Receive, tributary 21, wire B

Input

Pink/red-ring

75

CGND

Shield

Pink/green-ring

76

CGND

Shield

White/green-ring

77

CGND

Shield

Black

78

CGND

Shield

Black/white-ring

79

TTIP12

Transmit, tributary 12, wire A

Output

Light gray/orange-ring

80

TRING12 Transmit, tributary 12, wire B

Output

White/orange-ring

81

TTIP13

Transmit, tributary 13, wire A

Output

Brown/violet-ring

82

TRING13 Transmit, tributary 13, wire B

Output

Red/violet-ring

83

TTIP14

Transmit, tributary 14, wire A

Output

Orange/violet-ring

84

TRING14 Transmit, tributary 14, wire B

Output

Yellow/violet-ring

85

TTIP15

Transmit, tributary 15, wire A

Output

Green/violet-ring

86

TRING15 Transmit, tributary 15, wire B

Output

Blue/violet-ring

87

TTIP16

Transmit, tributary 16, wire A

Output

Light gray/violet-ring

88

TRING16 Transmit, tributary 16, wire B

Output

White/violet-ring

89

TTIP17

Transmit, tributary 17, wire A

Output

Brown/pink-ring

90

TRING17 Transmit, tributary 17, wire B

Output

Red/pink-ring

91

TTIP18

Transmit, tributary 18, wire A

Output

Orange/pink-ring

92

TRING18 Transmit, tributary 18, wire B

Output

Yellow/pink-ring

93

TTIP19

Transmit, tributary 19, wire A

Output

Green/pink-ring

94

TRING19 Transmit, tributary 19, wire B

Output

Blue/pink-ring

95

TTIP20

Transmit, tributary 20, wire A

Output

Light gray/pink-ring

96

TRING20 Transmit, tributary 20, wire B

Output

White/pink-ring

97

TTIP21

Transmit, tributary 21, wire A

Output

Pink/violet-ring

98

TRING21 Transmit, tributary 21, wire B

Output

Pink/yellow-ring

99

CGND

Shield

Black/yellow-ring

100

CGND

Shield

Black/pink-ring

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

417006-2318-0H3-A02

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Connector Pin Assignments

Table A-9: PIM2_42 receive/transmit lines lower connector (22-42) pin


assignment
Pin

Name

Function

Direction

Wire color

CGND

Shield

Brown/green-ring

CGND

Shield

Light Gray/green-ring

RTIP22

Receive, tributary 22, wire A

Input

Brown

RRING22 Receive, tributary 22, wire B

Input

Brown/gray-ring

RTIP23

Receive, tributary 23, wire A

Input

Red

RRING23 Receive, tributary 23, wire B

Input

Red/gray-ring

RTIP24

Receive, tributary 24, wire A

Input

Orange

RRING24 Receive, tributary 24, wire B

Input

Orange/gray-ring

RTIP25

Receive, tributary 25, wire A

Input

Yellow

10

RRING25 Receive, tributary 25, wire B

Input

Yellow/gray-ring

11

RTIP26

Receive, tributary 26, wire A

Input

Green

12

RRING26 Receive, tributary 26, wire B

Input

Green/gray-ring

13

RTIP27

Receive, tributary 27, wire A

Input

Blue

14

RRING27 Receive, tributary 27, wire B

Input

Blue/gray-ring

15

RTIP28

Receive, tributary 28, wire A

Input

Violet

16

RRING28 Receive, tributary 28, wire B

Input

Violet/gray-ring

17

RTIP29

Receive, tributary 29, wire A

Input

White

18

RRING29 Receive, tributary 29, wire B

Input

White/gray-ring

19

RTIP30

Receive, tributary 30, wire A

Input

Pink

20

RRING30 Receive, tributary 30, wire B

Input

Pink/gray-ring

21

RTIP31

Receive, tributary 31, wire A

Input

Brown/white-ring

22

RRING31 Receive, tributary 31, wire B

Input

Red/white-ring

23

CGND

Shield

Violet/green-ring

24

CGND

Shield

Blue/green-ring

25

CGND

Shield

Pink/orange-ring

26

CGND

Shield

Pink/blue-ring

27

TTIP22

Transmit, tributary 22, wire A

Output

Brown/yellow-ring

28

TRING22 Transmit, tributary 22, wire B

Output

Red/yellow-ring

29

TTIP23

Transmit, tributary 23, wire A

Output

Orange/yellow-ring

30

TRING23 Transmit, tributary 23, wire B

Output

Green/yellow-ring

31

TTIP24

Transmit, tributary 24, wire A

Output

Blue/yellow-ring

32

TRING24 Transmit, tributary 24, wire B

Output

Violet/yellow-ring

33

TTIP25

Transmit, tributary 25, wire A

Output

Light gray/yellow-ring

34

TRING25 Transmit, tributary 25, wire B

Output

White/yellow-ring

35

TTIP26

Transmit, tributary 26, wire A

Output

Brown/blue-ring

36

TRING26 Transmit, tributary 26, wire B

Output

Red/blue-ring

37

TTIP27

Output

Orange/blue-ring

417006-2318-0H3-A02

Transmit, tributary 27, wire A

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

A-15

Connector Pin Assignments

A-16

Pin

Name

38

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual
Function

Direction

Wire color

TRING27 Transmit, tributary 27, wire B

Output

Yellow/blue-ring

39

TTIP28

Transmit, tributary 28, wire A

Output

Green/blue-ring

40

TRING28 Transmit, tributary 28, wire B

Output

Violet/blue-ring

41

TTIP29

Transmit, tributary 29, wire A

Output

Light gray/blue-ring

42

TRING29 Transmit, tributary 29, wire B

Output

White/blue-ring

43

TTIP30

Transmit, tributary 30, wire A

Output

Brown/orange-ring

44

TRING30 Transmit, tributary 30, wire B

Output

Red/orange-ring

45

TTIP31

Transmit, tributary 31, wire A

Output

Yellow/orange-ring

46

TRING31 Transmit, tributary 31, wire B

Output

Green/orange-ring

47

TTIP32

Transmit, tributary 32, wire A

Output

Blue/orange-ring

48

TRING32 Transmit, tributary 32, wire B

Output

Violet/orange-ring

49

CGND

Shield

Pink/white-ring

50

CGND

Shield

White/brown-ring

51

CGND

Shield

Yellow/green-ring

52

CGND

Shield

Orange/green-ring

53

RTIP32

Receive, tributary 32, wire A

Input

Orange/white-ring

54

RRING32 Receive, tributary 32, wire B

Input

Yellow/white-ring

55

RTIP33

Receive, tributary 33, wire A

Input

Green/white-ring

56

RRING33 Receive, tributary 33, wire B

Input

Blue/white-ring

57

RTIP34

Receive, tributary 34, wire A

Input

Violet/white-ring

58

RRING34 Receive, tributary 34, wire B

Input

Light gray/white-ring

59

RTIP35

Receive, tributary 35, wire A

Input

Red/brown-ring

60

RRING35 Receive, tributary 35, wire B

Input

Yellow/brown-ring

61

RTIP36

Receive, tributary 36, wire A

Input

Orange/brown-ring

62

RRING36 Receive, tributary 36, wire B

Input

Green/brown-ring

63

RTIP37

Receive, tributary 37, wire A

Input

Blue/brown-ring

64

RRING37 Receive, tributary 37, wire B

Input

Violet/brown-ring

65

RTIP38

Receive, tributary 38, wire A

Input

Light gray/brown-ring

66

RRING38 Receive, tributary 38, wire B

Input

Pink/brown-ring

67

RTIP39

Receive, tributary 39, wire A

Input

Brown/red-ring

68

RRING39 Receive, tributary 39, wire B

Input

Light gray/red-ring

69

RTIP40

Receive, tributary 40, wire A

Input

Yellow/red-ring

70

RRING40 Receive, tributary 40, wire B

Input

Green/red-ring

71

RTIP41

Receive, tributary 41 wire A

Input

Blue/red-ring

72

RRING41 Receive, tributary 41, wire B

Input

Violet/red-ring

73

RTIP42

Receive, tributary 42, wire A

Input

White/red-ring

74

RRING42 Receive, tributary 42, wire B

Input

Pink/red-ring

75

CGND

Shield

Pink/green-ring

76

CGND

Shield

White/green-ring

77

CGND

Shield

Black

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

417006-2318-0H3-A02

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Connector Pin Assignments

Pin

Name

Function

Direction

Wire color

78

CGND

Shield

Black/white-ring

79

TTIP33

Transmit, tributary 33, wire A

Output

Light gray/orange-ring

80

TRING33 Transmit, tributary 33, wire B

Output

White/orange-ring

81

TTIP34

Transmit, tributary 34, wire A

Output

Brown/violet-ring

82

TRING34 Transmit, tributary 34, wire B

Output

Red/violet-ring

83

TTIP35

Transmit, tributary 35, wire A

Output

Orange/violet-ring

84

TRING35 Transmit, tributary 35, wire B

Output

Yellow/violet-ring

85

TTIP36

Transmit, tributary 36, wire A

Output

Green/violet-ring

86

TRING36 Transmit, tributary 36, wire B

Output

Blue/violet-ring

87

TTIP37

Transmit, tributary 37, wire A

Output

Light gray/violet-ring

88

TRING37 Transmit, tributary 37, wire B

Output

White/violet-ring

89

TTIP38

Transmit, tributary 38, wire A

Output

Brown/pink-ring

90

TRING38 Transmit, tributary 38, wire B

Output

Red/pink-ring

91

TTIP39

Transmit, tributary 39, wire A

Output

Orange/pink-ring

92

TRING39 Transmit, tributary 39, wire B

Output

Yellow/pink-ring

93

TTIP40

Transmit, tributary 40, wire A

Output

Green/pink-ring

94

TRING40 Transmit, tributary 40, wire B

Output

Blue/pink-ring

95

TTIP41

Transmit, tributary 41, wire A

Output

Light gray/pink-ring

96

TRING41 Transmit, tributary 41, wire B

Output

White/pink-ring

97

TTIP42

Transmit, tributary 42, wire A

Output

Pink/violet-ring

98

TRING42 Transmit, tributary 42, wire B

Output

Pink/yellow-ring

99

CGND

Shield

Black/yellow-ring

100

CGND

Shield

Black/pink-ring

417006-2318-0H3-A02

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

A-17

Connector Pin Assignments

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

PIM2_63/B Connection Data


The PIM2_63/B provides 63 balanced or unbalanced E1 tributary interfaces
and has three pairs of 50-pin SCSI female connectors. Each connector pair
supports 21 E1 interfaces. The upper connector in each pair serves the E1
receive signals and the lower, the E1 transmit signals. The tributaries and type
of signal (IN for receive, OUT for transmit) supported by each connector are
marked near the connector: IN 1-21, OUT 1-21, IN 22-42, OUT 22-42, IN
43-63, and OUT 43-63.
The following figure identifies the connector pins in each pair as seen when
looking into the connector. The tables list the pin assignment for a typical
connector pair (for unbalanced interfaces, wire A is the center (tip) conductor,
and wire B is the shield, or ring). These tables also list the color of the wire
connected to the corresponding pin in the cables offered by ECI Telecoms
Network Solutions Division for connecting the tributary connector and a
distribution frame. The tributary numbers appearing in these tables are given
for the IN 1-21 and OUT 1-21 connectors. To obtain the correct tributary
numbers for the other connectors, interpret the numbers as representing the
number of the tributary in its group (for example, in connectors IN 22-42 and
OUT 22-42, 7 represents E1 tributary 28; in connectors IN 43-63 and OUT
43-63, 12 represents E1 tributary 57).

Figure A-7: PIM2_63/B typical pair connectors pin identification


Table A-10: PIM2_63/B typical receive lines (upper) connector pin assignment

A-18

Pin

Name

Function

Direction

Wire color

RTIP1

Receive, tributary 1, wire A

Input

Brown

RTIP2

Receive, tributary 2, wire A

Input

Red

RTIP3

Receive, tributary 3, wire A

Input

Orange

RTIP4

Receive, tributary 4, wire A

Input

Yellow

RTIP5

Receive, tributary 5, wire A

Input

Green

RTIP6

Receive, tributary 6, wire A

Input

Blue

RTIP7

Receive, tributary 7, wire A

Input

Violet

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

417006-2318-0H3-A02

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Connector Pin Assignments

Pin

Name

Function

Direction

Wire color

GND

Shield

Brown/green-ring

RTIP8

Receive, tributary 8, wire A

Input

White

10

RTIP9

Receive, tributary 9, wire A

Input

Pink

11

RTIP10

Receive, tributary 10, wire A

Input

Brown/white-ring

12

RTIP11

Receive, tributary 11, wire A

Input

Orange/white-ring

13

RTIP12

Receive, tributary 12, wire A

Input

Green/white-ring

14

RTIP13

Receive, tributary 13, wire A

Input

Violet/white-ring

15

RTIP14

Receive, tributary 14, wire A

Input

Red/brown-ring

16

GND

Shield

Light-gray/green-ring

17

RTIP15

Receive, tributary 15, wire A

Input

Orange/brown-ring

18

RTIP16

Receive, tributary 16, wire A

Input

Blue/brown-ring

19

RTIP17

Receive, tributary 17, wire A

Input

Light-gray/
brown-ring

20

RTIP18

Receive, tributary 18, wire A

Input

Brown/red-ring

21

RTIP19

Receive, tributary 19, wire A

Input

Yellow/red-ring

22

RTIP20

Receive, tributary 20, wire A

Input

Blue/red-ring

23

RTIP21

Receive, tributary 21, wire A

Input

White/red-ring

24

GND

Shield

Yellow/green-ring

25

Not connected

26

GND

Shield

Orange/green-ring

27

RRING1

Receive, tributary 1, wire B

Input

Brown/gray-ring

28

RRING2

Receive, tributary 2, wire B

Input

Red/gray-ring

29

RRING3

Receive, tributary 3, wire B

Input

Orange/gray-ring

30

RRING4

Receive, tributary 4, wire B

Input

Yellow/gray-ring

31

RRING5

Receive, tributary 5, wire B

Input

Green/gray-ring

32

RRING6

Receive, tributary 6, wire B

Input

Blue/gray-ring

33

RRING7

Receive, tributary 7, wire B

Input

Violet/gray-ring

34

GND

Shield

Violet/green-ring

35

RRING8

Receive, tributary 8, wire B

Input

White/gray-ring

36

RRING9

Receive, tributary 9, wire B

Input

Pink/gray-ring

37

RRING10

Receive, tributary 10, wire B

Input

Red/white-ring

38

RRING11

Receive, tributary 11, wire B

Input

Yellow/white-ring

39

RRING12

Receive, tributary 12, wire B

Input

Blue/white-ring

40

RRING13

Receive, tributary 13, wire B

Input

Light-gray/white-ring

41

RRING14

Receive, tributary 14, wire B

Input

Yellow/brown-ring

42

GND

Shield

Blue/green-ring

43

RRING15

Receive, tributary 15, wire B

Input

Green/brown-ring

44

RRING16

Receive, tributary 16, wire B

Input

Violet/brown-ring

45

RRING17

Receive, tributary 17, wire B

Input

Pink/brown-ring

417006-2318-0H3-A02

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

A-19

Connector Pin Assignments

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Pin

Name

Function

Direction

Wire color

46

RRING18

Receive, tributary 18, wire B

Input

Light-gray/
red-ring

47

RRING19

Receive, tributary 19, wire B

Input

Green/red-ring

48

RRING20

Receive, tributary 20, wire B

Input

Violet/red-ring

49

RRING21

Receive, tributary 21, wire B

Input

Pink/red-ring

50

GND

Shield

Pink/green-ring

Table A-11: PIM2_63 typical transmit lines (lower) connector pin assignment

A-20

Pin

Name

Function

Direction

Wire color

TTIP1

Transmit, tributary 1, wire A

Output

Brown/yellow-ring

TTIP2

Transmit, tributary 2, wire A

Output

Orange/yellow-ring

TTIP3

Transmit, tributary 3, wire A

Output

Blue/yellow-ring

TTIP4

Transmit, tributary 4, wire A

Output

Light-gray/
yellow-ring

TTIP5

Transmit, tributary 5, wire A

Output

Brown/blue-ring

TTIP6

Transmit, tributary 6, wire A

Output

Orange/blue-ring

TTIP7

Transmit, tributary 7, wire A

Output

Green/blue-ring

GND

Shield

Pink/orange-ring

TTIP8

Transmit, tributary 8, wire A

Output

Light-gray/
blue-ring

10

TTIP9

Transmit, tributary 9, wire A

Output

Brown/orange-ring

11

TTIP10

Transmit, tributary 10, wire A

Output

Yellow/orange-ring

12

TTIP11

Transmit, tributary 11, wire A

Output

Blue/orange-ring

13

TTIP12

Transmit, tributary 12, wire A

Output

Light-gray/
orange-ring

14

TTIP13

Transmit, tributary 13, wire A

Output

Brown/violet-ring

15

TTIP14

Transmit, tributary 14, wire A

Output

Orange/
violet-ring

16

GND

Shield

Pink/blue-ring

17

TTIP15

Transmit, tributary 15, wire A

Output

Green/violet-ring

18

TTIP16

Transmit, tributary 16, wire A

Output

Light-gray/
violet-ring

19

TTIP17

Transmit, tributary 17, wire A

Output

Brown/pink-ring

20

TTIP18

Transmit, tributary 18, wire A

Output

Orange/pink-ring

21

TTIP19

Transmit, tributary 19, wire A

Output

Green/pink-ring

22

TTIP20

Transmit, tributary 20, wire A

Output

Light-gray/
pink-ring

23

TTIP21

Transmit, tributary 21, wire A

Output

Pink/violet-ring

24

GND

Shield

Pink/white-ring

25

Not connected

26

GND

Shield

White/brown-ring

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

417006-2318-0H3-A02

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Connector Pin Assignments

Pin

Name

Function

Direction

Wire color

27

TRING1

Transmit, tributary 1, wire B

Output

Red/yellow-ring

28

TRING2

Transmit, tributary 2, wire B

Output

Green/yellow-ring

29

TRING3

Transmit, tributary 3, wire B

Output

Violet/yellow-ring

30

TRING4

Transmit, tributary 4, wire B

Output

White/yellow-ring

31

TRING5

Transmit, tributary 5, wire B

Output

Red/blue-ring

32

TRING6

Transmit, tributary 6, wire B

Output

Yellow/blue-ring

33

TRING7

Transmit, tributary 7, wire B

Output

Violet/blue-ring

34

GND

Shield

Black

35

TRING8

Transmit, tributary 8, wire B

Output

White/blue-ring

36

TRING9

Transmit, tributary 9, wire B

Output

Red/orange-ring

37

TRING10

Transmit, tributary 10, wire B

Output

Green/orange-ring

38

TRING11

Transmit, tributary 11, wire B

Output

Violet/orange-ring

39

TRING12

Transmit, tributary 12, wire B

Output

White/orange-ring

40

TRING13

Transmit, tributary 13, wire B

Output

Red/violet-ring

41

TRING14

Transmit, tributary 14, wire B

Output

Yellow/violet-ring

42

GND

Shield

Black/white-ring

43

TRING15

Transmit, tributary 15, wire B

Output

Blue/violet-ring

44

TRING16

Transmit, tributary 16, wire B

Output

White/violet-ring

45

TRING17

Transmit, tributary 17, wire B

Output

Red/pink-ring

46

TRING18

Transmit, tributary 18, wire B

Output

Yellow/pink-ring

47

TRING19

Transmit, tributary 19, wire B

Output

Blue/pink-ring

48

TRING20

Transmit, tributary 20, wire B

Output

White/pink-ring

49

TRING21

Transmit, tributary 21, wire B

Output

Pink/yellow-ring

50

GND

Shield

Black/yellow

417006-2318-0H3-A02

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

A-21

Connector Pin Assignments

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

PIM2_63S Connection Data


The PIM2_63S provides 63 balanced or unbalanced E1 tributary interfaces and
has a 272-pin VHDCI female connector. The connector has two parts, each
with 136 pins; the upper part serves the 63 E1 transmit signals, and the lower
part the 63 E1 receive signals.
ECI Telecom offers a special cable for connecting to the PIM2_63S. For a
description of the cable refer to Traffic Cable for PIM2_63S (page 6-7). The
cable end, connecting to the PIM2_63S terminates with a double 136-pin
VHDCI male connector. The connector parts are designated as P1 for the
transmit lines and P3 for the receive lines.
The following figure identifies the connector pins as seen when looking into
the connector. The tables list the pin assignment for a typical connector (for
unbalanced interfaces, wire A is the center (tip) conductor, and wire B is the
shield, or ring). These tables also list the color of the wire connected to the
corresponding pin in the cable offered by ECI Telecoms Network Solutions
Division for connecting the tributary connector and a distribution frame. The
cable marking in the heading of each table refers to the 26AWG cable
connected to the connectors as designated in the cable description.

Figure A-8: PIM2_63S connector pin identification


Table A-12: Connector P1, E1 #1 to E1 #21 Tx lines
Pin

Name

Function

Direction

Wire color

Cable a (Red dots on jacket)

A-22

CGND

Shield

CGND

Shield

TXD_P1

Transmit, tributary 1, wire A

Output

Brown

TXD_N1

Transmit, tributary 1, wire B

Output

Brown/Gray

TXD_P2

Transmit, tributary 2, wire A

Output

Red

TXD_N2

Transmit, tributary 2, wire B

Output

Red/Gray

TXD_P3

Transmit, tributary 3, wire A

Output

Orange

TXD_N3

Transmit, tributary 3, wire B

Output

Orange/Gray

TXD_P4

Transmit, tributary 4, wire A

Output

Yellow

10

TXD_N4

Transmit, tributary 4, wire B

Output

Yellow/Gray

11

TXD_P5

Transmit, tributary 5, wire A

Output

Green

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

417006-2318-0H3-A02

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Connector Pin Assignments

Pin

Name

Function

Direction

Wire color

12

TXD_N5

Transmit, tributary 5, wire B

Output

Green/Gray

13

TXD_P6

Transmit, tributary 6, wire A

Output

Blue

14

TXD_N6

Transmit, tributary 6, wire B

Output

Blue/Gray

15

TXD_P7

Transmit, tributary 7, wire A

Output

Purple

16

TXD_N7

Transmit, tributary 7, wire B

Output

Purple/Gray

17

TXD_P8

Transmit, tributary 8, wire A

Output

White

18

TXD_N8

Transmit, tributary 8, wire B

Output

White/Gray

19

TXD_P9

Transmit, tributary 9, wire A

Output

Pink

20

TXD_N9

Transmit, tributary 9, wire B

Output

Pink/Gray

21

TXD_P10

Transmit, tributary 10, wire A

Output

Brown/White

22

TXD_N10

Transmit, tributary 10, wire B

Output

Red/White

23

TXD_P11

Transmit, tributary 11, wire A

Output

Orange/White

24

TXD_N11

Transmit, tributary 11, wire B

Output

Yellow/White

25

TXD_P12

Transmit, tributary 12, wire A

Output

Green/White

26

TXD_N12

Transmit, tributary 12, wire B

Output

Blue/White

27

TXD_P13

Transmit, tributary 13, wire A

Output

Purple/White

28

TXD_N13

Transmit, tributary 13, wire B

Output

Light-Gray/White

29

TXD_P14

Transmit, tributary 14, wire A

Output

Red/Brown

30

TXD_N14

Transmit, tributary 14, wire B

Output

Yellow/Brown

31

TXD_P15

Transmit, tributary 15, wire A

Output

Orange/Brown

32

TXD_N15

Transmit, tributary 15, wire B

Output

Green/Brown

33

TXD_P16

Transmit, tributary 16, wire A

Output

Blue/Brown

34

TXD_N16

Transmit, tributary 16, wire B

Output

Purple/Brown

35

--

N/C

--

--

36

--

N/C

--

--

37

TXD_P17

Transmit, tributary 17, wire A

Output

Light-Gray/Brown

38

TXD_N17

Transmit, tributary 17, wire B

Output

Pink/Brown

39

TXD_P18

Transmit, tributary 18, wire A

Output

Brown/Red

40

TXD_N18

Transmit, tributary 18, wire B

Output

Light-Gray/Red

41

TXD_P19

Transmit, tributary 19, wire A

Output

Yellow/Red

42

TXD_N19

Transmit, tributary 19, wire B

Output

Green/Red

43

TXD_P20

Transmit, tributary 20, wire A

Output

Blue/Red

44

TXD_N20

Transmit, tributary 20, wire B

Output

Purple/Red

45

TXD_P21

Transmit, tributary 21, wire A

Output

White/Red

46

TXD_N21

Transmit, tributary 21, wire B

Output

Pink/Red

417006-2318-0H3-A02

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

A-23

Connector Pin Assignments

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Table A-13: Connector P3, E1 #1 to E1 #21 Rx lines


Pin

Name

Function

Direction

Wire color

Cable b (Red dots on jacket)

A-24

91

RXD_N21

Receive, tributary 21, wire A

Input

Brown/Yellow

92

RXD_P21

Receive, tributary 21, wire B

Input

Red/Yellow

93

RXD_N20

Receive, tributary 20, wire A

Input

Orange/Yellow

94

RXD_P20

Receive, tributary 20, wire B

Input

Green/Yellow

95

RXD_N19

Receive, tributary 19, wire A

Input

Blue/Yellow

96

RXD_P19

Receive, tributary 19, wire B

Input

Purple/Yellow

97

RXD_N18

Receive, tributary 18, wire A

Input

Light-Gray/Yellow

98

RXD_P18

Receive, tributary 18, wire B

Input

White/Yellow

99

RXD_N17

Receive, tributary 17, wire A

Input

Brown/Blue

100

RXD_P17

Receive, tributary 17, wire B

Input

Red/Blue

101

--

N/C

--

--

102

--

N/C

--

--

103

RXD_N16

Receive, tributary 16, wire A

Input

Orange/Blue

104

RXD_P16

Receive, tributary 16, wire B

Input

Yellow/Blue

105

RXD_N15

Receive, tributary 15, wire A

Input

Green/Blue

106

RXD_P15

Receive, tributary 15, wire B

Input

Purple/Blue

107

RXD_N14

Receive, tributary 14, wire A

Input

Light-Gray/Blue

108

RXD_P14

Receive, tributary 14, wire B

Input

White/Blue

109

RXD_N13

Receive, tributary 13, wire A

Input

Brown/Orange

110

RXD_P13

Receive, tributary 13, wire B

Input

Red/Orange

111

RXD_N12

Receive, tributary 12, wire A

Input

Yellow/Orange

112

RXD_P12

Receive, tributary 12, wire B

Input

Green/Orange

113

RXD_N11

Receive, tributary 11, wire A

Input

Blue/Orange

114

RXD_P11

Receive, tributary 11, wire B

Input

Purple/Orange

115

RXD_N10

Receive, tributary 10, wire A

Input

Light-Gray/Orange

116

RXD_P10

Receive, tributary 10, wire B

Input

White/Orange

117

RXD_N9

Receive, tributary 9, wire A

Input

Brown/Purple

118

RXD_P9

Receive, tributary 9, wire B

Input

Red/Purple

119

RXD_N8

Receive, tributary 8, wire A

Input

Orange/Purple

120

RXD_P8

Receive, tributary 8, wire B

Input

Yellow/Purple

121

RXD_N7

Receive, tributary 7, wire A

Input

Green/Purple

122

RXD_P7

Receive, tributary 7, wire B

Input

Blue/Purple

123

RXD_N6

Receive, tributary 6, wire A

Input

Light-Gray/Purple

124

RXD_P6

Receive, tributary 6, wire B

Input

White/Purple

125

RXD_N5

Receive, tributary 5, wire A

Input

Brown/Pink

126

RXD_P5

Receive, tributary 5, wire B

Input

Red/Pink

127

RXD_N4

Receive, tributary 4, wire A

Input

Orange/Pink

128

RXD_P4

Receive, tributary 4, wire B

Input

Yellow/Pink

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

417006-2318-0H3-A02

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Connector Pin Assignments

129

RXD_N3

Receive, tributary 3, wire A

Input

Green/Pink

130

RXD_P3

Receive, tributary 3, wire B

Input

Blue/Pink

131

RXD_N2

Receive, tributary 2, wire A

Input

Light-Gray/Pink

132

RXD_P2

Receive, tributary 2, wire B

Input

White/Pink

133

RXD_N1

Receive, tributary 1, wire A

Input

Pink/Purple

134

RXD_P1

Receive, tributary 1, wire B

Input

Pink/Yellow

135

--

N/C

--

--

136

--

N/C

--

--

Table A-14: Connector P1, E1 #22 to E1 #42 Tx lines


Pin

Name

Function

Direction

Wire color

47

TXD_P22

Transmit, tributary 22, wire A

Output

Brown

48

TXD_N22

Transmit, tributary22, wire B

Output

Brown/Gray

49

TXD_P23

Transmit, tributary 23, wire A

Output

Red

50

TXD_N23

Transmit, tributary 23, wire B

Output

Red/Gray

51

TXD_P24

Transmit, tributary 24, wire A

Output

Orange

52

TXD_N24

Transmit, tributary 24, wire B

Output

Orange/Gray

53

TXD_P25

Transmit, tributary 25, wire A

Output

Yellow

54

TXD_N25

Transmit, tributary 25, wire B

Output

Yellow/Gray

55

TXD_P26

Transmit, tributary 26, wire A

Output

Green

56

TXD_N26

Transmit, tributary 26, wire B

Output

Green/Gray

57

TXD_P27

Transmit, tributary 27, wire A

Output

Blue

58

TXD_N27

Transmit, tributary 27, wire B

Output

Blue/Gray

59

TXD_P28

Transmit, tributary 28, wire A

Output

Purple

60

TXD_N28

Transmit, tributary 28, wire B

Output

Purple/Gray

61

TXD_P29

Transmit, tributary 29, wire A

Output

White

62

TXD_N29

Transmit, tributary 29, wire B

Output

White/Gray

63

TXD_P30

Transmit, tributary 30, wire A

Output

Pink

64

TXD_N30

Transmit, tributary 30, wire B

Output

Pink/Gray

65

TXD_P31

Transmit, tributary 31, wire A

Output

Brown/White

66

TXD_N31

Transmit, tributary 31, wire B

Output

Red/White

67

--

N/C

--

--

68

--

N/C

--

--

69

--

N/C

--

--

70

--

N/C

--

--

71

TXD_P32

Transmit, tributary 32, wire A

Output

Orange/White

72

TXD_N32

Transmit, tributary 32, wire B

Output

Yellow/White

73

TXD_P33

Transmit, tributary 33, wire A

Output

Green/White

74

TXD_N33

Transmit, tributary 33, wire B

Output

Blue/White

75

TXD_P34

Transmit, tributary 34, wire A

Output

Purple/White

76

TXD_N34

Transmit, tributary 34, wire B

Output

Light-Gray/White

77

TXD_P35

Transmit, tributary 35, wire A

Output

Red/Brown

Cable c (Blue dots on jacket)

417006-2318-0H3-A02

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

A-25

Connector Pin Assignments

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Pin

Name

Function

Direction

Wire color

78
79

TXD_N35

Transmit, tributary 35, wire B

Output

Yellow/Brown

TXD_P36

Transmit, tributary 36, wire A

Output

Orange/Brown

80

TXD_N36

Transmit, tributary 36, wire B

Output

Green/Brown

81

TXD_P37

Transmit, tributary 37, wire A

Output

Blue/Brown

82

TXD_N37

Transmit, tributary 37, wire B

Output

Purple/Brown

83

TXD_P38

Transmit, tributary 38, wire A

Output

Light-Gray/Brown

84

TXD_N38

Transmit, tributary 38, wire B

Output

Pink/Brown

85

TXD_P39

Transmit, tributary 39, wire A

Output

Brown/Red

86

TXD_N39

Transmit, tributary 39, wire B

Output

Light-Gray/Red

87

TXD_P40

Transmit, tributary 40, wire A

Output

Yellow/Red

88

TXD_N40

Transmit, tributary 40, wire B

Output

Green/Red

89

TXD_P41

Transmit, tributary 41, wire A

Output

Blue/Red

90

TXD_N41

Transmit, tributary 41, wire B

Output

Purple/Red

91

TXD_P42

Transmit, tributary 42, wire A

Output

White/Red

92

TXD_N42

Transmit, tributary 42, wire B

Output

Pink/Red

Table A-15: Connector P3, E1 #22 to E1 #42 Rx lines


Pin

Name

Function

Direction

Wire color

Cable d (Blue dots on jacket)

A-26

45

RXD_N42

Receive, tributary 42, wire A

Input

Brown/Yellow

46

RXD_P42

Receive, tributary 42, wire B

Input

Red/Yellow

47

RXD_N41

Receive, tributary 41, wire A

Input

Orange/Yellow

48

RXD_P41

Receive, tributary 41, wire B

Input

Green/Yellow

49

RXD_N40

Receive, tributary 40, wire A

Input

Blue/Yellow

50

RXD_P40

Receive, tributary 40, wire B

Input

Purple/Yellow

51

RXD_N39

Receive, tributary 39, wire A

Input

Light-Gray/Yellow

52

RXD_P39

Receive, tributary 39, wire B

Input

White/Yellow

53

RXD_N38

Receive, tributary 38, wire A

Input

Brown/Blue

54

RXD_P38

Receive, tributary 38, wire B

Input

Red/Blue

55

RXD_N37

Receive, tributary 37, wire A

Input

Orange/Blue

56

RXD_P37

Receive, tributary 37, wire B

Input

Yellow/Blue

57

RXD_N36

Receive, tributary 36, wire A

Input

Green/Blue

58

RXD_P36

Receive, tributary 36, wire B

Input

Purple/Blue

59

RXD_N35

Receive, tributary 35, wire A

Input

Light-Gray/Blue

60

RXD_P35

Receive, tributary 35, wire B

Input

White/Blue

61

RXD_N34

Receive, tributary 34, wire A

Input

Brown/Orange

62

RXD_P34

Receive, tributary 34, wire B

Input

Red/Orange

63

RXD_N33

Receive, tributary 33, wire A

Input

Yellow/Orange

64

RXD_P33

Receive, tributary 33, wire B

Input

Green/Orange

65

RXD_N32

Receive, tributary 32, wire A

Input

Blue/Orange

66

RXD_P32

Receive, tributary 32, wire B

Input

Purple/Orange

67

--

N/C

--

--

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

417006-2318-0H3-A02

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Connector Pin Assignments

Pin

Name

Function

Direction

Wire color

68

--

N/C

--

--

69

--

N/C

--

--

70

--

N/C

--

--

71

RXD_N31

Receive, tributary 31, wire A

Input

Light-Gray/Orange

72

RXD_P31

Receive, tributary 31, wire B

Input

White/Orange

73

RXD_N30

Receive, tributary 30, wire A

Input

Brown/Purple

74

RXD_P30

Receive, tributary 30, wire B

Input

Red/Purple

75

RXD_N29

Receive, tributary 29, wire A

Input

Orange/Purple

76

RXD_P29

Receive, tributary 29, wire B

Input

Yellow/Purple

77

RXD_N28

Receive, tributary 28, wire A

Input

Green/Purple

78

RXD_P28

Receive, tributary 28, wire B

Input

Blue/Purple

79

RXD_N27

Receive, tributary 27, wire A

Input

Light-Gray/Purple

80

RXD_P27

Receive, tributary 27, wire B

Input

White/Purple

81

RXD_N26

Receive, tributary 26, wire A

Input

Brown/Pink

82

RXD_P26

Receive, tributary 26, wire B

Input

Red/Pink

83

RXD_N25

Receive, tributary 25, wire A

Input

Orange/Pink

84

RXD_P25

Receive, tributary 25, wire B

Input

Yellow/Pink

85

RXD_N24

Receive, tributary 24, wire A

Input

Green/Pink

86

RXD_P24

Receive, tributary 24, wire B

Input

Blue/Pink

87

RXD_N23

Receive, tributary 23, wire A

Input

Light-Gray/Pink

88

RXD_P23

Receive, tributary 23, wire B

Input

White/Pink

89

RXD_N22

Receive, tributary 22, wire A

Input

Pink/Purple

90

RXD_P22

Receive, tributary 22, wire B

Input

Pink/Yellow

Table A-16: Connector P1, E1 #43 to E1 #63 Tx lines


Pin

Name

Function

Direction

Wire color

Cable e (Yellow dots on jacket)

93

TXD_P43

Transmit, tributary 43, wire A

Output

Brown

94

TXD_N43

Transmit, tributary 43, wire B

Output

Brown/Gray

95

TXD_P44

Transmit, tributary 44, wire A

Output

Red

96

TXD_N44

Transmit, tributary 44, wire B

Output

Red/Gray

97

TXD_P45

Transmit, tributary 45, wire A

Output

Orange

98

TXD_N45

Transmit, tributary 45, wire B

Output

Orange/Gray

99

TXD_P46

Transmit, tributary 46, wire A

Output

Yellow

100

TXD_N46

Transmit, tributary 46, wire B

Output

Yellow/Gray

101

TXD_P47

Transmit, tributary 47, wire A

Output

Green

102

TXD_N47

Transmit, tributary 47, wire B

Output

Green/Gray

103

TXD_P48

Transmit, tributary 48, wire A

Output

Blue

104

TXD_N48

Transmit, tributary 48, wire B

Output

Blue/Gray

105

TXD_P49

Transmit, tributary 49, wire A

Output

Purple

106

TXD_N49

Transmit, tributary 49, wire B

Output

Purple/Gray

107

TXD_P50

Transmit, tributary 50, wire A

Output

White

417006-2318-0H3-A02

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

A-27

Connector Pin Assignments

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Pin

Name

Function

Direction

Wire color

108

TXD_N50

Transmit, tributary 50, wire B

Output

White/Gray

109

TXD_P51

Transmit, tributary 51, wire A

Output

Pink

110

TXD_N51

Transmit, tributary 51, wire B

Output

Pink/Gray

111

TXD_P52

Transmit, tributary 52, wire A

Output

Brown/White

112

TXD_N52

Transmit, tributary 52, wire B

Output

Red/White

113

TXD_P53

Transmit, tributary 53, wire A

Output

Orange/White

114

TXD_N53

Transmit, tributary 53, wire B

Output

Yellow/White

115

TXD_P54

Transmit, tributary 54, wire A

Output

Green/White

116

TXD_N54

Transmit, tributary 54, wire B

Output

Blue/White

117

TXD_P55

Transmit, tributary 55, wire A

Output

Purple/White

118

TXD_N55

Transmit, tributary 55, wire B

Output

Light-Gray/White

119

TXD_P56

Transmit, tributary 56, wire A

Output

Red/Brown

120

TXD_N56

Transmit, tributary 56, wire B

Output

Yellow/Brown

121

TXD_P57

Transmit, tributary 57, wire A

Output

Orange/Brown

122

TXD_N57

Transmit, tributary 57, wire B

Output

Green/Brown

123

TXD_P58

Transmit, tributary 58, wire A

Output

Blue/Brown

124

TXD_N58

Transmit, tributary 58, wire B

Output

Purple/Brown

125

TXD_P59

Transmit, tributary 59, wire A

Output

Light-Gray/Brown

126

TXD_N59

Transmit, tributary 59, wire B

Output

Pink/Brown

127

TXD_P60

Transmit, tributary 60, wire A

Output

Brown/Red

128

TXD_N60

Transmit, tributary 60, wire B

Output

Light-Gray/Red

129

TXD_P61

Transmit, tributary 61, wire A

Output

Yellow/Red

130

TXD_N61

Transmit, tributary 61, wire B

Output

Green/Red

131

TXD_P62

Transmit, tributary 62, wire A

Output

Blue/Red

132

TXD_N62

Transmit, tributary 62, wire B

Output

Purple/Red

133

TXD_P63

Transmit, tributary 63, wire A

Output

White/Red

134

TXD_N63

Transmit, tributary 63, wire B

Output

Pink/Red

135

--

N/C

--

--

136

--

N/C

--

--

Table A-17: Connector P3, E1 #43 to E1 #63 Rx lines


Pin

Name

Function

Direction

Wire color

Cable f (Yellow dots on jacket)

A-28

--

N/C

--

--

--

N/C

--

--

RXD_N63

Receive, tributary 63, wire A

Input

Brown/Yellow

RXD_P63

Receive, tributary 63, wire B

Input

Red/Yellow

RXD_N62

Receive, tributary 62, wire A

Input

Orange/Yellow

RXD_P62

Receive, tributary 62, wire B

Input

Green/Yellow

RXD_N61

Receive, tributary 61, wire A

Input

Blue/Yellow

RXD_P61

Receive, tributary 61, wire B

Input

Purple/Yellow

RXD_N60

Receive, tributary 60, wire A

Input

Light-Gray/Yellow

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

417006-2318-0H3-A02

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Connector Pin Assignments

Pin

Name

Function

Direction

Wire color

10

RXD_P60

11

RXD_N59

Receive, tributary 60, wire B

Input

White/Yellow

Receive, tributary 59, wire A

Input

Brown/Blue

12

RXD_P59

Receive, tributary 59, wire B

Input

Red/Blue

13

RXD_N58

Receive, tributary 58, wire A

Input

Orange/Blue

14

RXD_P58

Receive, tributary 58, wire B

Input

Yellow/Blue

15

RXD_N57

Receive, tributary 57, wire A

Input

Green/Blue

16

RXD_P57

Receive, tributary 57, wire B

Input

Purple/Blue

17

RXD_N56

Receive, tributary 56, wire A

Input

Light-Gray/Blue

18

RXD_P56

Receive, tributary 56, wire B

Input

White/Blue

19

RXD_N55

Receive, tributary 55, wire A

Input

Brown/Orange

20

RXD_P55

Receive, tributary 55, wire B

Input

Red/Orange

21

RXD_N54

Receive, tributary 54, wire A

Input

Yellow/Orange

22

RXD_P54

Receive, tributary 54, wire B

Input

Green/Orange

23

RXD_N53

Receive, tributary 53, wire A

Input

Blue/Orange

24

RXD_P53

Receive, tributary 53, wire B

Input

Purple/Orange

25

RXD_N52

Receive, tributary 52, wire A

Input

Light-Gray/Orange

26

RXD_P52

Receive, tributary 52, wire B

Input

White/Orange

27

RXD_N51

Receive, tributary 51, wire A

Input

Brown/Purple

28

RXD_P51

Receive, tributary 51, wire B

Input

Red/Purple

29

RXD_N50

Receive, tributary 50, wire A

Input

Orange/Purple

30

RXD_P50

Receive, tributary 50, wire B

Input

Yellow/Purple

31

RXD_N49

Receive, tributary 49, wire A

Input

Green/Purple

32

RXD_P49

Receive, tributary 49 wire B

Input

Blue/Purple

33

RXD_N48

Receive, tributary 48, wire A

Input

Light-Gray/Purple

34

RXD_P48

Receive, tributary 48, wire B

Input

White/Purple

35

RXD_N47

Receive, tributary 47, wire A

Input

Brown/Pink

36

RXD_P47

Receive, tributary 47, wire B

Input

Red/Pink

37

RXD_N46

Receive, tributary 46, wire A

Input

Orange/Pink

38

RXD_P46

Receive, tributary 46, wire B

Input

Yellow/Pink

39

RXD_N45

Receive, tributary 45, wire A

Input

Green/Pink

40

RXD_P45

Receive, tributary 45, wire B

Input

Blue/Pink

41

RXD_N44

Receive, tributary 44, wire A

Input

Light-Gray/Pink

42

RXD_P44

Receive, tributary 44, wire B

Input

White/Pink

43

RXD_N43

Receive, tributary 43, wire A

Input

Pink/Purple

44

RXD_P43

Receive, tributary 43, wire B

Input

Pink/Yellow

135

--

N/C

--

--

136

--

N/C

--

--

417006-2318-0H3-A02

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

A-29

Connector Pin Assignments

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

TPM2_63_3 Connection Data


The TPM2_63_3 provides four interfaces for connecting to three working
(active) and one protection (standby) PIM2_63S modules. Each interface
supports connection to the 63 balanced or unbalanced E1 tributary interfaces
via a 272-pin VHDCI female connector. The connector has two parts, each
with 136 pins; the upper part serves the 63 E1 transmit signals, and the lower
part the 63 E1 receive signals.
ECI Telecom offers a special jumper cable for connecting each of the four
interfaces on the TPM2_63_3 to a PIM2_63S. Each cable end terminates with a
double 136-pin VHDCI male connector. The following figure shows the cable's
structure.

Figure A-9: TPM_2_63_3 jumper cable structure

The jumper is made up of six cables attached together and designated: a, b, c,


d, e, and f. The connectors at each end of the jumper are designated P1 for the
transmit lines and P3 for the receive lines at one end and P2 and P4 at the other
end, respectively. The jumper is wired corresponding to pin numbers, meaning
that each pin number in connector P1 is connected to the same pin number in
P2 and each pin in P3 connects to the same pin in P4.
The following figure identifies the connector pins as seen when looking into
the connector. The tables list the pin assignment for a typical connector (for
unbalanced interfaces, wire A is the center (tip) conductor, and wire B is the
shield, or ring). These tables also list the color of the wire connected to the
corresponding pin in the cable offered by ECI Telecoms Network Solutions
Division. The cable marking in the heading of each table (a, b, etc.) refers to
the 26AWG cable connected to the connectors as designated in the cable
description.

Figure A-10: TPM2_63_3, typical double 136-pin VHDCI connector, pin assignment

A-30

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

417006-2318-0H3-A02

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Connector Pin Assignments

Table A-18: Connectors P1 and P2, E1 #1 to E1 #21 Tx lines


Pin

Name

Function

Wire color

Cable a

CGND

Shield

CGND

Shield

TXD_P1

Transmit, tributary 1, wire A

Brown

TXD_N1

Transmit, tributary 1, wire B

Brown/Gray

TXD_P2

Transmit, tributary 2, wire A

Red

TXD_N2

Transmit, tributary 2, wire B

Red/Gray

TXD_P3

Transmit, tributary 3, wire A

Orange

TXD_N3

Transmit, tributary 3, wire B

Orange/Gray

TXD_P4

Transmit, tributary 4, wire A

Yellow

10

TXD_N4

Transmit, tributary 4, wire B

Yellow/Gray

11

TXD_P5

Transmit, tributary 5, wire A

Green

12

TXD_N5

Transmit, tributary 5, wire B

Green/Gray

13

TXD_P6

Transmit, tributary 6, wire A

Blue

14

TXD_N6

Transmit, tributary 6, wire B

Blue/Gray

15

TXD_P7

Transmit, tributary 7, wire A

Purple

16

TXD_N7

Transmit, tributary 7, wire B

Purple/Gray

17

TXD_P8

Transmit, tributary 8, wire A

White

18

TXD_N8

Transmit, tributary 8, wire B

White/Gray

19

TXD_P9

Transmit, tributary 9, wire A

Pink

20

TXD_N9

Transmit, tributary 9, wire B

Pink/Gray

21

TXD_P10

Transmit, tributary 10, wire A

Brown/White

22

TXD_N10

Transmit, tributary 10, wire B

Red/White

23

TXD_P11

Transmit, tributary 11, wire A

Orange/White

24

TXD_N11

Transmit, tributary 11, wire B

Yellow/White

25

TXD_P12

Transmit, tributary 12, wire A

Green/White

26

TXD_N12

Transmit, tributary 12, wire B

Blue/White

27

TXD_P13

Transmit, tributary 13, wire A

Purple/White

28

TXD_N13

Transmit, tributary 13, wire B

Light-Gray/White

29

TXD_P14

Transmit, tributary 14, wire A

Red/Brown

30

TXD_N14

Transmit, tributary 14, wire B

Yellow/Brown

31

TXD_P15

Transmit, tributary 15, wire A

Orange/Brown

32

TXD_N15

Transmit, tributary 15, wire B

Green/Brown

33

TXD_P16

Transmit, tributary 16, wire A

Blue/Brown

34

TXD_N16

Transmit, tributary 16, wire B

Purple/Brown

35

--

N/C

--

36

--

N/C

--

37

TXD_P17

Transmit, tributary 17, wire A

Light-Gray/Brown

38

TXD_N17

Transmit, tributary 17, wire B

Pink/Brown

39

TXD_P18

Transmit, tributary 18, wire A

Brown/Red

417006-2318-0H3-A02

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

A-31

Connector Pin Assignments

Pin

Name

40
41
42
43
44
45
46

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual
Function

Wire color

TXD_N18

Transmit, tributary 18, wire B

Light-Gray/Red

TXD_P19

Transmit, tributary 19, wire A

Yellow/Red

TXD_N19

Transmit, tributary 19, wire B

Green/Red

TXD_P20

Transmit, tributary 20, wire A

Blue/Red

TXD_N20

Transmit, tributary 20, wire B

Purple/Red

TXD_P21

Transmit, tributary 21, wire A

White/Red

TXD_N21

Transmit, tributary 21, wire B

Pink/Red

Table A-19: Connectors P3 and P4, E1 #1 to E1 #21 Rx lines


Pin

Name

Function

Wire color

Cable b

A-32

91

RXD_N21

Receive, tributary 21, wire A

Brown/Yellow

92

RXD_P21

Receive, tributary 21, wire B

Red/Yellow

93

RXD_N20

Receive, tributary 20, wire A

Orange/Yellow

94

RXD_P20

Receive, tributary 20, wire B

Green/Yellow

95

RXD_N19

Receive, tributary 19, wire A

Blue/Yellow

96

RXD_P19

Receive, tributary 19, wire B

Purple/Yellow

97

RXD_N18

Receive, tributary 18, wire A

Light-Gray/Yellow

98

RXD_P18

Receive, tributary 18, wire B

White/Yellow

99

RXD_N17

Receive, tributary 17, wire A

Brown/Blue

100

RXD_P17

Receive, tributary 17, wire B

Red/Blue

101

--

N/C

--

102

--

N/C

--

103

RXD_N16

Receive, tributary 16, wire A

Orange/Blue

104

RXD_P16

Receive, tributary 16, wire B

Yellow/Blue

105

RXD_N15

Receive, tributary 15, wire A

Green/Blue

106

RXD_P15

Receive, tributary 15, wire B

Purple/Blue

107

RXD_N14

Receive, tributary 14, wire A

Light-Gray/Blue

108

RXD_P14

Receive, tributary 14, wire B

White/Blue

109

RXD_N13

Receive, tributary 13, wire A

Brown/Orange

110

RXD_P13

Receive, tributary 13, wire B

Red/Orange

111

RXD_N12

Receive, tributary 12, wire A

Yellow/Orange

112

RXD_P12

Receive, tributary 12, wire B

Green/Orange

113

RXD_N11

Receive, tributary 11, wire A

Blue/Orange

114

RXD_P11

Receive, tributary 11, wire B

Purple/Orange

115

RXD_N10

Receive, tributary 10, wire A

Light-Gray/Orange

116

RXD_P10

Receive, tributary 10, wire B

White/Orange

117

RXD_N9

Receive, tributary 9, wire A

Brown/Purple

118

RXD_P9

Receive, tributary 9, wire B

Red/Purple

119

RXD_N8

Receive, tributary 8, wire A

Orange/Purple

120

RXD_P8

Receive, tributary 8, wire B

Yellow/Purple

121

RXD_N7

Receive, tributary 7, wire A

Green/Purple

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

417006-2318-0H3-A02

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Connector Pin Assignments

Pin

Name

Function

Wire color

122

RXD_P7

Receive, tributary 7, wire B

Blue/Purple

123

RXD_N6

Receive, tributary 6, wire A

Light-Gray/Purple

124

RXD_P6

Receive, tributary 6, wire B

White/Purple

125

RXD_N5

Receive, tributary 5, wire A

Brown/Pink

126

RXD_P5

Receive, tributary 5, wire B

Red/Pink

127

RXD_N4

Receive, tributary 4, wire A

Orange/Pink

128

RXD_P4

Receive, tributary 4, wire B

Yellow/Pink

129

RXD_N3

Receive, tributary 3, wire A

Green/Pink

130

RXD_P3

Receive, tributary 3, wire B

Blue/Pink

131

RXD_N2

Receive, tributary 2, wire A

Light-Gray/Pink

132

RXD_P2

Receive, tributary 2, wire B

White/Pink

133

RXD_N1

Receive, tributary 1, wire A

Pink/Purple

134

RXD_P1

Receive, tributary 1, wire B

Pink/Yellow

135

--

N/C

--

136

--

N/C

--

Table A-20: Connector P1 and P2, E1 #22 to E1 #42 Tx lines


Pin

Name

Function

Wire color

Cable c

47

TXD_P22

Transmit, tributary 22, wire A

Brown

48

TXD_N22

Transmit, tributary22, wire B

Brown/Gray

49

TXD_P23

Transmit, tributary 23, wire A

Red

50

TXD_N23

Transmit, tributary 23, wire B

Red/Gray

51

TXD_P24

Transmit, tributary 24, wire A

Orange

52

TXD_N24

Transmit, tributary 24, wire B

Orange/Gray

53

TXD_P25

Transmit, tributary 25, wire A

Yellow

54

TXD_N25

Transmit, tributary 25, wire B

Yellow/Gray

55

TXD_P26

Transmit, tributary 26, wire A

Green

56

TXD_N26

Transmit, tributary 26, wire B

Green/Gray

57

TXD_P27

Transmit, tributary 27, wire A

Blue

58

TXD_N27

Transmit, tributary 27, wire B

Blue/Gray

59

TXD_P28

Transmit, tributary 28, wire A

Purple

60

TXD_N28

Transmit, tributary 28, wire B

Purple/Gray

61

TXD_P29

Transmit, tributary 29, wire A

White

62

TXD_N29

Transmit, tributary 29, wire B

White/Gray

63

TXD_P30

Transmit, tributary 30, wire A

Pink

64

TXD_N30

Transmit, tributary 30, wire B

Pink/Gray

65

TXD_P31

Transmit, tributary 31, wire A

Brown/White

66

TXD_N31

Transmit, tributary 31, wire B

Red/White

67

--

N/C

--

68

--

N/C

--

69

--

N/C

--

417006-2318-0H3-A02

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

A-33

Connector Pin Assignments

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Pin

Name

Function

Wire color

70
71

--

N/C

--

TXD_P32

Transmit, tributary 32, wire A

Orange/White

72

TXD_N32

Transmit, tributary 32, wire B

Yellow/White

73

TXD_P33

Transmit, tributary 33, wire A

Green/White

74

TXD_N33

Transmit, tributary 33, wire B

Blue/White

75

TXD_P34

Transmit, tributary 34, wire A

Purple/White

76

TXD_N34

Transmit, tributary 34, wire B

Light-Gray/White

77

TXD_P35

Transmit, tributary 35, wire A

Red/Brown

78

TXD_N35

Transmit, tributary 35, wire B

Yellow/Brown

79

TXD_P36

Transmit, tributary 36, wire A

Orange/Brown

80

TXD_N36

Transmit, tributary 36, wire B

Green/Brown

81

TXD_P37

Transmit, tributary 37, wire A

Blue/Brown

82

TXD_N37

Transmit, tributary 37, wire B

Purple/Brown

83

TXD_P38

Transmit, tributary 38, wire A

Light-Gray/Brown

84

TXD_N38

Transmit, tributary 38, wire B

Pink/Brown

85

TXD_P39

Transmit, tributary 39, wire A

Brown/Red

86

TXD_N39

Transmit, tributary 39, wire B

Light-Gray/Red

87

TXD_P40

Transmit, tributary 40, wire A

Yellow/Red

88

TXD_N40

Transmit, tributary 40, wire B

Green/Red

89

TXD_P41

Transmit, tributary 41, wire A

Blue/Red

90

TXD_N41

Transmit, tributary 41, wire B

Purple/Red

91

TXD_P42

Transmit, tributary 42, wire A

White/Red

92

TXD_N42

Transmit, tributary 42, wire B

Pink/Red

Table A-21: Connectors P3 and P4, E1 #22 to E1 #42 Rx lines


Pin

Name

Function

Wire color

Cable d

A-34

45

RXD_N42

Receive, tributary 42, wire A

Brown/Yellow

46

RXD_P42

Receive, tributary 42, wire B

Red/Yellow

47

RXD_N41

Receive, tributary 41, wire A

Orange/Yellow

48

RXD_P41

Receive, tributary 41, wire B

Green/Yellow

49

RXD_N40

Receive, tributary 40, wire A

Blue/Yellow

50

RXD_P40

Receive, tributary 40, wire B

Purple/Yellow

51

RXD_N39

Receive, tributary 39, wire A

Light-Gray/Yellow

52

RXD_P39

Receive, tributary 39, wire B

White/Yellow

53

RXD_N38

Receive, tributary 38, wire A

Brown/Blue

54

RXD_P38

Receive, tributary 38, wire B

Red/Blue

55

RXD_N37

Receive, tributary 37, wire A

Orange/Blue

56

RXD_P37

Receive, tributary 37, wire B

Yellow/Blue

57

RXD_N36

Receive, tributary 36, wire A

Green/Blue

58

RXD_P36

Receive, tributary 36, wire B

Purple/Blue

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

417006-2318-0H3-A02

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Connector Pin Assignments

Pin

Name

Function

Wire color

59

RXD_N35

Receive, tributary 35, wire A

Light-Gray/Blue

60

RXD_P35

Receive, tributary 35, wire B

White/Blue

61

RXD_N34

Receive, tributary 34, wire A

Brown/Orange

62

RXD_P34

Receive, tributary 34, wire B

Red/Orange

63

RXD_N33

Receive, tributary 33, wire A

Yellow/Orange

64

RXD_P33

Receive, tributary 33, wire B

Green/Orange

65

RXD_N32

Receive, tributary 32, wire A

Blue/Orange

66

RXD_P32

Receive, tributary 32, wire B

Purple/Orange

67

--

N/C

--

68

--

N/C

--

69

--

N/C

--

70

--

N/C

--

71

RXD_N31

Receive, tributary 31, wire A

Light-Gray/Orange

72

RXD_P31

Receive, tributary 31, wire B

White/Orange

73

RXD_N30

Receive, tributary 30, wire A

Brown/Purple

74

RXD_P30

Receive, tributary 30, wire B

Red/Purple

75

RXD_N29

Receive, tributary 29, wire A

Orange/Purple

76

RXD_P29

Receive, tributary 29, wire B

Yellow/Purple

77

RXD_N28

Receive, tributary 28, wire A

Green/Purple

78

RXD_P28

Receive, tributary 28, wire B

Blue/Purple

79

RXD_N27

Receive, tributary 27, wire A

Light-Gray/Purple

80

RXD_P27

Receive, tributary 27, wire B

White/Purple

81

RXD_N26

Receive, tributary 26, wire A

Brown/Pink

82

RXD_P26

Receive, tributary 26, wire B

Red/Pink

83

RXD_N25

Receive, tributary 25, wire A

Orange/Pink

84

RXD_P25

Receive, tributary 25, wire B

Yellow/Pink

85

RXD_N24

Receive, tributary 24, wire A

Green/Pink

86

RXD_P24

Receive, tributary 24, wire B

Blue/Pink

87

RXD_N23

Receive, tributary 23, wire A

Light-Gray/Pink

88

RXD_P23

Receive, tributary 23, wire B

White/Pink

89

RXD_N22

Receive, tributary 22, wire A

Pink/Purple

90

RXD_P22

Receive, tributary 22, wire B

Pink/Yellow

Table A-22: Connectors P1 and P2, E1 #43 to E1 #63 Tx lines


Pin

Name

Function

Wire color

Cable e

93

TXD_P43

Transmit, tributary 43, wire A

Brown

94

TXD_N43

Transmit, tributary 43, wire B

Brown/Gray

95

TXD_P44

Transmit, tributary 44, wire A

Red

96

TXD_N44

Transmit, tributary 44, wire B

Red/Gray

97

TXD_P45

Transmit, tributary 45, wire A

Orange

98

TXD_N45

Transmit, tributary 45, wire B

Orange/Gray

417006-2318-0H3-A02

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

A-35

Connector Pin Assignments

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Pin

Name

Function

Wire color

99

TXD_P46

Transmit, tributary 46, wire A

Yellow

100

TXD_N46

Transmit, tributary 46, wire B

Yellow/Gray

101

TXD_P47

Transmit, tributary 47, wire A

Green

102

TXD_N47

Transmit, tributary 47, wire B

Green/Gray

103

TXD_P48

Transmit, tributary 48, wire A

Blue

104

TXD_N48

Transmit, tributary 48, wire B

Blue/Gray

105

TXD_P49

Transmit, tributary 49, wire A

Purple

106

TXD_N49

Transmit, tributary 49, wire B

Purple/Gray

107

TXD_P50

Transmit, tributary 50, wire A

White

108

TXD_N50

Transmit, tributary 50, wire B

White/Gray

109

TXD_P51

Transmit, tributary 51, wire A

Pink

110

TXD_N51

Transmit, tributary 51, wire B

Pink/Gray

111

TXD_P52

Transmit, tributary 52, wire A

Brown/White

112

TXD_N52

Transmit, tributary 52, wire B

Red/White

113

TXD_P53

Transmit, tributary 53, wire A

Orange/White

114

TXD_N53

Transmit, tributary 53, wire B

Yellow/White

115

TXD_P54

Transmit, tributary 54, wire A

Green/White

116

TXD_N54

Transmit, tributary 54, wire B

Blue/White

117

TXD_P55

Transmit, tributary 55, wire A

Purple/White

118

TXD_N55

Transmit, tributary 55, wire B

Light-Gray/White

119

TXD_P56

Transmit, tributary 56, wire A

Red/Brown

120

TXD_N56

Transmit, tributary 56, wire B

Yellow/Brown

121

TXD_P57

Transmit, tributary 57, wire A

Orange/Brown

122

TXD_N57

Transmit, tributary 57, wire B

Green/Brown

123

TXD_P58

Transmit, tributary 58, wire A

Blue/Brown

124

TXD_N58

Transmit, tributary 58, wire B

Purple/Brown

125

TXD_P59

Transmit, tributary 59, wire A

Light-Gray/Brown

126

TXD_N59

Transmit, tributary 59, wire B

Pink/Brown

127

TXD_P60

Transmit, tributary 60, wire A

Brown/Red

128

TXD_N60

Transmit, tributary 60, wire B

Light-Gray/Red

129

TXD_P61

Transmit, tributary 61, wire A

Yellow/Red

130

TXD_N61

Transmit, tributary 61, wire B

Green/Red

131

TXD_P62

Transmit, tributary 62, wire A

Blue/Red

132

TXD_N62

Transmit, tributary 62, wire B

Purple/Red

133

TXD_P63

Transmit, tributary 63, wire A

White/Red

134

TXD_N63

Transmit, tributary 63, wire B

Pink/Red

135

--

N/C

--

136

--

N/C

--

Table A-23: Connectors P3 and P4, E1 #43 to E1 #63 Rx lines


Pin

Name

Function

Wire color

Cable f

A-36

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

417006-2318-0H3-A02

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Connector Pin Assignments

Pin

Name

Function

Wire color

--

N/C

--

--

N/C

--

RXD_N63

Receive, tributary 63, wire A

Brown/Yellow

RXD_P63

Receive, tributary 63, wire B

Red/Yellow

RXD_N62

Receive, tributary 62, wire A

Orange/Yellow

RXD_P62

Receive, tributary 62, wire B

Green/Yellow

RXD_N61

Receive, tributary 61, wire A

Blue/Yellow

RXD_P61

Receive, tributary 61, wire B

Purple/Yellow

RXD_N60

Receive, tributary 60, wire A

Light-Gray/Yellow

10

RXD_P60

Receive, tributary 60, wire B

White/Yellow

11

RXD_N59

Receive, tributary 59, wire A

Brown/Blue

12

RXD_P59

Receive, tributary 59, wire B

Red/Blue

13

RXD_N58

Receive, tributary 58, wire A

Orange/Blue

14

RXD_P58

Receive, tributary 58, wire B

Yellow/Blue

15

RXD_N57

Receive, tributary 57, wire A

Green/Blue

16

RXD_P57

Receive, tributary 57, wire B

Purple/Blue

17

RXD_N56

Receive, tributary 56, wire A

Light-Gray/Blue

18

RXD_P56

Receive, tributary 56, wire B

White/Blue

19

RXD_N55

Receive, tributary 55, wire A

Brown/Orange

20

RXD_P55

Receive, tributary 55, wire B

Red/Orange

21

RXD_N54

Receive, tributary 54, wire A

Yellow/Orange

22

RXD_P54

Receive, tributary 54, wire B

Green/Orange

23

RXD_N53

Receive, tributary 53, wire A

Blue/Orange

24

RXD_P53

Receive, tributary 53, wire B

Purple/Orange

25

RXD_N52

Receive, tributary 52, wire A

Light-Gray/Orange

26

RXD_P52

Receive, tributary 52, wire B

White/Orange

27

RXD_N51

Receive, tributary 51, wire A

Brown/Purple

28

RXD_P51

Receive, tributary 51, wire B

Red/Purple

29

RXD_N50

Receive, tributary 50, wire A

Orange/Purple

30

RXD_P50

Receive, tributary 50, wire B

Yellow/Purple

31

RXD_N49

Receive, tributary 49, wire A

Green/Purple

32

RXD_P49

Receive, tributary 49 wire B

Blue/Purple

33

RXD_N48

Receive, tributary 48, wire A

Light-Gray/Purple

34

RXD_P48

Receive, tributary 48, wire B

White/Purple

35

RXD_N47

Receive, tributary 47, wire A

Brown/Pink

36

RXD_P47

Receive, tributary 47, wire B

Red/Pink

37

RXD_N46

Receive, tributary 46, wire A

Orange/Pink

38

RXD_P46

Receive, tributary 46, wire B

Yellow/Pink

39

RXD_N45

Receive, tributary 45, wire A

Green/Pink

40

RXD_P45

Receive, tributary 45, wire B

Blue/Pink

41

RXD_N44

Receive, tributary 44, wire A

Light-Gray/Pink

42

RXD_P44

Receive, tributary 44, wire B

White/Pink

43

RXD_N43

Receive, tributary 43, wire A

Pink/Purple

417006-2318-0H3-A02

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

A-37

Connector Pin Assignments

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Pin

Name

Function

Wire color

44

RXD_P43

Receive, tributary 43, wire B

Pink/Yellow

135

--

N/C

--

136

--

N/C

--

EISMB/DIOM/MCSM Connectors
EISMB_804 and DIOM_04 are GbE/Fast Ethernet modules that provide
electrical 10/100/1000BaseT ports. DIOM_08 is a Fast Ethernet module that
provides 10/100BaseT ports. MCSM in an MPLS Core Switch module that
provides 10/100BaseT ports. All these modules use 8-pin RJ-45 connectors for
the electrical ports.
The following figure identifies the connector pins as seen when looking into
the connector. The first table lists the pin out for a 10/100BaseT interface and
the second for a 1000BaseT interface.

Figure A-11: 10/100BaseT connectors pin identification


Table A-24: 10/100BaseT connectors pin assignment

A-38

Pin

Designation

Function

Direction

TD+

Transmit, + wire

Output

TD

Transmit, wire

Output

RD+

Receive, + wire

Input

RD

Receive, wire

Input

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

417006-2318-0H3-A02

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Connector Pin Assignments

Table A-25: 1000BaseT connector pin assignment


Pin

Designation

Function

Direction

TR1P

Transmit/Receive, pair 1, + wire

I/O

TR1N

Transmit/Receive, pair 1, wire

I/O

TR2P

Transmit/Receive, pair 2, + wire

I/O

TR2N

Transmit/Receive, pair 2 wire

I/O

TR3P

Transmit/Receive, pair 3 + wire

I/O

TR3N

Transmit/Receive, pair 3 wire

I/O

TR4P

Transmit/Receive, pair 4 + wire

I/O

TR4N

Transmit/Receive, pair 4 wire

I/O

ACP900 Connectors
ACP900 is the control plane for ASON based networks working with XDM
small shelves. The ACP900 has four Ethernet ports used to connect the module
to the system management and protection option. All ports use 10-pin RJ-45
connectors and operate at 10/100BaseT.
The following figure identifies the connector pins as seen when looking into
the connector. The table lists the pin assignment for a typical connector.

Figure A-12: ACP900 connector pin identification


Table A-26: ACP900 Ethernet connector pin assignments
Pin

Designation

Function

Direction

RX+

Receive + wire

Input

RX-

Receive - wire

Input

3, 4

VCC

Power 3.3 V

TX+

Transmit + wire

Output

TX-

Transmit - wire

Output

LED_RA

Indicator light

LED_RC

Indicator light

LED_LA

Indicator light

10

LED_LC

Indicator light

417006-2318-0H3-A02

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

A-39

Connector Pin Assignments

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

xRAP-100 Connectors
Shelf DC Input Power Connectors
The shelf DC input power connectors, designated Shelf 1, Shelf 2, and Shelf 3
are 3-pin D-type male connectors. The Shelf 4 connector is a 5-pin D-type male
connector that can be connected to regular or high-power XDM shelves or to
BG shelves. The following figure identifies the functions of the shelf DC input
connectors pins, as seen when looking into the connector.

Figure A-13: DC input power connectors pin functions

SHELF ALARM Connectors


The four ALARMS connectors are 36-pin SCSI female connectors. Each
connector can be connected to the ALARMS connector of an XDM platform or
to a BG platform. The following figure identifies the connector pins (as seen
when looking into the connector).

Figure A-14: xRAP-100 SHELF ALARM connector pin identification

The following table lists the pin assignment for this connector.
Table A-27: xRAP-100 SHELF ALARM connector pin assignment

A-40

Pin

Name

Function

Direction

N/C

--

--

ALM_IP1

Alarm input 1, + wire

Input

ALM_IN1

Alarm input 1, - wire

Input

ALM_IP2

Alarm input 2, + wire

Input

ALM_IN2

Alarm input 2, - wire

Input

ALM_IP3

Alarm input 3, + wire

Input

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

417006-2318-0H3-A02

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Connector Pin Assignments

Pin

Name

Function

Direction

ALM_IN3

Alarm input 3, - wire

Input

ALM_IP4

Alarm input 4, + wire

Input

ALM_IN4

Alarm input 4, - wire

Input

10

N/C

--

--

11

N/C

--

--

12

GND

Ground

--

13

ALM_O1

Alarm output 1 common

Output

14

N/C

--

--

15

GND

Ground

--

16

ALM_O2

Alarm output 2 common

Output

17

N/C

--

--

18

BUZ_COM

Buzzer common

Input

19

N/C

--

--

20

GND

Ground

--

21

CRIT_COM

Critical alarm common

--

22

N/C

--

--

23

MAJ_COM

Major alarm common

Input

24

GND

Ground

--

25

N/C

--

--

26

GND

Ground

--

27

MIN_COM

Minor alarm common

Input

28

N/C

--

--

29

WARN_COM

Warning alarm common

--

30

GND

Ground

--

31

N/C

--

--

32

N/C

--

--

33

N/C

--

--

34

N/C

--

--

35

GND

Ground

--

36

N/C

--

--

417006-2318-0H3-A02

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

A-41

Connector Pin Assignments

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

ALARM IN/OUT Connector


The ALARM IN/OUT connector is a 68-pin SCSI female connector that carries
three groups of lines to the customer equipment:

Sixteen external alarm inputs connected to the ALARM inputs of the XDM
shelves. Four inputs are allocated to each XDM platform. Each input is
activated by closing a dry contact provided from the customer's facility.

Eight sets of change-over relay contacts, floating with respect to platform


ground, which serve as rack (bay) status outputs. Each couple of the eight
relays is assigned to the two output alarm lines of each XDM platform
connected to the xRAP-100.

Four sets of change-over relay contacts, floating with respect to platform


ground, which serve as rack (bay) alarm indication lines. The relays,
identified as critical, major, minor, and warning, are activated by the
corresponding alarm relays of XDM shelves.

Relay contact ratings are 72 V in open state, and 1A in closed state.


The following figure identifies the ALARM IN/OUT connector pins, as seen
when looking into the connector.

Figure A-15: xRAP-100 ALARM IN/OUT connector pin identification

The following table lists the pin assignment for the ALARM IN/OUT
connector.
Table A-28: xRAP-100 ALARM IN/OUT connector pin assignment

A-42

Assignment

Pin

Designation

Function

Shelf 1

ALM_01NO

Output relay 1, normally open Output


contact

Black

ALM_01COM

Output relay 1, common


contact

Output

Brown

ALM_01NC

Output relay 1, normally


closed contact

Output

Red

ALM_02NO

Output relay 2, normally open Output


contact

Orange

ALM_02COM

Output relay 2, common


contact

Output

Yellow

ALM_02NC

Output relay 2, normally


closed contact

Output

Green

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

Direction

Wire color

417006-2318-0H3-A02

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Connector Pin Assignments

Assignment

Pin

Designation

Function

Shelf 2

ALM_03NO

Output relay 3, normally open Output


contact

Blue

ALM_03COM

Output relay 3, common


contact

Output

Violet

ALM_03NC

Output relay 3, normally


closed contact

Output

Gray

10

ALM_04NO

Output relay 4, normally open Output


contact

White

11

ALM_04COM

Output relay 4, common


contact

Output

Pink

12

ALM_04NC

Output relay 4, normally


closed contact

Output

Light Green

13

ALM_05NO

Output relay 5, normally open Output


contact

Black/White

14

ALM_05COM

Output relay 5, common


contact

Output

Brown/White

15

ALM_05NC

Output relay 5, normally


closed contact

Output

Red/White

16

ALM_06NO

Output relay 6, normally open Output


contact

Orange/White

17

ALM_06COM

Output relay 6, common


contact

Output

Green/White

18

ALM_06NC

Output relay 6, normally


closed contact

Output

Blue/White

19

ALM_07NO

Output relay 7, normally open Output


contact

Violet/White

20

ALM_07COM

Output relay 7, common


contact

Output

Red/Black

21

ALM_07NC

Output relay 7, normally


closed contact

Output

Orange/Black

22

ALM_08NO

Output relay 8, normally open Output


contact

Yellow/Black

23

ALM_08COM

Output relay 8, common


contact

Output

Green/Black

24

ALM_08NC

Output relay 8, normally


closed contact

Output

Gray/Black

25

CRIT_NC

Critical alarm relay, normally


closed contact

Output

Pink/Black

26

CRIT_NO

Critical alarm relay, normally


open contact

Output

Pink/Green

27

CRIT_COM

Critical alarm relay, common


contact

Output

Pink/Red

28

MAJ_NC

Major alarm relay, normally


closed contact

Output

Pink/Violet

29

MAJ_NO

Major alarm relay, normally


open contact

Output

Light Blue

30

MAJ_COM

Major alarm relay, common


contact

Output

Light Blue/Brown

31

MIN_NC

Minor alarm relay, normally


closed contact

Output

Light Blue/Red

Shelf 3

Shelf 4

All shelves

417006-2318-0H3-A02

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

Direction

Wire color

A-43

Connector Pin Assignments

Assignment

Shelf 1

Shelf 2

Shelf 3

Shelf 4

A-44

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Pin

Designation

Function

Direction

Wire color

32

MIN_NO

Minor alarm relay, normally


open contact

Output

Light Blue/Violet

33

MIN_COM

Minor alarm relay, common


contact

Output

Light Blue/Black

34

WARN_COM

Warning alarm relay,


common contact

Output

Gray/Green

35

ALMIN1

External alarm input 1

Input

Gray/Red

36

ALM_IN1

External alarm input 1

Input

Gray/Violet

37

ALMIN2

External alarm input 2

Input

Light Green/Black

38

ALM_IN2

External alarm input 2

Input

Violet/Black

39

ALMIN3

External alarm input 3

Input

Black/White dots

40

ALM_IN3

External alarm input 3

Input

Brown/White dots

41

ALMIN4

External alarm input 4

Input

Red/White dots

42

ALM_IN4

External alarm input 4

Input

Orange/White dots

43

ALMIN5

External alarm input 5

Input

Green/White dots

44

ALM_IN5

External alarm input 5

Input

Blue/White dots

45

ALMIN6

External alarm input 6

Input

Violet/White dots

46

ALM_IN6

External alarm input 6

Input

White/Black dots

47

ALMIN7

External alarm input 7

Input

Yellow/Black dots

48

ALM_IN7

External alarm input 7

Input

Green/Black dots

49

ALMIN8

External alarm input 8

Input

Light Blue/Black dots

50

ALM_IN8

External alarm input 8

Input

Pink/Black dots

51

ALMIN9

External alarm input 9

Input

Red/Black dots

52

ALM_IN9

External alarm input 9

Input

Orange/Black dots

53

ALMIN10

External alarm input 10

Input

Violet/Black dots

54

ALM_IN10

External alarm input 10

Input

Gray/Black dots

55

ALMIN11

External alarm input 11

Input

56

ALM_IN11

External alarm input 11

Input

Orange/Red dots

57

ALMIN12

External alarm input 12

Input

Yellow/Red dots

58

ALM_IN12

External alarm input 12

Input

Green/Red dots

59

ALMIN13

External alarm input 13

Input

Violet/Red dots

60

ALM_IN13

External alarm input 13

Input

Gray/Red dots

61

ALMIN14

External alarm input 14

Input

White/Red dots

62

ALM_IN14

External alarm input 14

Input

Pink/Red dots

63

ALMIN15

External alarm input 15

Input

Yellow/White

64

ALM_IN15

External alarm input 15

Input

Gray/White

65

ALMIN16

External alarm input 16

Input

Pink/White

66

ALM_IN16

External alarm input 16

Input

Brown/Black

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

417006-2318-0H3-A02

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Connector Pin Assignments

Assignment

Pin

Designation

Function

Direction

Wire color

All shelves

67

WARN_NC

Warning alarm relay,


normally closed contact

Output

Blue/Black

68

WARN_NO

Warning alarm relay,


normally open contact

Output

Gray/White dots

RAP-4B Connectors
SHELF ALARM Connectors
The four ALARM connectors are 36-pin SCSI female connectors that can each
be connected to the ALARMS connector of an XDM, BG, or 9600 series
platform. The following figure identifies the connector pins (as seen when
looking into the connector).

Figure A-16: RAP-4B SHELF ALARM connector, pin identification


Table A-29: RAP-4B PLATFORM ALARM connector, pin assignment
Pin

Name

Function

Direction

N/C

--

--

ALM_IP1

Alarm input 1, + wire

Input

ALM_IN1

Alarm input 1, - wire

Input

ALM_IP2

Alarm input 2, + wire

Input

ALM_IN2

Alarm input 2, - wire

Input

ALM_IP3

Alarm input 3, + wire

Input

ALM_IN3

Alarm input 3, - wire

Input

ALM_IP4

Alarm input 4, + wire

Input

ALM_IN4

Alarm input 4, - wire

Input

10

N/C

--

--

11

N/C

--

--

12

GND

Ground

--

13

ALM_O1

Alarm output 1 common

Output

14

N/C

--

--

15

GND

Ground

--

16

ALM_O2

Alarm output 2 common

Output

17

N/C

--

--

417006-2318-0H3-A02

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

A-45

Connector Pin Assignments

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Pin

Name

Function

Direction

18

BUZ_COM

Buzzer common

Input

19

N/C

--

--

20

GND

Ground

--

21

CRIT_COM

Critical alarm common

--

22

N/C

--

--

23

MAJ_COM

Major alarm common

Input

24

GND

Ground

--

25

N/C

--

--

26

GND

Ground

--

27

MIN_COM

Minor alarm common

Input

28

N/C

--

--

29

WARN_COM

Warning alarm common

--

30

GND

Ground

--

31

N/C

--

--

32

N/C

--

--

33

N/C

--

--

34

N/C

--

--

35

GND

Ground

--

36

N/C

--

--

ALARM IN/OUT Connector


The ALARM IN/OUT connector is a 68-pin SCSI female connector that carries
three groups of lines to the customer equipment:

Sixteen external alarm inputs connected to the ALARM inputs of the XDM
platforms. Four inputs are allocated to each one. Each input is activated by
closing a dry contact provided from the customer's facility.

Eight sets of changeover relay contacts, floating with respect to platform


ground, that serve as rack (bay) status outputs. Each couple of the eight
relays is assigned to the two output alarm lines of each XDM platform
connected to the RAP-4B.

Four sets of changeover relay contacts, floating with respect to platform


ground, that serve as rack (bay) alarm indication lines. The relays,
identified as critical, major, minor, and warning, are activated by the
corresponding alarm relays of XDM platforms.

Relay contact ratings are 72 V in open state and 1A in closed state.

A-46

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

417006-2318-0H3-A02

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Connector Pin Assignments

The following figure identifies the ALARM IN/OUT connector pins, as seen
when looking into the connector.

Figure A-17: RAP-4B ALARM IN/OUT connector, pin identification

Table A-30: RAP-4B ALARM IN/OUT connector, pin assignment


Assignment

Pin

Designation

Function

Platform 1

ALM_01NO

Output relay 1, normally open Output


contact

Black

ALM_01COM

Output relay 1, common


contact

Output

Brown

ALM_01NC

Output relay 1, normally


closed contact

Output

Red

ALM_02NO

Output relay 2, normally open Output


contact

Orange

ALM_02COM

Output relay 2, common


contact

Output

Yellow

ALM_02NC

Output relay 2, normally


closed contact

Output

Green

ALM_03NO

Output relay 3, normally open Output


contact

Blue

ALM_03COM

Output relay 3, common


contact

Output

Violet

ALM_03NC

Output relay 3, normally


closed contact

Output

Gray

10

ALM_04NO

Output relay 4, normally open Output


contact

White

11

ALM_04COM

Output relay 4, common


contact

Output

Pink

12

ALM_04NC

Output relay 4, normally


closed contact

Output

Light Green

13

ALM_05NO

Output relay 5, normally open Output


contact

Black/White

14

ALM_05COM

Output relay 5, common


contact

Output

Brown/White

15

ALM_05NC

Output relay 5, normally


closed contact

Output

Red/White

16

ALM_06NO

Output relay 6, normally open Output


contact

Orange/White

17

ALM_06COM

Output relay 6, common


contact

Output

Green/White

18

ALM_06NC

Output relay 6, normally


closed contact

Output

Blue/White

Platform 2

Platform 3

417006-2318-0H3-A02

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

Direction

Wire color

A-47

Connector Pin Assignments

Assignment

Pin

Designation

Function

Platform 4

19

ALM_07NO

Output relay 7, normally open Output


contact

Violet/White

20

ALM_07COM

Output relay 7, common


contact

Output

Red/Black

21

ALM_07NC

Output relay 7, normally


closed contact

Output

Orange/Black

22

ALM_08NO

Output relay 8, normally open Output


contact

Yellow/Black

23

ALM_08COM

Output relay 8, common


contact

Output

Green/Black

24

ALM_08NC

Output relay 8, normally


closed contact

Output

Gray/Black

25

CRIT_NC

Critical alarm relay, normally


closed contact

Output

Pink/Black

26

CRIT_NO

Critical alarm relay, normally


open contact

Output

Pink/Green

27

CRIT_COM

Critical alarm relay, common


contact

Output

Pink/Red

28

MAJ_NC

Major alarm relay, normally


closed contact

Output

Pink/Violet

29

MAJ_NO

Major alarm relay, normally


open contact

Output

Light Blue

30

MAJ_COM

Major alarm relay, common


contact

Output

Light Blue/Brown

31

MIN_NC

Minor alarm relay, normally


closed contact

Output

Light Blue/Red

32

MIN_NO

Minor alarm relay, normally


open contact

Output

Light Blue/Violet

33

MIN_COM

Minor alarm relay, common


contact

Output

Light Blue/Black

34

WARN_COM

Warning alarm relay,


common contact

Output

Gray/Green

35

ALMIN1

External alarm input 1

Input

Gray/Red

36

ALM_IN1

External alarm input 1

Input

Gray/Violet

37

ALMIN2

External alarm input 2

Input

Light Green/Black

38

ALM_IN2

External alarm input 2

Input

Violet/Black

39

ALMIN3

External alarm input 3

Input

Black/White dots

40

ALM_IN3

External alarm input 3

Input

Brown/White dots

41

ALMIN4

External alarm input 4

Input

Red/White dots

42

ALM_IN4

External alarm input 4

Input

Orange/White dots

All platforms

Platform 1

A-48

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

Direction

Wire color

417006-2318-0H3-A02

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Connector Pin Assignments

Assignment

Pin

Designation

Function

Direction

Wire color

Platform 2

43

ALMIN5

External alarm input 5

Input

Green/White dots

44

ALM_IN5

External alarm input 5

Input

Blue/White dots

45

ALMIN6

External alarm input 6

Input

Violet/White dots

46

ALM_IN6

External alarm input 6

Input

White/Black dots

47

ALMIN7

External alarm input 7

Input

Yellow/Black dots

48

ALM_IN7

External alarm input 7

Input

Green/Black dots

49

ALMIN8

External alarm input 8

Input

Light Blue/Black
dots

50

ALM_IN8

External alarm input 8

Input

Pink/Black dots

51

ALMIN9

External alarm input 9

Input

Red/Black dots

52

ALM_IN9

External alarm input 9

Input

Orange/Black dots

53

ALMIN10

External alarm input 10

Input

Violet/Black dots

54

ALM_IN10

External alarm input 10

Input

Gray/Black dots

55

ALMIN11

External alarm input 11

Input

56

ALM_IN11

External alarm input 11

Input

Orange/Red dots

57

ALMIN12

External alarm input 12

Input

Yellow/Red dots

58

ALM_IN12

External alarm input 12

Input

Green/Red dots

59

ALMIN13

External alarm input 13

Input

Violet/Red dots

60

ALM_IN13

External alarm input 13

Input

Gray/Red dots

61

ALMIN14

External alarm input 14

Input

White/Red dots

62

ALM_IN14

External alarm input 14

Input

Pink/Red dots

63

ALMIN15

External alarm input 15

Input

Yellow/White

64

ALM_IN15

External alarm input 15

Input

Gray/White

65

ALMIN16

External alarm input 16

Input

Pink/White

66

ALM_IN16

External alarm input 16

Input

Brown/Black

67

WARN_NC

Warning alarm relay,


normally closed contact

Output

Blue/Black

68

WARN_NO

Warning alarm relay,


normally open contact

Output

Gray/White dots

Platform 3

Platform 4

All platforms

417006-2318-0H3-A02

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

A-49

Connector Pin Assignments

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

xRAP-D Connectors
This section provides information on the connectors located on the xRAP-D
unit.

Platform DC Input Power Connectors


The SHELF DC input power connectors, designated Shelf 1 and Shelf 2, are
5-pin D-type male connectors. The following figure identifies the functions of
the platform DC input connector pins, as seen when looking into the connector.

Figure A-18: xRAP-D and xRAP-B shelf DC input power connector pin functions

SHELF Alarm Connectors


The SHELF alarm connectors are 36-pin SCSI female connectors. Each
connector is connected to the ALARMS connector of an XDM-900 platform.
Refer to ALARMS Connector for description. The following figure identifies
the connector pins as seen when looking into the connector, and the table lists
the pin assignment for this connector.

Figure A-19: SHELF alarm connector pin identification


Table A-31: SHELF alarm connector pin assignment

A-50

Pin

Name

Function

Direction

N/C

Not connected

--

ALM_IP1

Alarm input 1, + wire

Input

ALM_IN1

Alarm input 1, wire

Input

ALM_IP2

Alarm input 2, + wire

Input

ALM_IN2

Alarm input 2, wire

Input

ALM_IP3

Alarm input 3, + wire

Input

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

417006-2318-0H3-A02

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Connector Pin Assignments

Pin

Name

Function

Direction

ALM_IN3

Alarm input 3, wire

Input

ALM_IP4

Alarm input 4, + wire

Input

ALM_IN4

Alarm input 4, wire

Input

10

ALM_O4

Alarm output 4

Output

11

N/C

Not connected

--

12

GND

Ground

--

13

ALM_O1

Alarm output 1

Output

14

N/C

Not connected

--

15

GND

Ground

--

16

ALM_O2

Alarm output 2

Output

17

N/C

Not connected

--

18

BUZZ

Buzzer

Input

19

N/C

Not connected

--

20

GND

Ground

--

21

CRIT_COM

Critical alarm

Output

22

N/C

Not connected

--

23

MAJ_COM

Major alarm

Output

24

GND

Ground

--

25

N/C

Not connected

--

26

GND

Ground

--

27

MIN_COM

Minor alarm

Output

28

N/C

Not connected

--

29

WARN_COM

Warning alarm

Output

30

GND

Ground

--

31

ALM_O3

Alarm output 3

Output

32

GND

Ground

--

33

N/C

Not connected

--

34

N/C

Not connected

--

35

GND

Ground

--

36

N/C

Not connected

--

417006-2318-0H3-A02

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

A-51

Connector Pin Assignments

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

ALARMS Connector
The ALARMS connector is a SCSI 68-pin female connector that carries the
following groups of lines to the customer equipment:

Eight external alarm inputs connected to the ALARM inputs of the


XDM-900 platforms. Four inputs are allocated to each XDM-900 platform.
Each input is activated by closing a dry contact provided from the
customers facility.

Eight sets of change-over relay contacts floating with respect to platform


ground, which serve as rack (bay) status outputs. Four outputs are allocated
to each XDM-900 platform connected to the xRAP-B/xRAP-D.

Eight sets of change-over relay contacts (four per platform) floating with
respect to platform ground, which serve as rack (bay) alarm indication
lines. The relays, identified as critical, major, minor, and warning, are
activated by the corresponding alarm relays of XDM-900 platforms.

Two sets of change-over relay contacts floating with respect to platform


ground, which serve as Critical alarm buzzer activation signal. The relay is
activated whenever a Critical alarm is detected in the corresponding
platform. The signal can be used to activate a local buzzer (Critical buzzer)
in the customer's alarms collecting system.

Two lines for muting the Critical buzzer in the customer's alarms collecting
system.

Relay contact ratings are 72 V in open state, and 1A in closed state.


The following figure identifies the ALARMS connector pins as seen when
looking into the connector. The table lists the pin assignment for the ALARMS
connector. This table also lists the color of the wire connected to the
corresponding pin in the cables offered by ECI Telecoms Network Solutions
Division for connecting between the ALARMS connector and a distribution
frame.

Figure A-20: ALARMS connector pin identification

A-52

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

417006-2318-0H3-A02

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Connector Pin Assignments

Table A-32: ALARMS connector pin assignment


Assignment

Pin

Designation

Function

Shelf 2

CRIT_NC

Critical alarm relay, Output


normally closed
contact

Black

CRIT_COM

Critical alarm relay, Output


common contact

Brown

CRIT_NO

Critical alarm relay, Output


normally open
contact

Red

MAJ_NC

Major alarm relay,


normally closed
contact

Output

Orange

MAJ_COM

Major alarm relay,


common contact

Output

Yellow

MAJ_NO

Major alarm relay,


normally open
contact

Output

Green

MIN_NC

Minor alarm relay,


normally closed
contact

Output

Blue

MIN_COM

Minor alarm relay,


common contact

Output

Violet

MIN_NO

Minor alarm relay,


normally open
contact

Output

Gray

10

WARN_NC

Warning alarm
relay, normally
closed contact

Output

White

11

WARN_COM

Warning alarm
relay, common
contact

Output

Pink

12

WARN_NO

Warning alarm
Output
relay, normally open
contact

Light green

13

BUZZ_NC

Buzzer relay,
normally closed
contact

Output

Black/white

14

BUZZ_COM

Buzzer relay,
common contact

Output

Brown/
white

15

BUZZ_NO

Buzzer relay,
normally open
contact

Output

Red/white

16

ALMO1_NC

Output relay 1,
normally closed
contact

Output

Orange/
white

17

ALMO1_COM

Output relay 1,
common contact

Output

Green/
white

417006-2318-0H3-A02

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

Direction

Wire color

A-53

Connector Pin Assignments

Assignment

A-54

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual
Pin

Designation

Function

Direction

Wire color

18

ALMO1_NO

Output relay 1,
normally open
contact

Output

Blue/white

19

ALMO2_NC

Output relay 2,
normally closed
contact

Output

Violet/
white

20

ALMO2_COM

Output relay 2,
common contact

Output

Red/black

21

ALMO2_NO

Output relay 2,
normally open
contact

Output

Orange/
black

22

ALMO3_NC

Output relay 3,
normally closed
contact

Output

Yellow/
black

23

ALMO3_COM

Output relay 3,
common contact

Output

Green/
black

24

ALMO3_NO

Output relay 3,
normally open
contact

Output

Gray/black

25

ALMO4_NC

Output relay 4,
normally closed
contact

Output

Pink/black

26

ALMO4_COM

Output relay 4,
common contact

Output

Pink/green

27

ALMO4_NO

Output relay 4,
normally open
contact

Output

Pink/red

28

ALMIN_1

External alarm input Input


1

Pink/violet

29

ALMIN_2

External alarm input Input


2

Light blue

30

GND

ground

Light
blue/brown

31

ALMIN_3

External alarm input Input


3

Light blue/red

32

ALMIN_4

External alarm input Input


4

Light
blue/violet

33

GND

ground

Light
blue/black

34

BUZZ_OFF

Buzzer mute

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

Output

Gray/green

417006-2318-0H3-A02

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Connector Pin Assignments

Assignment

Pin

Designation

Function

Shelf 1

35

CRIT_NC

Critical alarm relay, Output


normally closed
contact

Gray/red

36

CRIT_COM

Critical alarm relay, Output


common contact

Gray/violet

37

CRIT_NO

Critical alarm relay, Output


normally open
contact

Light
green/black

38

MAJ_NC

Major alarm relay,


normally closed
contact

Output

Violet/black

39

MAJ_COM

Major alarm relay,


common contact

Output

Black/white
dots

40

MAJ_NO

Major alarm relay,


normally open
contact

Output

Brown/
white dots

41

MIN_NC

Minor alarm relay,


normally closed
contact

Output

Red/white
dots

42

MIN_COM

Minor alarm relay,


common contact

Output

Orange/
white dots

43

MIN_NO

Minor alarm relay,


normally open
contact

Output

Green/
white dots

44

WARN_NC

Warning alarm
relay, normally
closed contact

Output

Blue/white
dots

45

WARN_COM

Warning alarm
relay, common
contact

Output

Violet/
white dots

46

WARN_NO

Warning alarm
Output
relay, normally open
contact

White/
black dots

47

BUZZ_NC

Buzzer relay,
normally closed
contact

Output

Yellow/
black dots

48

BUZZ_COM

Buzzer relay,
common contact

Output

Green/
black dots

49

BUZZ_NO

Buzzer relay,
normally open
contact

Output

Light blue/
black dots

50

ALMO1_NC

Output relay 1,
normally closed
contact

Output

Pink/black
dots

51

ALMO1_COM

Output relay 1,
common contact

Output

Red/black
dots

52

ALMO1_NO

Output relay 1,
normally open
contact

Output

Orange/
black dots

417006-2318-0H3-A02

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

Direction

Wire color

A-55

Connector Pin Assignments

Assignment

A-56

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual
Pin

Designation

Function

Direction

Wire color

53

ALMO2_NC

Output relay 2,
normally closed
contact

Output

Violet/black
dots

54

ALMO2_COM

Output relay 2,
common contact

Output

Gray/black
dots

55

ALMO2_NO

Output relay 2,
normally open
contact

Output

Orange/red
dots

56

ALMO3_NC

Output relay 3,
normally closed
contact

Output

Yellow/red
dots

57

ALMO3_COM

Output relay 3,
common contact

Output

Green/red
dots

58

ALMO3_NO

Output relay 3,
normally open
contact

Output

Blue/red dots

59

ALMO4_NC

Output relay 4,
normally closed
contact

Output

Violet/red
dots

60

ALMO4_COM

Output relay 4,
common contact

Output

Gray/red dots

61

ALMO4_NO

Output relay 4,
normally open
contact

Output

White/red
dots

62

ALMIN_1

External alarm input Input


1

Pink/red dots

63

ALMIN_2

External alarm input Input


2

Yellow/
white

64

GND

ground

Gray/white

65

ALMIN_3

External alarm input Input


3

Pink/white

66

ALMIN_4

External alarm input Input


4

Brown/
black

67

GND

ground

Blue/black

68

BUZZ_OFF

Buzzer mute

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

Output

Gray/white
dots

417006-2318-0H3-A02

B
Standards and References
In this appendix:
Overview ........................................................................................................ B-1
Broadband Forum ........................................................................................... B-2
Environmental Standards ................................................................................ B-2
ETSI: European Telecommunications Standards Institute ............................. B-2
IEC: International Electrotechnical Commission ........................................... B-4
IEEE: Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers................................... B-5
IETF: Internet Engineering Task Force .......................................................... B-5
ISO: International Organization for Standardization ...................................... B-8
ITU-T: International Telecommunication Union ........................................... B-8
MEF: Metro Ethernet Forum ........................................................................ B-13
NIST: National Institute of Standards and Technology................................ B-13
North American Standards ........................................................................... B-13
OMG: Object Management Group ............................................................... B-14
TMF: TeleManagement Forum .................................................................... B-15
Web Protocol Standards ............................................................................... B-15

Overview
The following is a list of standards and reference documents that relate to the
XDM platform families. The standards are listed alphabetically by groups.

417006-2318-0H3-A02

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

B-1

Standards and References

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Broadband Forum

Af-phy-0064.000 ATM Forum E1 Physical Layer Interface.

Af-phy-0086.000 ATM Forum IMA V1.0.

Af-phy-0086.001 ATM Forum IMA V1.1.

Af-phy-00121.00 ATM Forum Traffic Management Specifications V4.1.

Environmental Standards

EuP Directive 2005/32/EC: Ecodesign Requirements for Energy-Using


Products.

OHSAS 18001: Occupational Health and Safety Management Systems Requirements.

REACh Directive 2005/32/EC: Registration, Evaluation, Authorization,


and Restriction of Chemicals.

RoHS Directive 2005/747/EC: Restriction of the Use of Certain Hazardous


Substances in Electrical and Electronic Equipment.

WEEE Directive 2002/96/EC: Waste from Electrical and Electronic


Equipment.

ETSI: European
Telecommunications Standards
Institute

B-2

EN 300 019-1-1 Class 1.2: Environmental Engineering (EE);


Environmental Conditions and Environmental Tests for
Telecommunications Equipment; Part 1-1: Classification of Environmental
Conditions; Storage.

EN 300 019-1-2 Class 2.3: Environmental Engineering (EE);


Environmental Conditions and Environmental Tests for
Telecommunications Equipment; Part 1-2: Classification of Environmental
Conditions; Transportation.

EN 300 019-1-3 Classes 3.2 and 3.3: Environmental Engineering (EE);


Environmental Conditions and Environmental Tests for
Telecommunications Equipment; Part 1-3: Classification of Environmental
Conditions; Stationary use at weather-protected locations.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

417006-2318-0H3-A02

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Standards and References

EN 300 019-2-4 Class 4.1: Environmental Engineering (EE);


Environmental Conditions and Environmental Tests for
Telecommunications Equipment; Part 2-4: Specification of Environmental
Tests; Stationary use at non-weather-protected locations.

EN 300 132 -2: Environmental Engineering (EE); Power Supply Interface


at the Input to Telecommunications Equipment.

EN 300-166: Physical and electrical characteristics of hierarchical digital


interfaces for equipment using the 2 048 kbit/s based plesiochronous or
synchronous digital hierarchies.

EN 300 386: Electromagnetic compatibility and Radio spectrum Matters


(ERM); Telecommunication network equipment; Electromagnetic
Compatibility (EMC) requirements.

EN 300-417-2-1: Transmission and Multiplexing (TM); Generic


requirements of transport functionality of equipment.

EN 300-417-5-1: Generic requirements of transport functionality of


equipment.

EN 300-462-5-1: Transmission and Multiplexing (TM); Generic


requirements for synchronization networks.

EN 300-689: 34 Mbit/s digital leased lines (D34U and D34S); Terminal


equipment interface.

EN 301-164: SDH leased lines connection characteristics.

EN 301-165: SDH leased lines Network and Terminal interface


presentation.

EN 55022: Radio Disturbance Characteristics of Information Technology


Equipment.

ETR 114: Functional Architecture of SDH Transport Networks.

ETR 275: Considerations on Transmission Delay and Transmission Delay


value for components on connections supporting speech communication
over evolving digital networks.

FTZ 1TR9: Deutsche Telekom A.G. EMC Requirements.

FTZ 153 TL 1part 1: Synchronous Multiplexing Equipment (SM) for


Synchronous Multiplex Hierarchy.

417006-2318-0H3-A02

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

B-3

Standards and References

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

IEC: International
Electrotechnical Commission

B-4

IEC 68: Environmental Testing.

IEC 917: Modular Order for the Development of Mechanical Structures for
Electronic Equipment Practices.

IEC 3309: Information Technology Telecommunications and Information


Exchange between Systems High-Level Data Link Control (HDLC)
Procedures Frame Structure.

IEC 9314-3: Information Processing Systems - Fiber Distributed Data


Interface (FDDI) Multiplex.

IEC 9595, Information Technology: Open Systems Interconnection,


Common Management Information Services.

IEC 9596, Information Technology: Open Systems Interconnection,


Common Management Information Protocol.

IEC 13239: Information technology Telecommunications and


information exchange between systems High-level data link control
(HDLC) procedures.

IEC 17025: General Requirements for Competence of Testing and


Calibration Laboratories.

IEC 60825-1: Safety of Laser Products Part 1: Equipment Classification


and Requirements.

IEC 60825-2 (AS/NZS 2211.2): Safety of Laser Products Part 2: Safety


of Optical Fiber Communication System (OFCS).

IEC/EN/UL 60950-1: Information Technology Equipment - Safety General Requirements.

IS 1249-1: Safety of Laser products: Equipment classification requirements


and users guide.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

417006-2318-0H3-A02

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Standards and References

IEEE: Institute of Electrical and


Electronic Engineers

IEEE 802.1ad: Virtual Bridged Local Area NetworksRevision


Amendment 4: Provider Bridges.

IEEE 802.1ag: Virtual Bridged Local Area Networks Amendment 5:


Connectivity Fault Management.

IEEE 802.1D: Media access control (MAC) Bridges (Incorporates IEEE


802.1t and IEEE 802.1w).

IEEE 802.1P: Traffic Class Expediting and Dynamic Multicast Filtering.

IEEE 802.1Q: Virtual Bridged Local Area NetworksRevision.

IEEE 802.1w: Rapid Reconfiguration of Spanning Tree.

IEEE 802.3: Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision Detection


(CSMA/CD) Access Method and Physical Layer Specifications.

IEEE 802.3ad: Link Aggregation.

IEEE 802.3ah: Ethernet in the First Mile (Link OAM).

IEEE 802.3x: Full Duplex Operation and Flow Control Protocol.

IETF: Internet Engineering Task


Force

RFC 1493: Definition of Managed Objects for Bridges.

RFC 1643: Ethernet-like Interfaces.

RFC 1662: PPP in HDLC-Life Framing.

RFC 1757: Remote Network Monitoring Management Information Base.

RFC 1823: LDAP Application Program Interface (API).

RFC 1901: Introduction to Community-based SNMPv2.

RFC 2108: Definitions of Managed Objects for IEEE 802.3 Repeater


Devices using SMIv2.

RFC 2251: Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (v3) [specification of


the LDAP on-the-wire protocol].

RFC 2252: Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (v3): Attribute Syntax


Definitions.

RFC 2253: Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (v3): UTF-8 String


Representation of Distinguished Names.

417006-2318-0H3-A02

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

B-5

Standards and References

B-6

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

RFC 2254: The String Representation of LDAP Search Filters.

RFC 2255: The LDAP URL Format.

RFC 2256: A Summary of the X.500(96) User Schema for use with
LDAPv3.

RFC 2401: Security Architecture for the Internet Protocol.

RFC 2409: Internet Key Exchange Protocol (IKE).

RFC 2474: Definition of the Differentiated Services Field (DS Field) in the
IPv4 and IPv6 Headers.

RFC 2597: Assured Forwarding PHB Group.

RFC 2615: PPP over SONET/SDH.

RFC 2665: Definitions of Managed Objects for the Ethernet-like Interface


Types.

RFC 2674: Bridge MIB with VLAN/Traffic Classes/Multicast Extensions.

RFC 2702: Requirements for Traffic Engineering Over MPLS.

RFC 2737: Entity MIB (Version 2).

RFC 2819: Remote Network Monitoring Management Information Base.

RFC 2829: Authentication Methods for LDAP.

RFC 2830: Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (v3): Extension for


Transport Layer Security.

RFC 2863: Interfaces Group MIB.

RFC 3014: Notification Log MIB.

RFC 3031: Multiprotocol Label Switching Architecture.

RFC 3032: MPLS Label Stack Encoding.

RFC 3246: An Expedited Forwarding PHB (Per-Hop Behavior).

RFC 3270: Multi-Protocol Label Switching (MPLS) Support of


Differentiated Services.

RFC 3377: Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (v3): Technical


Specification.

RFC 3411: SNMP Framework MIB.

RFC 3414: SNMP User-Based SM MIB.

RFC 3415: SNMP Vies-Based ACM MIB.

RFC 3443: Time To Live (TTL) Processing in Multi-Protocol Label


Switching (MPLS) Networks.

RFC 3812: Multiprotocol Label Switching (MPLS) Traffic Engineering


(TE) Management Information Base (MIB).

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

417006-2318-0H3-A02

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Standards and References

RFC 3813: Multiprotocol Label Switching (MPLS) Label Switching Router


(LSR) Management Information Base (MIB).

RFC 3916: Requirements for Pseudo-Wire Emulation Edge-to-Edge


(PWE3).

RFC 3985: Pseudo Wire Emulation Edge-to-Edge (PWE3) Architecture.

RFC 4090: Fast Reroute Extensions to RSVP-TE for LSP Tunnels.

RFC 4125: Maximum Allocation Bandwidth Constraints Model for


Diffserv-aware MPLS Traffic Engineering.

RFC 4126: Max Allocation with Reservation Bandwidth Constraints Model


for Diffserv-aware MPLS Traffic Engineering & Performance
Comparisons.

RFC 4379: Detecting Multi-Protocol Label Switched (MPLS) Data Plane


Failures.

RFC 4448: Encapsulation Methods for Transport of Ethernet over MPLS


Networks.

RFC 5462: Multiprotocol Label Switching (MPLS) Label Stack Entry:


"EXP" Field Renamed to "Traffic Class" Field.

IETF Drafts:

draft-ietf-l2vpn-vpls-ldp.

draft-ietf-l2vpn-vpls-mcast-reqts.

draft-ietf-magma-snoop.

draft-ietf-mpls-rsvp-te-p2mp.

draft-ietf-mpls-tp-nm-framework.

draft-ietf-mpls-tp-nm-req.

draft-ietf-pwe3-ethernet-encap.

draft-martini-l2circuit-encap-mpls.

draft-sajassi-l2vpn-vpls-multicast-congruency.

draft-vasseur-mpls-backup-computation.

417006-2318-0H3-A02

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

B-7

Standards and References

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

ISO: International Organization


for Standardization

A2LA: Accredited Laboratory for Electrical and Mechanical Testing.

ISO 9001: Quality Management System Requirements.

ISO 14001: Environmental Management Systems Requirements With


Guidance for Use.

ISO 27001: Information Security Management Systems Requirements.

TL 9000, QuEST Forum: Quality Management System Requirements &


Measurements Handbooks for the Telecom Industry.

ITU-T: International
Telecommunication Union

B-8

G.650: Definition and Test Methods for the Relevant Parameters of


Single-Mode Fibers.

G.651: Characteristics of a 50/125 m Multimode Graded Index Optical


Fiber Cable.

G.652: Characteristics of a Single-Mode Optical Fiber Cable.

G.653: Characteristics of a Dispersion-Shifted Single-Mode Optical Fiber


Cable.

G.654: Characteristics of a Cut-off Shifted Single-Mode Optical Fiber


Cable.

G.655: Characteristics of a Non-Zero Dispersion Shifted Single-Mode


Optical Fiber Cable.

G.661: Definition and Test Methods for the Relevant Generic Parameters of
Optical Amplifier Devices and Subsystems.

G.662: Generic Characteristics of Optical Fiber Amplifier Devices and


Subsystems.

G.663: Application Related Aspects of Optical Fiber Amplifier Devices


and Subsystems.

G.664: Optical Safety Procedures and Requirements for Optical Transport


Systems.

G.671: Transmission Characteristics of Passive Optical Components.

G.691: Optical Interfaces for Single Channel SDH Systems with Optical
Amplifiers and STM-64 Systems (Draft).

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

417006-2318-0H3-A02

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Standards and References

G.692: Optical Interfaces for Multi-Channel Systems with Optical


Amplifiers.

G.694.1: Spectral Grids for WDM Applications: DWDM Frequency Grid.

G.694.2: Spectral Grids for WDM Applications: CWDM Wavelength Grid.

G.695: Optical Interfaces for Coarse Wavelength Division Multiplexing


Applications.

G.703: Physical/Electrical Characteristics of Hierarchical Digital


Interfaces.

G.704: Synchronous Frame Structures Used at 1544, 6312, 2048, 8448 and
44 736 kbps Hierarchical Levels.

G.706: Frame Alignment and CRC Procedures Relating to Basic Frame


Structure Defined in Rec G.704.

G.707: Network Node Interface for the Synchronous Digital Hierarchy.

G.709: Interfaces for the Optical Transport Network (OTN).

G.752: Characteristics of digital multiplex equipments based on a second


order bit rate of 6312 kbit/s and using positive justification.

G.772: Protected Monitoring Points Provided on Digital Transmission


Systems.

G.774 & G774.n: SDH Information Model.

G.775: Loss of Signal (LOS), Alarm Indication Signal (AIS) and Remote
Defect Indication (RDI) defect detection and clearance criteria for PDH
signals.

G.781: Synchronization Layer Functions.

G.783: Characteristics of SDH Equipment Functional Blocks.

G.784: Synchronous Digital Hierarchy (SDH) Management.

G.798: Characteristics of OTN Hierarchy Equipment Functional Blocks.

G.803: Architectures of Transport Networks based on the Synchronous


Digital Hierarchy.

G.805: Generic Functional Architecture of Transport Networks.

G.806: Characteristics of Transport Equipment Description Methodology


and Generic Functionality.

G.809: Functional Architecture of Connectionless Layer Networks.

G.811: Timing Characteristics of Primary Reference Clocks.

G.812: Timing Requirements of Slave Clocks Suitable for Use as Node


Clocks in Synchronization Networks.

G.813: Timing Characteristics of SDH Equipment Slave Clocks (SEC).

417006-2318-0H3-A02

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

B-9

Standards and References

B-10

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

G.823: The Control of Jitter and Wander within Digital Networks Based on
the 2048 kbit/s Hierarchy.

G.825: The Control of Jitter and Wander within Digital Networks Based on
the SDH (Draft).

G.8251: The Control of Jitter and Wander within the Optical Transport
Network (OTN).

G.826: Error Performance Parameters and Objectives for International,


Constant Bit Rate Digital Paths at or above the Primary Rate.

G.828: Error Performance Parameters and Objectives for International,


Constant Bit Rate Synchronous Digital Paths.

G.829: Error Performance Events for SDH Multiplex and Regenerator


Sections.

G.831: Management Capabilities of Transport Networks Based on the


Synchronous Digital Hierarchy (SDH).

G.841: Types and Characteristics of SDH Network Protection


Architectures.

G.842: Inter-Working of SDH Protection Architectures.

G.872: Architecture of Optical Transport Networks.

G.874: Management Aspects of the Optical Transport Network Element.

G.874.1: Optical Transport Network (OTN): Protocol-Neutral Management


Information Model for the Network Element View.

G.957: Optical Interfaces for Equipment and Systems relating to the


Synchronous Digital Hierarchy.

G.959.1: Optical Transport Network Physical Layer Interfaces.

G.975: Forward Error Correction for Submarine Systems.

G.985: 100 Mbit/s point-to-point Ethernet based optical access system.

G.7041: Generic Framing Procedure (GFP).

G.7042: Link Capacity Adjustment Scheme (LCAS) for Virtual


Concatenated Signals.

G.7713: Distributed Connection Management.

G.7713.2: RSVP-TE Implementation.

G.7714: Generalized Automatic Discovery Techniques.

G.7714.1: Protocol for Automatic Discovery in SDH & OTN network.

G.7715: ASON Routing.

G.7715.1: Based on PNNI, OSPF or IS_IS.

G.8001/Y.1354: Terms and definitions for Ethernet frames over transport.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

417006-2318-0H3-A02

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Standards and References

G.8010/Y.1306: Architecture of Ethernet Layer Networks.

G.8011/Y.1307: Ethernet Services Framework.

G.8011.1/Y.1307.1: Ethernet Private Line Service.

G.8011.2/Y.1307.2: Ethernet Virtual Private Line Service.

G.8012/Y.1308: Ethernet UNI and Ethernet NNI.

G.8080/Y.1304: Architecture for the automatically switched optical


network (ASON)

G.8201/Y.1354: Error performance parameters and objectives for


multi-operator international paths within the Optical Transport Network
(OTN)

G.8261/Y. 1361: Timing and synchronization aspects in packet network.

G.8262/Y. 1362: Timing characteristics of synchronous Ethernet


equipment slave clock (EEC).

G.8080: Architecture for ASON.

I.356: ATM Layer Cell Transfer Performance.

I.361: ATM Layer Specification.

I.371: Traffic Control and Congestion Control.

I.610: ATM Operation and Maintenance Principles.

M.2140: Transport Network Event Correlation.

M.3010: Principles for a Telecommunications Management Network.

M.3013: Considerations for a Telecommunications Management Network.

M.3016.0: Security for the management plane: Overview.

M.3017: Framework for the integrated management of hybrid circuit/packet


networks.

M.3100: Generic Network Information Model.

M.3180: Catalogue of TMN Management Information.

M.3200: TMN Management Services and Telecommunications Managed


Areas: Overview.

M.3300: TMN F Interface Requirements.

M.3400: TMN Management Functions.

Q.821: Alarm Surveillance.

Q.822: Performance Monitoring.

X.217: Open Systems Interconnection, Service Definition for the


Association Control Service Element.

X.219: Remote Operations - Model, Notation and Service Definition.

417006-2318-0H3-A02

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

B-11

Standards and References

B-12

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

X.227: Open Systems Interconnection, Connection-Oriented Protocol for


the Association Control Service Element - Protocol Specification.

X.229: Remote Operations: Protocol Specification.

X.710: Open Systems Interconnection, Common Management Information


Service.

X.720: Open Systems Interconnection, Structure of Management


Information - Management Information Model.

X.721 Information Technology: Open Systems Interconnection, Structure


of Management Information - Definition of Management Information.

X.722: Open Systems Interconnection, Structure of Management


Information - Guidelines for the Definition of Managed Objects.

X.731: Open Systems Interconnection, Systems Management - State


Management Function.

X.733: Open Systems Interconnection, Systems Management - Alarm


Reporting Function.

X.743: Open Systems Interconnection, Systems Management - Time


Management Function.

X.744: Open Systems Interconnection, Systems Management - Software


Management Function.

Y.1311: Network-based VPNs - Generic architecture and service


requirements.

Y.1710: Requirements for Operation & Maintenance functionality for


MPLS networks.

Y.1711: Operation & Maintenance mechanism for MPLS networks.

Z.351: Data oriented human-machine interface specification technique


introduction.

Z.352: Data oriented human-machine interface specification technique


scope, approach and usage.

Z.361: Design guidelines for Human-Computer Interfaces (HCI) for the


management of telecommunications networks.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

417006-2318-0H3-A02

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Standards and References

MEF: Metro Ethernet Forum

MEF4 Metro Ethernet Network Architecture Framework Part 1: Generic


Framework.

MEF6 Metro Ethernet Services Definitions.

MEF7 EMS-NMS Information Model.

MEF9 Test Suite for Ethernet Services at the UNI.

MEF10 Ethernet Service Attributes.

MEF11 User Network Interface (UNI) Requirements and Framework.

MEF12 Metro Ethernet Network Architecture Framework Part 2: Ethernet


Services Layer.

MEF14 Test Suite for Ethernet Traffic Management.

MPLS-TP Network Management requirements (draft-ietf-mpls-tp-nm-req)

MPLS-TP NM Framework (draft-ietf-mpls-tp-nm-framework)

NIST: National Institute of


Standards and Technology

FIPS PUB 197: Advanced Encryption Standard (AES).

FIPS PUB 140-2: Security Requirements for Cryptographic Modules.

North American Standards

ANSI FCF1-2: Fiber Channel Physical Interface REV 10.

ANSI T1.102: Digital hierarchy electrical interface.

ANSI T1.105: Synchronous Optical Network (SONET) - Basic Description


including Multiplex Structure, Rates, and Formats.

ANSI X3.296: Single-Byte Command code sets CONnection (SBCON)


architecture.

FCC CFR Title 47 Part 15: Radio Emission.

FCC Part 101.147 Fixed microwave services: (i8, i7, K7, 7)

NEBS GR1089 and GR63 (temperature aspect)

NEBS Level 3 support for N.A. platforms.

Rural Utility Service (RUS) Certification.

417006-2318-0H3-A02

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

B-13

Standards and References

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Telcordia GR-63-CORE: Network Equipment Building System (NEBS)


Requirements: Physical Protection.

Telcordia GR-253-CORE: Synchronous Optical Network (SONET)


Transport Systems: Common Generic Criteria.

Telcordia GR-383-CORE: COMMON LANGUAGE Equipment Codes


(CLEI Codes) Generic Requirements for Bar Code Labels.

Telcordia GR-487-CORE: Generic Requirements for Electronic Equipment


Cabinets.

Telcordia GR-499-CORE: Transport System Generic Requirements


(TSGR): Common Requirements.

Telcordia GR-1089-CORE: Electromagnetic Compatibility and Electrical


Safety Generic Criteria for Network Telecommunications Equipment.

Telcordia GR-1209-CORE: Generic Requirements for Passive Optical


Components.

Telcordia GR-1230-CORE: SONET Bidirectional Line-Switched Ring


Equipment Generic Criteria.

Telcordia GD-1244-CORE: Clock for the synchronization network:


Common generic criteria.

Telcordia GR-1312-CORE: Generic Requirements for Optical Fiber


Amplifiers and Proprietary Dense Wavelength-Division Multiplexed
Systems.

Telcordia GR-1400-CORE: SONET Dual-Fed Unidirectional Path


Switched Ring (UPSR) Equipment Generic Criteria.

Telcordia GD-2979-CORE: Common Generic Requirements for Optical


Add-Drop Multiplexers (OADMs) and Optical Terminal Multiplexers
(OTMs).

OMG: Object Management Group

B-14

Notification Service Specification V 1.0.

The Common Object Request Broker: Architecture and Specification V 2.6.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

417006-2318-0H3-A02

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Standards and References

TMF: TeleManagement Forum

TMF 513: MTNM Business Agreement Release 3.5.

TMF 518: Framework Document Delivery Package (DDP) Business


Agreement (BA) V1.1.

TMF 518: Resource Provisioning DDP BA V1.0.

TMF 608: Multi Technology Network Management Information


Agreement V 2.1 and V 3.5.

TMF 814: Multi Technology Network Management Solution Set V 2.1 and
V 3.5.

TMF 854: The MTOSI XML Solution Set Package Release 1.1.

Web Protocol Standards


W3C: World Wide Web Consortium

SOAP 1.1: Simple Object Access Protocol.

WSDL 1.1: Web Services Description Language.

WS-I: Web Services Interoperability Organization

WS-I Basic Profile 1.1: Web Services Interoperability.

417006-2318-0H3-A02

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

B-15

Standards and References

B-16

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

417006-2318-0H3-A02

Index
1

19 in. Rack Installation 3-47

Cables
alarm 3-11
data 3-16
DC power 3-10
electric traffic 3-13
grounding 3-8
management 3-12
optical fibers 3-14
timing (clock) 3-12
Card and Module Installation 5-1
Cards 5-1
ECU900 5-3
FCU900 5-2
MXC900 5-4
Quad I/O 5-10
Checking Cards and Modules Installed in
Each Shelf 7-3
Checking DC Voltage Polarity 3-83
Cleaning Optical Connectors 3-4
Cleaning the air filter 8-5
Commissioning Tests 7-1
Connecting Alarm Cables 6-4
Connecting an optical fiber to a data
module 6-25
Connecting DC Input Power Cables to the
xRAP-D 3-53
Connecting Electrical Interfaces through
the TPU 6-21
Connecting Fibers and Cables in ETSI A
Racks 6-1
Connecting I/O Protection Cables in the
XDM-900 6-13
Connecting Management Cables 6-26

2
2 Mbps tests 7-7

3
34 Mbps tests 7-7

4
45 Mbps tests 7-8

A
About This Manual xv
Accessories 3-18
ACP900 Connectors A-39
ACP900 Module 5-7
Adding a Second TPU/OCU 5-38
Air Filter Preventive Maintenance 8-3
Alarm Cables 3-11
Alarm handling test 7-21
ALARM IN/OUT Connector A-42,
A-46
Alarms Client Cable A-2
ALARMS Connector A-52
Assigning modules to slots 8-10
Attaching Protective Covers 3-57
Attaching TPUs/OCU to the XDM-900
Shelf 5-30
Attaching TPUs/OCUs to the shelf 5-30

B
Basic XDM-900 Shelf 2-3
BER and stability test 7-27
Broadband Forum B-2

417006-2318-0H3-A02

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

I-1

Index

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Connecting Optical Fibers to Optical


Modules and Cards 6-5
Connecting Power Cables 6-3
Connecting Timing (Clock) Cables 6-26
Connection via RAP 1-11
Connector Pin Assignments A-1
Connectors
ECU900 card A-2
EISMB/DIOM/MCSM A-38
MXC900 DC input card A-8
PIM2_21 A-8
PIM2_42 A-12
PIM2_63/B A-18
xRAP-100 A-40
Connectors Pin Assignment A-1

Equipment Installation 3-32


Equipment Installation Sequence 3-33
Equipment power-on test 7-10, 7-24
ETHERNET Connectors A-7
Ethernet Port Precautions 1-20
ETSI
European Telecommunications
Standards Institute B-2
Expanded XDM-900 with I/O Protection
2-5
Expanding a PIM2_21 I/O Slot to 42 E1s
5-21
Extracting RJ-45 connectors 6-28
Extracting/Inserting DIN 1.0/2.3 coaxial
connectors 6-38
Extracting/Inserting LC connectors and
SFPs 6-31

Data Cables for EISMBs, DIOMs, and


MCSMs 3-16
Data Network Commissioning Tests
7-18
DC Power Cables 3-10
DC Power Warnings 1-12
DC Supply Circuit Connection to the
Grounding Conductor 1-19
Document Conventions xvi
Document Organization xvi

ECU900 Card 5-3


ECU900 Card Connectors A-2
EISMB/DIOM/MCSM Connectors
A-38
Electric Traffic Cables 3-13
Electricity Safety Warning 1-16
Environmental and Health Concerns
1-29
Environmental Considerations 4-8
Environmental Standards B-2
Equipment Grounding Requirements
1-11, 1-18

General 1-24
General Safety Requirements 1-6
Grounded Conductors Requirements
1-18
Grounding 3-8
racks 3-46
RAP-4B 3-78
RAP-BG 3-71
XDM-900 shelf 4-26
xRAP-100 3-64
Grounding Cables 3-8
Grounding Requirements 1-8
Grounding the XDM-900 Shelf 4-26

I-2

F-CHANNEL Connector A-5


FCU900 Card 5-2
Fibers and cables
connecting 6-1, 6-9, 6-13, 6-21,
6-26
I/O protection cables 6-13
preparing 3-7
Frame loss rate test 7-19

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

417006-2318-0H3-A02

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Index

I
IEC
International Electrotechnical
Commission B-4
IEEE
Institute of Electrical and Electronic
Engineers B-5
IETF
Internet Engineering Task Force B-5
Input sensitivity test 7-9, 7-25
Installation
(300/900)options 4-1
procedure 3-39
Installation Options 4-1
Installation Warning 1-5
Installing
(300/900)Ancillary units 3-48
fiber guide 3-85
FST 3-87
intergrating equipment in one rack
4-12
Modules
double-slot modules 5-22
I/O electrical, optical, CWDM,
and electrical 5-16
OHU 5-22
SIM16_1 5-18
TPU 5-24, 5-26, 5-27, 5-29
ODF 3-89
OPP 3-92
PIM2_63S trafficcable box tray
3-86
Power sources 3-3
racks 3-42
RAP-4B 3-76
RAP-BG 3-70
SFP/XFP transceivers 5-20
the shelf in the rack 4-7
Typical XDM-900 installation 4-10
xRAP-100 3-63
Installing a TPU under the XDM-900
Shelf 5-35
417006-2318-0H3-A02

Installing a TPU/OCU on the XDM-900


shelf 5-31
Installing an xDDF-21 patch panel 6-11
Installing Ancillary Units in Racks 3-48
Installing Double-Slot Modules 5-22
Installing Double-Slot TPMs in the TPU
5-27
Installing Equipment Racks 3-42
Installing Extendable Rails 3-46
Installing Optical Amplifiers in the TPU
5-27
Installing Quad I/O Cards in Quad I/O
Slots 5-12
Installing SFP/XFP transceivers in
optical/CWDM modules and cards
5-20
Installing SIM16_1 modules in quad slots
5-18
Installing Single-Slot TPMs in the TPU
5-26
Installing the Cable Guide 3-84
Installing the Cable Slack Tray 3-85
Installing the Fiber Guide for ETSI A
Racks 3-85
Installing the FST 3-87
Installing the ODF 3-89
Installing the OHU module 5-22
Installing the OPP 3-92
Installing the PIM2_63S Traffic Cable
Box Tray 3-86
Installing the RAP-4B 3-76, 3-78
Installing the RAP-BG 3-70, 3-71
Installing the TC/TCF Module in the TPU
Shelf 5-25
Installing the Vertical Air Filter 4-22
Installing the XDM-900 Shelf in Racks
4-7
Installing the XDM-900 Shelf in the
Horizontal Position 4-14
Installing the XDM-900 Shelf in the
Vertical Position 4-14
Installing the xRAP-100 3-63
Installing the xRAP-100 circuit breakers
3-68

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

I-3

Index

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Installing the xRAP-D 3-49


Installing TPU Modules 5-24
Installing Triple-Slot TPMs in the TPU
5-29
Installing XDM-900
Before You Start Safety Guidelines
1-1
Installing XDM-900 Cards 5-1
Installing XDM-900 Modules 5-15
Installing, Optical, CWDM, and
Electrical I/O Modules 5-15
Integrating XDM-900 Shelves and Other
Equipment in One Rack 4-12
Intended Audience xv
intergrating equipment in one rack 4-12
Introduction 2-1
IOP hardware protection test 7-14
ISO
International Organization for
Standardization B-8
ITU-T
International Telecommunication
Union B-8
ITU-T/Telcordia Statutory Warnings and
Requirements 1-19

J
Jewelry Removal Warning 1-7

L
Laser Classification 1-21
Laser Device Operating Precautions
1-22
Laser Information 1-21
Laser Safety Requirements 1-21
Laser Safety Statutory Warning 1-22
Layout of XDM-900 Horizontal
Installation in ETSI A Racks 4-2
Layout of XDM-900 Vertical Installation
in ETSI A Racks 4-6
LOS detection test 7-24
Loss of Signal (LOS) detection test 7-9

I-4

M
Main Equipment Dimensions 3-2
Maintenance 8-1
onsite troubleshooting 8-12
preventive 8-2
replacing cards and modules 8-20
replacing RAP components 8-28
test equipment, tools and materials
8-1
traffic monitoring system 8-7
Maintenance action handling test 7-26
Maintenance actions tests 7-17
Management Cables 3-12
Measuring Optical Levels 7-5
MEF
Metro Ethernet Forum B-13
Modules
double-slot modules 5-22
I/O electrical, optical, CWDM, and
electrical 5-16
OHU 5-22
SIM16_1 5-18
TPU 5-24, 5-26, 5-27, 5-29
Monitoring Modules Traffic 8-11
Monitoring options 8-10
Monitoring Signal Levels 8-10
MSP test 7-12
MS-SPRing test 7-13
MXC redundancy test 7-17
MXC900 Card 5-4
MXC900 DC Input Power Connectors
A-8

N
Network Commissioning Tests 7-7
Network timing synchronization test 7-8
NIST
National Institute of Standards and
Technology B-13
North American Standards B-13

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

417006-2318-0H3-A02

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Index

O
Obtaining Technical Documentation
xviii
OMG
Object Management Group B-14
Onsite Troubleshooting 8-12
Optical Fiber and Cable Installation and
Routing 6-1
Optical Fibers 3-14
Optical Network Commissioning Tests
7-22
Optical power measurement test 7-23
Outline of Installation Procedure 3-39
Overcurrent Protection Requirements
1-17
Overview xv, 1-1, 3-1, 7-1, 8-1, A-1,
B-1

P
Path protection and nonretrieval test
7-11
Path protection test 7-25
Personnel Training 1-25
Physical Location 3-3
PIM2_21 Connection Data A-8
PIM2_42 Connection Data A-12
PIM2_63/B Connection Data A-18
PIM2_63S Connection Data A-22
Platform DC Input Power Connectors
A-50
Platform Installation 4-1
Platform overview 2-1
Power Sources 3-3
Power Supply Requirements 1-11
Preliminary Preparations 3-33
Preparations for installation 3-1, 3-4,
3-5, 3-7, 3-33, 4-1, 4-8
Preparing Cables and Fibers 3-7
Preparing DC Input Power Cables 3-50,
3-70, 3-77
Preventive Maintenance 8-2

417006-2318-0H3-A02

Principles of Operation 8-7


Protection Against Electrostatic
Discharge 1-24

Q
Quad I/O Cards 5-10
Qualified Personnel Warning 1-4

R
Rack Alarm Panel Power and Alarm
Connection Options 3-32
Rack Floor Marking 3-42
Rack Grounding 3-46
Rack Grounding Requirements 1-9
Rack Installation 3-42
concrete floors 3-43
extendable rails 3-46
floor marking 3-42
suspended overhead tray assembly
3-46
wooden floors 3-43
Rack Installation on Concrete Floors
3-43
Rack Installation on Floating (Suspended)
Floors 3-45
Rack Installation on Wooden Floors
3-43
RAP input power cables 3-10
RAP-4B 3-29
RAP-4B Connectors A-45
RAP-BG 3-28
Recommended Cleaning Methods 8-4
Related Documentation xvii
Replacing
cards 8-20
circuit breakers 8-28, 8-29
modules 8-20
RAP components 8-28
Replacing ECU900/ ECU900-F Cards
8-24
Replacing Cards and Modules 8-20

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

I-5

Index

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Replacing I/O Modules 8-25


Replacing MXC900 Cards 8-21
Replacing RAP Components 8-28
Replacing SFP/XFP Transceivers 8-26
Replacing the FCU900 8-27
Replacing the NVM on MXC900 Cards
8-23
Replacing xRAP-100 Circuit Breakers
8-28
Replacing xRAP-D Circuit Breakers
8-29
Required Test Equipment, Tools, and
Materials 8-1
Response to events 8-9
Routing and Connecting Cables to Data
Modules (EISMBs/DIOMs/MCSMs)
6-24
Routing and connecting coaxial cables
6-12
Routing and Connecting Electrical
Interface Cables to Electrical
Modules 6-6
Routing and connecting multipair cables
6-6
Routing and Connecting the Traffic Cable
for PIM2_63S 6-9

S
Safety and Workmanship 8-20
SDH Commissioning Tests 7-7
SDH tests 7-8
Selecting a channel 8-9
Selecting a module 8-8
Severity assignment test 7-15
SHELF Alarm Connectors A-50
SHELF ALARM Connectors A-40,
A-45
Shelf DC Input Power Connectors A-40
Shelf power cables 3-11
Shelf Power-On Test Procedure 7-6
Shelf types
basic 2-3
expanded 2-5
Site Commissioning Tests 7-3
I-6

Site Environmental Requirements 3-2


Site Preparation 3-1
Site Preparation and Rack Installation
3-1
Stability test 7-21
Stabilization time 8-9
Standards and References B-1
Support xviii
Suspended Overhead Tray Assembly
3-46
System recovery and reset tests 7-20

T
T3_1/T4_1 and T3_2/T4_2 Connectors
A-6
Technical Assistance xviii
Test Equipment 7-2
Test equipment setup 7-7
Test setup and required test equipment
7-22
Throughput and latency tests 7-18
Timing (Clock) Cables 3-12
TMF
TeleManagement Forum B-15
To ground the XDM-900 4-26
Tool kit 6-27
Tool Kit 6-27
Tools and test equipment 3-4
Tools and Test Equipment 3-4
TPM2_42_2 Protection Assignment for
the XDM-900 6-20
TPM2_63_3 Connection Data A-30
Traffic Cable for PIM2_63S 6-7
Traffic monitoring 8-7, 8-9, 8-10
modules traffic monitoring 8-11
options 8-10
principles of operation 8-7
signal levels monitoring 8-10
Traffic Monitoring System 8-7
Traffic stability test 7-10
Training for Laser Safety 1-22
Transmission alarm handling tests 7-16

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

417006-2318-0H3-A02

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

Index

Troubleshooting Management
Communication 8-19
Troubleshooting Power Problems 8-13
Troubleshooting the Timing Subsystem
8-17
Troubleshooting Transmission and
Traffic Alarms 8-18
Troubleshooting Using Component
Indicators 8-14
TUV Statutory Warnings and
Requirements 1-17
Typical XDM-900 Installation 4-10

U
Unpacking and Performing Visual
Inspection 3-5
Use of Temporary EPA 1-26

V
Visual Inspection and Mechanical Checks
7-4

W
Warning Definition 1-3
Warning Label 1-17
Warning Labels for Laser Products 1-21
Web Protocol Standards B-15
Work Arrangements within a Temporary
EPA 1-28

417006-2318-0H3-A02

X
XDM Rack Installation Options 3-6
XDM-900 1
1 protection scheme connections
6-15
2 protection scheme connections
(PIM2_63) 6-16
2 protection scheme connections
(PIM2_63S) 6-17
3 protection scheme connections 618
3 protection scheme connections for
TPM2_63_3 6-19
XDM-900 Accessories 3-18
XDM-900 Horizontal Shelf and
Accessories Installation Sequence
3-34
XDM-900 I/O Protection Options 2-3
XDM-900 Platform Overview 2-1
XDM-900 Shelf with CWDM
Networking Capabilities 2-7
XDM-900 Vertical Shelf and Accessories
Installation Sequence 3-37
xRAP-100 3-25
xRAP-100 alarms cable A-3
xRAP-100 Connectors A-40
xRAP-D 3-18
xRAP-D Connectors A-50

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

I-7

Index

I-8

XDM-900 Installation and


Maintenance Manual

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

417006-2318-0H3-A02